A
D
V
E
R
T
I
S
E
M
E
N
T
ADVERTISEMENT
Uniform real Lipschitz surfaces on the triangular lattice
expertly designed by an internal OpenAI model  ·  released 2026-10-06  ·  original PDF
Theorems: 5 Lemmas: 44 Proofs: 68
Formulas: 3,996 Words: 62,355 Play time: ~7 hours

>>> How to Play <<<
We prove the Gaussian free field and SLE$_4$ scaling limits for uniformly sampled real nearest-neighbor Lipschitz heights on the triangular lattice, resolving Schramm's Problem 2.3. On approximations of smooth simply connected domains, the centered height field converges as a random distribution to a multiple of the Dirichlet Gaussian free field. At one tuned two-arc boundary amplitude, the zero-height interface converges in uniform curve distance to chordal SLE$_4$. We identify the relation between the field variance and the boundary height in terms of an implicit stationary tangent-flux coefficient.

>>> Level Map <<<
  1. The Model and the Theorem
  2. History and scope
  3. Plan of the proof
  4. Conventions for the Estimates
  5. Local Slack and Macroscopic Averages
  6. The finite-volume laws and the moment statement
  7. A local filling-volume deficit
  8. Sparse exceptions and short stationary steps
  9. Filling holes and testing macroscopic averages
  10. From deficits to an exponential moment
  11. Bounded values, sign constraints, and small tilts
  12. Distributional tightness and conditioning scope
  13. Stationary Reflected Comparisons
  14. Experiments and the comparison statement
  15. Conditioning and sparse exceptional events
  16. Projection updates and square dissipation
  17. Accessible contacts in a fixed box
  18. Coercivity and the cutoff estimate
  19. Absorbing the weighted square norm
  20. Rough one-sided observations
  21. Removing filled holes and obtaining microscopic tightness
  22. Small drifts and completion of the proof
  23. The Stationary Cell Problem and the Field Limit
  24. The bulk environment
  25. The tangent update
  26. Extraction and growth of the relative heights
  27. Mean flux and the macroscopic equation
  28. Positive response and the limiting mean
  29. Gaussian fluctuations
  30. Traces on varying planar continua
  31. Conditional Dirichlet covariance
  32. The uniform input and the conditioning class
  33. Random strings and boundary sampling
  34. Feasible Shifts and Volume Distortion
  35. The cluster consequence of sparseness
  36. A determinant identity on polytopes
  37. Construction and quantitative bounds
  38. Feasibility, injectivity, and volume
  39. Harmonic sampling and stopped-interface geometry
  40. Local insertion, signs, and crossings
  41. Barriers and exact strand comparison
  42. The harmonic-landing records
  43. Boundary clearance, survival, and nonreturn
  44. Height Gap and Curve Identification
  45. Conditional means viewed from harmonic landings
  46. Passing to a stopped strand
  47. Driving convergence and the uniform curve metric
  48. The variance normalization
  49. Proof of the Main Theorem

The Model and the Theorem

Let \(D\subset\mathbb R^2\) be a bounded smooth simply connected domain, with distinct marked boundary points \(a,b\). Write \(A_+\) and \(A_-\) for its intervening open boundary arcs. The unit triangular lattice has basis \[e_1=(1,0),\qquad e_2=(1/2,\sqrt3/2),\] and nearest-neighbor steps \(\pm e_1,\pm e_2,\pm(e_1-e_2)\). For mesh \(\delta>0\), take a simply connected triangular-lattice polygon \(D_\delta\) whose marked boundary converges uniformly to \((D;a,b)\). Place the two discrete marks at the midpoints of distinct boundary edges. The resulting open arcs partition the boundary vertices, so no vertex receives two boundary values.

For \(0<\lambda\le1/2\), let \(h_\delta\) have normalized Lebesgue measure on the set of real vertex heights satisfying \[ h_\delta=\lambda\text{ on }A_{+,\delta},\qquad h_\delta=-\lambda\text{ on }A_{-,\delta},\qquad |h_\delta(x)-h_\delta(y)|\le1\quad(x\sim y). \tag{1}\] The polytope is bounded because every vertex is at finite graph distance from the prescribed boundary. In its free coordinates it has nonempty interior: assigning zero to every free vertex leaves all inequalities involving a free vertex strict. Fixed–fixed inequalities are already satisfied by \(2\lambda\le1\).

Extend heights affinely across faces. Almost surely no free vertex has height zero, since that event is a hyperplane of Lebesgue measure zero. Each triangle then has either no zero segment or a unique segment joining two edges. These segments form loops and one chordal interface \(\gamma_\delta\) joining the discrete marks. The chord is simple: no face contains two strands and no vertex is a branching point. Replacing its within-face placement by the corresponding dual-lattice strand changes uniform distance by \(O(\delta)\).

For continuous curves, use uniform distance modulo increasing reparametrization: \[d_{\mathrm{unif}}(\alpha,\beta) =\inf_{\phi,\psi}\sup_{t\in[0,1]} |\alpha(\phi(t))-\beta(\psi(t))|,\] where \(\phi,\psi\) are increasing homeomorphisms of \([0,1]\), and curves at zero distance are identified. The Dirichlet GFF convention throughout is covariance \(G_D=(-\Delta_D)^{-1}\).

Theorem 1. There are constants \(A>0\), \(\sigma>0\), and \(\lambda\in(0,1/2]\), independent of \(D,a,b\), such that the model (1) has \[\gamma_\delta\Longrightarrow\mathrm{SLE}_4(D;a,b),\qquad \frac{h_\delta-\mathbb Eh_\delta}{\sigma} \Longrightarrow\mathrm{GFF}_D\] in the stated curve metric and as random distributions, respectively. The constants and limiting mean are \[\begin{align*} v&=2/\sqrt3,&\sigma^2&=(vA)^{-1},& \lambda^2&=\frac{\pi}{8vA},\tag{2}\\ m_D(z)&=\lambda\bigl[\omega_D(z,A_+)-\omega_D(z,A_-)\bigr].&&& \tag{3}\end{align*}\] Here \(\omega_D\) is harmonic measure and \(A\) is the tangent-flux coefficient defined in the cell construction. The stiffness is \(vA\); no elementary closed form for it is proposed.

The normalization of chordal SLE\(_4\) in the half-plane is \(\partial_tg_t(z)=2/(g_t(z)-2B_t)\) with standard real Brownian motion \(B\). There is no logarithmic rescaling of the heights in the distributional limit. Pointwise height tightness is neither asserted nor required.

History and scope

Schramm’s Problem 2.3 asks for SLE\(_4\) and GFF limits for this real-valued hard-constraint model [Schramm]. It is distinct from the integer-valued model in the preceding problem. Schramm–Sheffield establish the discrete Gaussian contour result [SSdiscrete]; Miller extends contour universality to smooth symmetric uniformly convex gradient potentials [Miller]. The hard potential here is constant on \([-1,1]\) and infinite outside. It does not satisfy those convexity hypotheses. An approximation by smooth potentials is therefore not, by itself, a solution.

The identification of effective stiffness and Gaussian fluctuations belongs to the gradient-field homogenization tradition of Naddaf and Spencer [NaddafSpencer] and Giacomin, Olla and Spohn [GiacominOllaSpohn]. For smooth symmetric uniformly convex interactions, Miller proved a bounded-domain field limit by coupling boundary-conditioned fields so that their difference is harmonic in the bulk with high probability [MillerField]. Miłoś and Peled [MilosPeled] studied hard-core fluctuations, including the uniform Lipschitz potential, on even square tori with one pinned height. Their delocalization and controlled-gradient arguments provide related finite-volume methods. Cohen-Alloro and Peled’s later gradient control also extends the delocalization argument to square-lattice domains with zero Dirichlet data [CAP]. These hard-core delocalization results do not give the bounded-domain field or contour limits considered here. More recently, Buchholz, Cotar and Schweiger [BuchholzCotarSchweiger] proved infinite-volume gradient-field universality for a class of nonconvex potentials. Their scaling theorem retains smooth, uniformly curved mixture components and does not cover the flat/infinite hard potential.

The convex-volume foundation uses Prékopa’s integral log-concavity theorem [Prekopa]; the quantitative facet deficit, triangular exposure and average anchoring are proved here. The controlled-gradient estimate of Cohen-Alloro and Peled [CAP] supplies the zero-pinned starting point. Extending it to bounded data and sign observations requires separate finite-volume arguments. Those extensions are needed because an interface exploration continually changes the conditioned height polytope.

For the finite reflected dynamics we use Słomiński’s fixed-domain Skorokhod approximation [Slominski], the Neumann semimartingale identification of Bass and Hsu [1], and the stationary forward–reverse decomposition of Lyons and Zheng [LyonsZheng]. The uniform changing-polytope force argument and weighted constant-drift identification are proved locally. At the curve stage, we adapt the harmonic-observable method of Schramm and Sheffield [SSdiscrete] and identify the whole curve using terminal side labels and harmonic-mass nonreturn. The hard-constraint model supplies its own conditional covariance, height gap and stopping-time-uniform observable. These inputs identify both endpoint drivers and their common limiting arc, and exclude macroscopic backtracking.

Plan of the proof

The proof has four parts. First, local volume curvature and sparse defects give unscaled moments of macroscopic averages (Section 3). Second, synchronous reflected couplings turn Brownian contact events into weighted control of differences and their errors at observed sites (Section 4). Third, the stationary tangent update identifies a scalar flux law and, through small tilts, a Gaussian field (Section 5). Analytic trace estimates on varying observed sets then give conditional Dirichlet covariance (Sections 6 and 7). Finally, feasible shifts with controlled volume cost turn crossing estimates into barriers (Section 8). These barriers and conditional field estimates give sampled-interface separation, then the height gap and the stopped harmonic observable (Sections 9 and 10).

The demanding uniformity is part of the assertions, not an optional strengthening: random observations are used only with their exact conditional Gibbs kernels, and the curve argument needs estimates uniform over the stopping rules used to test its driving function. In particular, conditional covariance, survival reweighting, and convergence of labelled harmonic accesses are established before the driving and whole-curve arguments.

Conventions for the Estimates

For local arguments rescale the lattice to spacing one and write \(n\) for the macroscopic length. Discrete edge gradients do not include a factor \(n\). Continuum tests use the Riemann pairing \[\langle h,f\rangle_n=\frac1{vn^2}\sum_x f(x/n)h_x.\] In the continuum trace sections, the lattice is instead already embedded at physical mesh \(n^{-1}\); there \(x\) denotes the physical location and the same pairing is written with \(f(x)\). These are the same normalization. Constants may depend on a fixed compact test region and on explicitly fixed scale ratios, but not on \(n\) or the microscopic shape of admissible observed strings. An oriented sign string prescribes the signs adjacent to an interface piece. Each such vertex has an opposite-sign neighbor, hence its height belongs to \([-1,1]\). Newly revealed exact values are instead pins; their annealed estimates must be justified by conditioning, not by treating arbitrary revealed values as uniformly bounded.

The reflected bath has Brownian variance parameter two in free coordinates and normal reflection on the convex height polytope. A density tilted by \(\exp(\sum_xb_xh_x)\) adds drift \(b\). Finite-dimensional normal-reflection existence, continuity, invariance of the stated density, and the stationary forward/reverse martingale decomposition are the standard stochastic tools used below. Exact-value conditional laws are taken on their almost-sure positive-volume fibers after the recorded coordinates are removed; null-volume conditionings are discarded. Reflection and its martingale decomposition are applied on these free coordinates. The finite-body references and the separate uniform forcing argument appear in Section 4.

Local Slack and Macroscopic Averages

The estimates in this section provide the spatial compactness and moment bounds used in the comparison argument. The principal probabilistic input is the controlled-gradient theorem of Cohen–Alloro and Peled [CAP]. The local convex-volume argument uses integral log-concavity [Prekopa]. Its quantitative facet and block estimates are proved below for the present triangular lattice.

The finite-volume laws and the moment statement

We identify the triangular lattice with \(\mathbb Z^2\), with edges in the directions \(\pm e_1,\pm e_2,\pm(e_1-e_2)\). Distances are graph distances. Let \(V\) be a finite set of free vertices, and prescribe height zero on its exterior vertex boundary and on any additional pins. Write \(\mu_0\) for uniform Lebesgue measure on the remaining heights satisfying the edge constraints. A zero-pinned sample is extended by zero to the whole lattice. Its defining polytope is compact and has positive volume on its free coordinates. A bounded-data law \(\mu_b\) has the same fixed set and prescribed values \(b\) with \(|b|\le B\), and is considered only when its polytope has positive volume. Constants below are independent of the number and shape of the components of \(V\).

Proposition 2 (Macroscopic exponential moments). Fix \(c,C>0\) and \(B<\infty\). Let \(R\ge1\) and let deterministic real weights \(q_x\) obey \[ \sum_x|q_x|\le C,\qquad \max_x|q_x|\le CR^{-2},\qquad \operatorname{supp}q\subset Q, \quad \operatorname{diam}Q\le CR, \tag{4}\] where \(Q\) is an ambient coordinate box. Assume either \(\sum_xq_x=0\), or there is a connected set of pins \(K\), of diameter at least \(cR\), such that \(K\cup Q\) lies in a coordinate box of diameter at most \(CR\). For a sample \(h\) from \(\mu_b\), there are \(a>0\) and \(M<\infty\), depending only on \(c,C,B\), such that \[ \mathbb E\exp\left(a\left|\sum_xq_xh(x)\right|\right)\le M. \tag{5}\] The conclusion is uniform over mixtures of bounded pin values whenever conditioning on those values leaves exactly the specified uniform law.

The zero-mass alternative covers differences of comparable-scale averages in a free ball even when the nearest pin is much farther away. An ordinary ball average, or a smooth average of that scale, satisfies (4). Restriction of its original positive weights to the domain also satisfies that condition. Renormalization after restriction requires a new verification of the bound \(\max|q_x|\le CR^{-2}\). We first prove the proposition for zero pins. The proof will also identify the exact deterministic estimates required of later comparison fields.

A local filling-volume deficit

Fix a large even integer \(L\) and tile the lattice by \(Q_z=Lz+\{0,\ldots,L\}^2\). The interiors of distinct blocks have no connecting edge. For shell data \(s\) on \(\partial Q\), let \(K_Q(s)\) be the polytope of fillings and put \[F_Q(s)=\log\operatorname{vol}_{(L-1)^2}K_Q(s),\] with value \(-\infty\) when the volume is zero. The inclusion \(\frac12(K_Q(s_1)+K_Q(s_2))\subset K_Q((s_1+s_2)/2)\) and Brunn–Minkowski imply concavity of \(F_Q\).

Concavity gives a nonnegative midpoint loss. We next show that, on blocks with slack, this loss controls differences between the perturbations of the shell heights at the four side midpoints. It cannot control a common height shift, which leaves filling volume unchanged. The later coarse-grid argument combines these differences; the connected pins or the zero-mass hypothesis in Proposition 2 remove the additive constant.

For each of the four sides, let \(v\) be its midpoint and let \(r\) be the coordinate unit step pointing toward the block center. The inward path is \(v+kr\), \(0\le k\le L/2\). Of the two tangential unit steps on that side, let \(t\) be the one with \(r\cdot t=1/2\). The compressed ray is \(v+\ell t\), \(0\le\ell\le L/2\): its graph distance to \(v+kr\) is \(\max(k,\ell)\). These choices define the four tests below. Figure 1 illustrates one of them.

For fixed \(0<\delta\le\delta_0\le1/16\), an integer \(k_0\ge4/\delta_0\), and \(s_0>0\), call a block convex-good for \(h\) if \[\begin{align*} |h(x)-h(y)|&\le1-\delta &&(x\sim y\text{ in }Q),\tag{6}\\ |h(x)-h(y)|&\le(1-\delta_0)\operatorname{dist}(x,y) &&(x,y\in Q,\ \operatorname{dist}(x,y)\ge k_0), \tag{7}\end{align*}\] and the following four non-tie conditions hold. For each face center \(v\), take the radial coordinate path from \(v\) to the block center. Exactly one ray on its starting face has compressed triangular distances to that path; if \(b_1\) is its first vertex, require \(|h(b_1)-h(v)|\ge s_0\). Take \(L\ge8(k_0+2)/\delta_0\).

The compressed ray in the triangular exposure argument. Here \(x_k=v+ke_1\), and the highlighted test edge is \(x_2x_3\). Both drawn paths from its endpoints to \(v+3e_2\) have length three. For a ray vertex \(v+\ell e_2\), the two distances are \(\max(k,\ell)\) and \(\max(k+1,\ell)\), rather than \(k+\ell\) and \(k+1+\ell\). The sign of \(h(v+e_2)-h(v)\) selects which facet can be exposed with uniform slack; its near-zero case must be excluded in that argument.

Lemma 3 (Triangular block deficit). For these fixed parameters there is \(c_*>0\) such that, if \(Q\) is convex-good for \(h\), \(s=h|_{\partial Q}\), \(\chi:\partial Q\to\mathbb R\), and both \(K_Q(s+\chi)\) and \(K_Q(s-\chi)\) have positive volume, then every two face centers \(v,w\) satisfy \[ g_Q:=F_Q(s)-\tfrac12\bigl(F_Q(s+\chi)+F_Q(s-\chi)\bigr) \ge c_*|\chi(v)-\chi(w)|^2. \tag{8}\]

Proof. We first expose one sign of each radial edge with uniform slack in all other constraints. Write \(x=v+ke_1\), \(y=v+(k+1)e_1\) after applying a lattice symmetry. If \(k\ge k_0\), prescribe \(a(x)=h(x)\) and \(a(y)=h(x)+1\). Both points are at distance at least \(k_0\) from the shell, and the change at \(y\) is at most two. Hence, for sufficiently small \(\beta\le\delta/2\), \[|a(z)-h(b)|\le(1-\delta_0)\operatorname{dist}(z,b)+2 \le(1-\beta)\operatorname{dist}(z,b) \quad(z=x,y,\ b\in\partial Q).\] If \(k<k_0\), put \(b_l=v+le_2\) on the compressed ray and \(f_l=h(b_l)-h(v)\). Its distances are \[\operatorname{dist}(x,b_l)=\max(k,l),\qquad \operatorname{dist}(y,b_l)=\max(k+1,l).\] Choose \(\tau=\operatorname{sign}f_1\), and prescribe \(a(x)=h(v)\) and \(a(y)=h(v)+\tau\). For \(l\ge1\), \[s_0-(1-\delta)(l-1)\le\tau f_l\le(1-\delta)l,\] so \[ |\tau-f_l|\le l-\min\{s_0+\delta(l-1),1+\delta l\} \le(1-\min\{s_0,\delta\})l. \tag{9}\] The difference at \(x\) is bounded by \((1-\delta)l\). On the opposite ray, the distances are \(k+l,k+1+l\). The estimate \(1+(1-\delta)l\le(1-\delta/2)(k+1+l)\) holds when \(k+l\ge1\). The omitted case is the designated edge itself. For another face, put \(l=\operatorname{dist}(v,b)\ge L/2\). Both prescribed differences are at most \(1+(1-\delta_0)l\) and both distances are at least \(l-k-1\). The choice of \(L\) gives the required relative slack there as well.

Choose \(\beta<\min\{\delta/2,s_0/2,1/4\}\), decreasing it if necessary. Give the designated edge length one and all other edges length \(1-\beta\). All prescribed pairs are Lipschitz for this weighted metric. Its distance across the designated edge is one, since every alternative path has at least two edges and \(2(1-\beta)>1\). Extending by the minimum of the upper distance cones gives a filling with designated gradient \(\tau\) and all other gradients at most \(1-\beta\) in absolute value.

We need the following quantitative finite-dimensional consequence of slice log-concavity, and give its proof. If positive-volume convex bodies \(K_-,K_+\subset\mathbb R^m\) have projection widths at most \(A\) in a unit direction \(u\), their top facet areas divided by volume are at least \(c_0>0\), and \(K\supset(K_-+K_+)/2\), then \[ \log\frac{|K|}{\sqrt{|K_-||K_+|}} \ge\kappa\bigl[(b_+-u\cdot m_+)-(b_--u\cdot m_-)\bigr]^2. \tag{10}\] Here \(m_\pm\) are the centroids, \(b_\pm\) the top projection endpoints, and \(\kappa>0\) depends only on \(A,c_0\). This is a finite-dimensional lemma; it has no restriction on the spatial dimension of the lattice.

To prove (10), let \(f_i\) be the normalized density of the projection of uniform measure on \(K_i\), and let \(q_i(p)\) be its quantile, \(0<p<1\), for \(i\in\{-,+\}\). Parallel-slice Brunn–Minkowski makes \(f_i\) log-concave, with \(f_i(b_i)\ge c_0\). If \(f_i(q_i(p))<c_0\), every density value to its left is at most \(f_i(q_i(p))\): otherwise log-concavity between that value and the top slice gives a contradiction. Integration over an interval of length at most \(A\) then gives \(p\le A f_i(q_i(p))\). In the other case \(q_i'(p)=1/f_i(q_i(p))\le c_0^{-1}\). Thus, with \(C=\max\{A,c_0^{-1}\}\), \[0<q_i'(p)\le C/p.\] The midpoint slice of \(K\) at \((q_-(p)+q_+(p))/2\) contains the midpoint sum of the two corresponding slices. Slice Brunn–Minkowski and change of variable along these increasing levels yield \[\frac{|K|}{\sqrt{|K_-||K_+|}} \ge\int_0^1\frac{q_-'+q_+'}{2\sqrt{q_-'q_+'}}\,\mathrm dp \ge1+\frac1{8C^2}\int_0^1p^2(q_-'-q_+')^2\,\mathrm dp.\] For the second inequality, subtract one from the integrand; its numerator is \((q_-'-q_+')^2\) and its denominator is \(2\sqrt{q_-'q_+'}(\sqrt{q_-'}+\sqrt{q_+'})^2\le8C^2/p^2\). Tonelli gives \(b_i-u\cdot m_i=\int_0^1p q_i'(p)\,\mathrm dp\). Cauchy–Schwarz therefore bounds the last integral below by the squared difference \(d^2\) of the centroid gaps. Since \(|d|\le A\), \(\log(1+x)\ge x/(1+x)\) proves (10) with \(\kappa=(8C^2+A^2)^{-1}\). All slice integrals may first be taken over compact subintervals of \((0,1)\) and then by monotone limits.

Apply it to \(K_\pm=K_Q(s\pm\alpha\chi)\) with \(\alpha\le\beta/(8L)\). Endpoint feasibility implies \(|\chi(b)-\chi(c)|\le\operatorname{dist}(b,c)\le2L\) on the shell. Shift every interior coordinate in the exposed filling by \(\pm\alpha\chi(v)\) and use the new shell data. Every undesignated edge retains slack at least \(\beta/2\). Thus each selected facet contains a Euclidean ball of radius \(\beta/8\) in its hyperplane. Body volumes are at most \((4L)^{(L-1)^2}\), and the projection widths are at most two. The hypotheses of (10) therefore hold uniformly.

Define \(U=m_+-m_-\) on the interior and \(U=2\alpha\chi\) on the shell. For an interior radial edge use the direction \(\tau(e_y-e_x)/\sqrt2\). The top projection endpoints are both \(1/\sqrt2\), so the difference of the two centroid gaps in (10) is \(-\tau(U(y)-U(x))/\sqrt2\). For an edge from a face center \(v\) to an interior vertex \(y\), use the direction \(\tau e_y\). Its top endpoints are \(1+\tau(s(v)\pm\alpha\chi(v))\), so the difference of the centroid gaps is \(-\tau(U(y)-U(v))\). Thus (10) bounds every \(|U(y)-U(x)|^2\) by a fixed multiple of the common midpoint gap \(g_\alpha\). The bodies and their centroids are the same for all radial edges; varying \(\tau\) changes no squared increment. Telescoping at most \(L\) radial edges between \(v,w\) and using \(g_\alpha\le g_Q\) proves the lemma. ◻

When \(f_1=0\) and \(k=0\), both choices \(a(y)=h(v)\pm1\) also saturate the edge \(yb_1\). This simultaneous saturation is specific to the triangular geometry and is excluded by the non-tie requirement above.

Sparse exceptions and short stationary steps

Lemma 4 (Zero-pinned sparse blocks). For every \(\rho>0\) the fixed parameters above and a fixed enlargement \(Q_z^*\) can be chosen so that the following holds uniformly over zero-pinned finite volumes. Declare every block within a fixed block distance of a pin to be a pin block. Among the remaining blocks declare a block bad when it fails (6), the long-distance condition (7) on \(Q_z^*\), or one of the four non-tie tests. Then \[ \mathbb P(A\text{ is entirely bad})\le\rho^{|A|} \tag{11}\] for every finite set \(A\) of block indices. The collar defining pin blocks contains all enlargements \(Q_z^*\). Fixed finite thickenings of the bad set also satisfy such a bound with an arbitrarily small parameter, after adjusting the initial parameters.

Proof. The controlled-gradient theorem [CAP], on a graph of maximum degree six with an arbitrary nonempty zero fixed set, states that for distinct edges \(e_1,\ldots,e_j\) and \(0<u\le1/8\), \[\mathbb P\bigl(|\nabla_{e_i}h|\ge1-u\text{ for all }i\bigr) \le(C_6u)^{j/C_6}.\] Fix one shortest path for every pair in an enlarged block. A path of length \(m\) violating linear slack with \(\delta_0=\varepsilon/2\) has at least \(m/2\) gradients of magnitude at least \(1-\varepsilon\). Choose \(\varepsilon\) sufficiently small to dominate the \(2^m\) subsets of this path, then \(k_0\) large enough to dominate the polynomial number of pairs. Choose \(L\) at a fixed sufficiently large multiple of \(k_0/\delta_0\), and finally choose \(\delta\) small enough to dominate the finite edge count. For disjoint enlargements, the edge witnesses are distinct. Apply the controlled-gradient bound to the short-edge and long-path witnesses separately and bound the intersection by the geometric mean of these two bounds. This gives an arbitrarily small product bound for failures of the first two tests.

For a non-tie test, condition on its enlarged shell. If there is a filling with the stated long slack, fix one such filling and write \(x,y\) for the tested edge. Prescribe its values to be \(h(x),h(x)+1/2\), or \(h(x),h(x)-1/2\). The distance of the edge to the shell is a sufficiently large fixed multiple of \(1/\delta_0\); long slack and the triangle inequality make both prescriptions compatible with the shell. Upper-cone extension produces two feasible fillings. Contracting the entire conditional body toward either filling with ratio \(1/4\) gives a volume fraction \(4^{-m}\) in each of the difference intervals \([1/8,5/8]\) and \([-5/8,-1/8]\), where \(m\) is the fixed number of free coordinates. The difference marginal is log-concave. A one-dimensional log-concave density placing a fixed positive mass in these separated intervals has bounded supremum: its half-height points lie within \(2/\sup f\) of a mode, and concavity of \(\log f\) bounds the farther tails exponentially. Consequently \[\mathbb P\bigl(|h(x)-h(y)|<s_0,\ \text{long slack}\mid\text{shell}\bigr) \le C_Ls_0.\] If no long-slack filling exists the event is empty. Conditional laws in disjoint enlarged interiors are independent given their complement. Choosing \(s_0\) small, combining the possible witnesses, and coloring the block grid by finitely many residue classes proves (11). For a fixed thickening, extract a separated positive fraction of witnesses in the original set; the same counting proves the last assertion. ◻

Lemma 5 (Stationary step displacement). Let \((H_t)_{0\le t\le T}\) be a stationary reversible normally reflected diffusion in a finite convex polytope, with Brownian covariance \(2I\) and invariant uniform law. The same assertion holds with constant drift \(b\) and invariant density proportional to \(e^{b\cdot h}\). For distinct free coordinates \(x_1,\ldots,x_j\), \[ \mathbb P\left(\sup_{t\le T}|H_t(x_i)-H_0(x_i)|>r \text{ for all }i\right) \le\bigl(Ce^{-r^2/(CT)}\bigr)^{j/2}. \tag{12}\] Thus the zero-pinned good-block conditions persist with relaxed fixed constants throughout a sufficiently short step, apart from arbitrarily sparse exceptional blocks. The same implication holds for any other stationary constrained law for which the initial block tests have the joint sparse bound.

Proof. Normal reflection has a forward Brownian martingale part and a finite-variation part consisting of boundary reflection and any constant drift. Reversibility gives the same decomposition backwards from \(T\). Adding the forward increment and the negative reversed increment cancels the finite-variation terms, so each coordinate displacement is half the sum of the corresponding forward and reversed martingale increments. Each of the two martingale vectors has independent variance-two Brownian coordinates, although the two vectors need not be independent. If all \(j\) coordinate displacements exceed \(r\), at least \(j/2\) are witnessed in one of the two directions. A union over subsets and the Brownian maximal inequality prove (12). A failed block persistence test is witnessed by a coordinate displacement exceeding a fixed constant. Separated blocks have distinct witnesses; their finite coordinate count is absorbed by taking \(T\) smaller. Edge slack, long-distance slack, and non-ties all persist once their two endpoint displacements are below the appropriate fixed fraction of their original margins. ◻

Filling holes and testing macroscopic averages

We next isolate the deterministic geometry. It is valid for comparison fields as well as the displacements of shell data used below.

Lemma 6 (Sparse-hole extension). Let a random bad set on the square grid satisfy (11) with sufficiently small parameter. Fill the bounded complementary components of each bad star-connected cluster and retain its outermost filled hulls. A fixed layer of enlargement is allowed. There is an extension procedure which, for a field \(u\) on good sites, fills each hole by its value at one surrounding good site. Here good sites lie outside the filled holes and good edges join neighboring good sites. Write \(v\) for the resulting field. A hole is incident to \(z\) if it contains \(z\) or a neighbor of \(z\); let \(d_z\) be the largest diameter of an incident hole, zero if none, and put \(d_e=\max(d_x,d_y)\) for \(e=\{x,y\}\). Uniformly in deterministic \(z\), \[ \mathbb P(d_z\ge r)\le Ce^{-cr}. \tag{13}\] For every \(1<p<2\), on a square of side \(N\) with a fixed larger buffer, \[ \|\nabla v\|_{\ell^p} \le E^{1/2} \left(\sum_e W_e^{2/(2-p)}a_e^{-p/(2-p)}\right)^{(2-p)/(2p)}, \quad W_e\le C_p(1+d_e)^{2p}, \tag{14}\] where \(E=\sum_{e\text{ good}}a_e|\nabla u(e)|^2\), \(a_e>0\). In particular, bounded spatial moments of sufficiently high powers of \(d_e\) and \(a_e^{-1}\) imply \[ \|\nabla v\|_{\ell^p}\le C N^{2/p-1}\sqrt E. \tag{15}\] If \(u\) is the restriction of a globally \(K\)-Lipschitz field on the grid, then \(|u(z)-v(z)|\le CK(1+d_z)\).

For every fixed \(q,D<\infty\), the spatial average of \((1+d_z)^q\) in a square of side \(N\) is bounded by a deterministic constant outside an event of probability \(O(N^{-D})\). In a box of side \(n\), these bounds hold simultaneously on all subboxes of radius at least \(n^{1/2}\), after altering the failure exponent. Filling can be chosen equivariantly under translations of the block grid. No reciprocal-weight assertion follows from sparsity alone; those moments are separate hypotheses in (14).

Proof. Follow the filled outer grid contour of a hole and its exterior good rim. After a fixed thickening this gives nearest-neighbor rim paths. A hole of diameter \(d\) has at most \(C(d+1)^2\) vertices and boundary edges, and any required rim path has at most that length. Choose the lexicographically first rim site as the filling value. For an edge entering a hole, telescope along its rim; the inequality \(|\sum_{i=1}^m t_i|^p\le m^{p-1}\sum_i|t_i|^p\), followed by the boundary-edge count, gives \[\sum|\nabla v|^p\le\sum_{e\text{ good}}W_e|\nabla u(e)|^p, \qquad W_e\le C_p(1+d_e)^{2p}.\] Outer rims have bounded overlap. Holder with exponents \(2/p\) and \(2/(2-p)\) gives (14). For unweighted energy the required hole exponent is \(4p/(2-p)\); in the weighted case another Holder inequality separates the hole and reciprocal-weight moments. A hole filling value lies within distance \(C(d+1)\) of each of its sites, proving the pointwise error.

If a deterministic site belongs to a hull of diameter at least \(r\), a bad star-animal of size \(m\ge cr\) has a vertex within \(Cm\) of it. There are \(O(m^2)\) root choices and at most \(C_0^m\) such animals. Applying (11), or extracting a fixed-fraction separated subset before doing so, proves (13). In particular all fixed moments have uniformly bounded expectations.

Here is the stronger spatial statement. Clusters with size in \([k,2k)\) contribute at most \(Ck^{q+2}\) each to the sum of hole moments. For \(r\) disjoint such cluster witnesses in an \(O(N)\) box, root and animal counting and (11) bound the probability by \[\frac{(CN^2)^r}{r!}C_0^{2kr}\rho^{ckr} \le\left(C\frac{N^2}{r}e^{-c'k}\right)^r.\] For all sufficiently large fixed \(k\), take \(r=\lceil N^2k^{-(q+4)}\rceil\). For \(k\le A\log N\) and large \(N\), the resulting bound is \[\exp(-cN^2/k^{q+3}).\] Larger clusters occur with probability at most \(CN^2e^{-cA\log N}\), which is \(O(N^{-D})\) by choosing \(A\) large. On all dyadic size ranges the resulting contribution to \(N^{-2}\sum_z(1+d_z)^q\) is summable; clusters below the fixed cutoff give a fixed deterministic bound. This proves the assertion. The same argument excludes holes crossing the macroscopic buffer, and a union over the polynomially many subboxes proves the stated simultaneous version. Lexicographic selection commutes with translation; a random grid phase can be adjoined when invariance under single lattice steps is desired. ◻

Lemma 7 (Discrete trace against a spread measure). Let \(\nu\) be a positive measure of bounded mass in a square of side \(O(N)\), and assume \(\nu(B(x,r))\le C((r+1)/N)^\alpha\) for \(0\le r\le CN\). If \(1<p<2\) and \(\alpha>2-p\), then \[|\nu(v)-\nu(1)\overline v| \le C N^{1-2/p}\|\nabla v\|_{\ell^p},\] where \(\overline v\) is the ordinary average over that square.

Proof. Discrete \(L^1\) Poincare on successive dyadic squares, clipped to the ambient square at its boundary, gives \[|v(x)-\overline v|\le C\sum_e \frac{|\nabla v(e)|}{1+\operatorname{dist}(x,e)}.\] For \(p'=p/(p-1)\), a dyadic contribution to the averaged kernel is \(F_r(e)=Cr^{-1}\nu(B(e,Cr))\). Its supremum is at most \(CN^{-\alpha}r^{\alpha-1}\) and its \(\ell^1\) norm at most \(Cr\). Thus \[\|F_r\|_{\ell^{p'}}\le C N^{-\alpha/p}r^{1+(\alpha-2)/p}.\] The dyadic series is bounded by \(CN^{1-2/p}\) precisely under the stated strict inequality on \(\alpha\). Holder finishes the proof. ◻

A connected set of coarse pins of diameter at least \(cN\) carries a deterministic probability measure \(\nu\) with the preceding ball bound for \(\alpha=1\): choose a coordinate projection of length at least \(c'N\) and one pin site over each attained integer coordinate. Connectivity ensures there are no missing intermediate coordinates. Equal weights on the chosen sites have ball masses at most \(C(r+1)/N\).

Lemma 8 (Uniform average coercivity). Suppose \(X\) is globally \(K\)-Lipschitz on the block grid, with fixed \(K\). Suppose either \(u=X\), or \(u=T_M(X)\) for fixed \(T_M(t)=\operatorname{sign}(t)(|t|-M)_+\). Let \(E=\sum_{e\text{ good}}|\nabla u(e)|^2\). For deterministic weights \(w\) supported in an \(O(N)\) square with \(\sum|w|\le C\) and \(\max|w|\le CN^{-2}\), assume either \(\sum w=0\), or \(u=0\) on a connected deterministic coarse pin set of diameter comparable to \(N\) at distance \(O(N)\). There is an event of probability at least \(1/2\), determined only by the bad set, on which simultaneously for every such field \(X\), \[ \left|\sum_z w_zX_z\right|\le C_0+C_1\sqrt E. \tag{16}\]

Proof. Use Lemma 6 with \(p=3/2\). A Markov bound on the twelfth spatial hole moment, and exclusion of holes crossing a fixed buffer, give \(\|\nabla v\|_{3/2}\le CN^{1/3}\sqrt E\). The filling error tested against \(|w|\) is bounded by the same spatial moment. In the anchored case choose the deterministic pin measure \(\nu\) just constructed. Although filling may overwrite a pin value, the Lipschitz bound gives \[|\nu(v)|\le CK\sum_z\nu(z)(1+d_z).\] The right side has bounded expectation by (13); another Markov bound makes it a fixed constant. Applying Lemma 7 to \(\nu\) and \(|w|\) proves (16). In the zero-mass case the ordinary mean cancels and no pin measure is needed. The truncation error is at most \(M\sum|w|\). Choose the two moment thresholds so their failure probabilities sum to at most \(1/4\); the buffer event has failure at most \(1/4\) for large \(N\). Bounded \(N\) is absorbed by deterministic Lipschitzness and the anchor or zero-mass condition. All error bounds depend on hole sizes rather than on \(X\), which proves the simultaneous assertion. ◻

This last lemma is an unscaled estimate. Its bounded additive error on the pin set does not assert convergence to zero Sobolev trace in a later rescaled limit.

From deficits to an exponential moment

Proof of Proposition 2 for zero pins. For \(R/L\) large integrate the interiors of pin-free blocks in a fixed large box around the statistic and its anchor. Retain all other vertices, including every vertex of pin blocks, and write \(s\) for their heights. The unnormalized marginal density is exactly \[ p(s)=\mathbf1_{\mathcal A}(s)\prod_Q e^{F_Q(s|_{\partial Q})}, \tag{17}\] where \(\mathcal A\) imposes the remaining edge constraints. This density is even, log-concave, compactly supported, and upper semicontinuous. Let \(Z=\int p>0\).

For feasible \(s\pm\chi\) with positive density, put \(X_z=\chi(v_z)\) at a fixed face-center representative of each block. The difference of any two full endpoint fillings, divided by two, extends \(\chi\) as a 1-Lipschitz field vanishing on pins. Consequently neighboring \(X\) values differ by at most \(CL\). Choose \(M\) above the distance of every representative and shared face center in or next to a pin block to a pin, and use \(u=T_M(X)\). It vanishes on pin blocks. For neighboring ordinary good blocks \(z,w\), their common face center and Lemma 3 give \[|u_z-u_w|^2\le2c_*^{-1}(g_z+g_w).\] For a good block next to a pin block, the common face center \(f\) satisfies \(|\chi(f)|\le M\), so \(|u_z|^2\le|\chi(v_z)-\chi(f)|^2\le g_z/c_*\). Treating pin blocks as good zero blocks therefore gives \[ \sum_{e\text{ good}}|\nabla u(e)|^2\le C\sum_Q g_Q. \tag{18}\]

Partition vertices into half-open blocks and replace the statistic by the retained linear functional \(\ell(s)=\sum_z w_zs(v_z)\), where \(w_z=\sum_{x\text{ in block }z}q_x\). On every original configuration, \[ \left|\sum_xq_xh(x)-\ell(s)\right|\le CL\sum_x|q_x|. \tag{19}\] The coarse weights satisfy the hypotheses of Lemma 8, and exact zero mass is preserved. That lemma and (18) show, on a full-configuration event of probability at least \(1/2\), simultaneously for every feasible \(\chi\), \[|\ell(\chi)|\le C_0+C_2\sqrt{\sum_Qg_Q}.\] Take fixed \(t>C_0\) and \(D=((t-C_0)/C_2)^2>0\). Since the logarithmic midpoint deficit of (17) is \(\sum_Qg_Q\), it follows that \[ \sqrt{p(s+\chi)p(s-\chi)}\le e^{-D}p(s) \quad\text{whenever }\ell(\chi)=t. \tag{20}\]

Define \(A_t(s)=\sup_{\ell(\chi)=t}\sqrt{p(s+\chi)p(s-\chi)}\). Compactness of the support restricts the supremum to a compact set; upper semicontinuity gives measurability. Log-concavity implies \(0\le A_t\le p\). The good event may depend on discarded midpoint coordinates: the simultaneous assertion (20) still holds for its retained vector. Thus \[Z^{-1}\int A_t\le1-\rho_0,\qquad \rho_0=(1-e^{-D})/2>0.\] If \(\ell\) is zero on the free coordinates there is nothing to prove. Otherwise choose linear coordinates \(s=(r,\sigma)\) with \(r=\ell(s)\), absorbing their constant Jacobian into the complementary measure. For the density \(a(r)\) of \(\ell(S)\), Prékopa–Leindler in \(\sigma\) [Prekopa] gives \[\sqrt{a(r-t)a(r+t)}\le Z^{-1}\int A_t(r,\sigma)\,\mathrm d\sigma.\] Integrating yields overlap at most \(1-\rho_0\). Since \(a\) is even and log-concave, this overlap is at least \(\int\min\{a(r-t),a(r+t)\}\,\mathrm dr=1-\int_{-t}^t a\). Hence \(\mathbb P(|\ell(S)|\le t)\ge\rho_0\). Its survival function is log-concave, again by Prekopa–Leindler, so \[\mathbb P(|\ell(S)|>jt)\le(1-\rho_0)^j\quad(j\ge1).\] This gives a positive uniform exponential moment. Equation (19) transfers it to the original statistic. For bounded \(R/L\), distance to the anchor, or cancellation of \(q\), gives the required deterministic bound. ◻

Bounded values, sign constraints, and small tilts

Lemma 9 (One-sample bounded-data comparison). There is a coupling of \(h_b\sim\mu_b\) and one sample \(h_0\sim\mu_0\) with \(|h_b-h_0|\le B\) at every vertex, whenever \(|b|\le B\). Consequently Proposition 2 holds for bounded data and their admissible mixtures.

Proof. Run monotone single-site uniform heat baths with common update variables for pin values \(-B,b,+B\). The two extreme chains can be maintained as exact translates, since their conditional intervals are translates. The middle chain remains between them: both endpoints of a conditional interval are increasing functions of the neighboring heights. A stationary subsequential coupling on the finite compact polytopes gives the asserted coupling with the uniform marginals. Each tested statistic changes by at most \(B\sum|q_x|\). Condition first on mixed pin values and integrate the same uniform bound. ◻

A string here is a prescribed set of positive or negative sites, each having an oppositely prescribed neighbor. Thus its heights lie in \([-1,1]\). Additional intervals \(0\le h\le\varepsilon\) on positive string sites are allowed. After all string values are frozen, the remaining conditional law is uniform on the corresponding Lipschitz polytope. Lemma 9 therefore proves the moment assertion with \(B=1\) on each component, provided the anchor or zero-mass hypotheses are checked for the tested statistic. A finite collection of components can instead be considered together with the common pinned set. Cutting along pins and zero-extending the zero-pinned comparison use the ambient lattice; neither operation requires a regular shape for the boundary.

The same comparison transfers long-distance slack from zero pins to bounded data at additive cost \(2B\). At distances beyond a sufficiently large fixed threshold this is absorbed into a relaxed linear slack. It does not transfer microscopic strict gradients by itself.

Lemma 10 (Small linear tilts). Under Proposition 2, let \(Y=\sum_x b_xh(x)\), with support in an \(O(R)\) box and \(|b_x|\le cR^{-2}\). Assume its box has the specified connected pin anchor, or that \(\sum_xb_x=0\). For sufficiently small fixed \(c>0\), the tilted density \(e^Y/\mathbb Ee^Y\) has uniformly bounded \(L^2\) norm. Hence for every event \(A\), \[\mathbb P_Y(A)\le C\mathbb P(A)^{1/2}.\] All fixed moments of admissible average statistics remain bounded under this tilt, and any established arbitrary-parameter animal estimate is inherited, with a harmless constant prefactor and changed parameter.

Proof. Apply (5) to \(Y/c\) to bound \(\mathbb Ee^{2Y}\), and use Jensen together with the uniform bound on \(|\mathbb EY|\) to bound \(\mathbb Ee^Y\) away from zero. Cauchy–Schwarz gives the assertions; for moments apply it with the square of the desired moment. Multiple bounded tests can be combined by Holder and a further reduction of \(c\). ◻

Lemma 11 (Strict filling with sign intervals). In a finite patch, prescribe arbitrary shell values, interior fixed pins in \([-1/2,1/2]\), and intervals containing zero at any other prescribed vertices. The intervals may be one-sided or of the form \([0,\varepsilon]\). Suppose a feasible filling \(h\) satisfies \[ |h(x)-b(s)|\le\operatorname{dist}(x,s)-2 \tag{21}\] for every movable endpoint \(x\) of a tested central edge and every shell vertex \(s\). If the edge is not fixed–fixed, there is a feasible filling whose absolute gradient on that edge is at most \(1/2\).

Proof. Recall the interval extension criterion. Data \([\alpha_z,\beta_z]\) at specified vertices admit a 1-Lipschitz selection exactly when \(\alpha_z\le\beta_w+\operatorname{dist}(z,w)\) for every pair. Sufficiency follows from the lower-cone function \(g(y)=\sup_z\{\alpha_z-\operatorname{dist}(z,y)\}\), which is Lipschitz, lies above every lower endpoint and below every upper endpoint. Infinite interval endpoints are omitted from the corresponding bound.

At a movable vertex \(x\), the intervals propagated from all non-shell data contain both \(h(x)\) and zero. Indeed feasibility gives the first assertion. For a nonfixed interval datum the second follows because its interval contains zero. For a fixed pin \(p\), its distance to \(x\) is at least one, whereas \(|h(p)|\le1/2\), so its propagated interval contains zero as well. The datum at \(x\) itself, if present, also contains zero.

If both endpoints \(u,v\) are movable, put \(c=\operatorname{median}(0,h(u),h(v))\) and prescribe \(g(u)=g(v)=c\). The value \(c\) lies between zero and each old endpoint value; thus it respects every propagated non-shell interval at both endpoints. Moreover \(|c-h(u)|,|c-h(v)|\le|h(u)-h(v)|\le1\). Equation (21) preserves all endpoint–shell inequalities. The new endpoint pair has difference zero, and every pair among the old data was already consistent. The interval criterion therefore extends the new prescriptions to a feasible filling.

If one endpoint is a fixed pin, prescribe zero at the other endpoint. Its original height has absolute value at most \(3/2\), so (21) again preserves all shell inequalities. The propagated non-shell intervals contain zero, and the resulting edge gradient has absolute value at most \(1/2\). Apply the same extension criterion. ◻

Corollary 12 (Sparse contacts with signs). Fix a domain, fixed pin values in \([-1/2,1/2]\), and deterministic sign strings as described above, allowing additional intervals \([0,\varepsilon]\). For every prescribed animal parameter there are a fixed box size and \(s>0\) such that, except on a bad set with that animal bound, the tested central edges involving nonfixed vertices have \(|\nabla h|\le1-s\). String sites are included among the nonfixed vertices. Long-distance slack and this edge slack persist with relaxed constants during a sufficiently short stationary reflected step. Constants are uniform over the strings’ shape and over the positive interval lengths.

Proof. First freeze all string values, making them pins in \([-1,1]\). Lemma 9 couples the conditional field within coordinatewise distance one of the corresponding zero-pinned field. The controlled-gradient witness argument gives arbitrary-parameter long-distance slack, with the additive comparison loss absorbed by increasing its fixed threshold. This bound is uniform over the conditioned string values, so integrating preserves its joint form.

Now condition only on the exterior of each enlarged patch; its interior strings remain variable. On a shell for which a filling has the preceding long slack, central endpoints satisfy (21). Apply Lemma 11. If the conditional body has dimension \(m\), contraction toward its strict filling with ratio \(1-2s\) sends the entire body into \(\{|\nabla h|\le1-s\}\). Therefore the conditional relative volume of the near-contact region is at most \(1-(1-2s)^m\le2ms\). This remains true for arbitrarily thin sign intervals; their effect on the body’s total volume cancels in the relative-volume estimate. Degenerate prescribed intervals are treated as fixed coordinates.

For disjoint enlarged patches the conditional laws are independent. For a specified collection of bad boxes, either at least half have long-slack failures, or at least half have near contacts with good long slack. The joint bounds just proved apply to these two alternatives; the subset count is absorbed by choosing the preliminary parameters and then \(s\) small enough. A finite coloring removes the separation restriction. Lemma 5 gives the short-step statement. The tilt transfer, when its statistic meets the anchored or zero-mass hypotheses, is Lemma 10. ◻

Remark 13 (Fixed values after further reveals). The strict-filling proof uses the numerical bound \(1/2\) on fixed interior pins and uses intervals containing zero on movable sign sites. After additional values are frozen, these hypotheses must be checked again. In particular, arbitrary revealed values in \([-1,1]\) cannot be substituted for the fixed \([-1/2,1/2]\) pins in Lemma 11. Uniform quenched contact sparsity under such reveals is not asserted. The adapted comparisons below instead use the annealed marginal-preservation argument of Lemma 16, with good marks recomputed after rejoining.

Distributional tightness and conditioning scope

Corollary 14 (Negative Sobolev tightness). Suppose the rescaled free sets lie in a fixed bounded box, their exterior data are bounded, and a connected exterior pin set of macroscopic diameter is available in a fixed larger box. The centered fields, made constant on fundamental lattice cells of mesh \(n^{-1}\) and extended by zero outside, are tight in \(H^{-s}\) on a fixed surrounding torus for every \(s>0\).

Proof. Embed the lattice cells in a dyadic coordinate square with \(2^J\) cells on each side, where \(2^J\) is comparable to \(n\). Its physical size remains bounded above and below. Expand the piecewise constant field in the orthonormal two-dimensional Haar basis; the expansion terminates at the cell scale. A Haar coefficient on a cell of physical side \(r=R/n\) is \(r\) times a statistic satisfying (4) and having exactly zero total mass. For zero pins the tests include all ambient lattice vertices, including the zero extension, so this cancellation also holds across the boundary. Bounded data differ from the same zero-pinned sample by a uniformly bounded field. Proposition 2 consequently gives a second moment at most \(Cr^2\) for each centered coefficient. The coarse scaling coefficient is bounded by the anchored assertion.

Write \(F_j\) for the sum of wavelets at level \(j\). There are \(O(r_j^{-2})\) coefficients there, so \(\mathbb E\|F_j\|_2^2\le C\). Each parent-cell integral of \(F_j\) vanishes. For \(0<t\le1\), fractional Poincare on the parent cells and duality give \[\|F_j\|_{H^{-t}}\le Cr_j^t\|F_j\|_2.\] Minkowski in \(L^2(\mathbb P;H^{-t})\) and the geometric sum of \(r_j^t\) give a uniform second moment in \(H^{-t}\). Choose \(0<t<s\) and use compactness of its embedding into \(H^{-s}\) on the fixed torus. ◻

For affine interpolation on full lattice triangles the same conclusion holds. Its nodal basis and the fundamental-cell constant basis have equal mass, bounded overlap, and supports at distance \(O(n^{-1})\) from the node. Testing their difference against \(H^1\) functions gives an \(H^{-1}\) error at most \(Cn^{-1}\) times the piecewise constant \(L^2\) norm; interpolation gives \(Cn^{-t}\) for \(0<t\le1\). Haar orthogonality in the preceding proof gives \(\mathbb E\|h-\mathbb Eh\|_2^2\le C(1+\log n)\), so this error tends to zero in every \(H^{-t}\) with \(t>0\). When interpolation is restricted to a polygon, the boundary-cell contribution must also have vanishing area; this holds for the stated smooth-domain approximation and bounded heights adjacent to its fixed boundary.

Finally, all conditioning statements above specify the resulting kernel. If a random exploration followed by freezing preserves a marginal law, the corresponding annealed estimates are inherited by that marginal. This does not give the same estimates uniformly for each realized revealed set and every realized revealed value. Any later use of a quenched bound must separately verify the fixed-value, geometric, and conditional-law hypotheses of the result being invoked.

Stationary Reflected Comparisons

We prove the local comparison estimate used to pass from the constrained microscopic dynamics to a continuum equation. The input consists of the sparse-box estimates 4 and 12, the extension over their holes in 6, and the average bounds in 2. The principal new point is a lower bound on dissipation obtained by forcing a contact inside a fixed box. Its constants remain uniform when a constraint becomes redundant, and after adapted exact-value observations.

Experiments and the comparison statement

We use the unit triangular lattice, with macroscopic scale \(n\). Write \(Q_r=x_0+[-rn,rn]^2\), using any fixed pair of lattice coordinates, and \(\widehat Q_r=n^{-1}Q_r\) for its scaled version. For a vertex function, \(\int_{n,Q}F=n^{-2}\sum_{x\in Q}F(x)\); for an edge function the same notation sums over unoriented lattice edges with midpoint in \(Q\). Omitting \(Q\) means the currently specified localization box. Constants may depend on fixed box ratios but not on \(n\) or on the diameter of the ambient finite domain. After choosing an orientation \(e=(x,y)\), a lattice gradient is the unscaled difference \(\nabla_e f=f(y)-f(x)\). The notation \(\mathbb P_{\rm vol}\) denotes the annealed law obtained by first sampling the experiment and then an independent uniform vertex in the indicated box, or an independent uniform edge for an edge quantity. In a vertex-sampled gradient one fixes a lattice step \(\mathbf e\) and uses the edge \((X_n,X_n+\mathbf e)\).

An experiment starts with two finite-volume Lipschitz fields. Each has bounded Dirichlet data and finitely many prescribed sign strings of the type covered by 4 and 2. On the common free graph in \(Q_2\) their individual sign walls, when present, agree. We allow the following additional observations. Starting from independent samples, an algorithm queries both heights at a common sequence of vertices, with each query and its stopping decision determined by the previous answers and independent auxiliary randomness. Conditional on the complete transcript, the queried heights are fixed. The two remaining conditional laws are then put in a stationary synchronous joining. All estimates for such an experiment are averaged over the original transcript as well as the joining. The phrase “uniform in the observations” below has this annealed meaning; it does not mean uniform over every possible exact-height transcript.

We also allow jointly sampled boundary data when, conditional on those data, the two interiors have their specified Gibbs kernels. Replacing their conditional product by a stationary synchronous joining must preserve each annealed marginal. The sparse-contact and average bounds are required for those annealed marginals, with the same constants as in the theorem below. This includes coupled random pins; it does not assert a quenched estimate for an arbitrary realized pin vector. The fixed set and the component on which a kernel is sampled may be part of these recorded data. For example, a zero-pinned kernel on a recorded component has the required bounds uniformly in that component, provided its tested averages have the stipulated anchor. Its mixture therefore has the same bounds. The other marginal must still satisfy its own annealed estimates; selecting a component supplies no such estimate by itself.

Let \(P\) be the common fixed set in \(Q_2\) and let \(S\) be the set of common individual sign walls. At time \(t\) write \(z_t=h_t-\widetilde h_t\). For constants \(a\le b\), if \(a\le z|_P\le b\), set \[ u^+_t=(z_t-b)_+,\qquad u^-_t=(a-z_t)_+. \tag{22}\] These functions have zero fixed input on \(P\). When \(S\) is nonempty we take \(a=b=0\) and use the two tails of \(z\); square penalties at \(S\) will anchor their sum. In a region with no observations, we can instead use \(z\) modulo a spatial constant. Boundaries of \(Q_2\) are artificial: conditions outside that box need not agree.

The local average bounds required below are precisely those supplied by 2: averages of both marginals are bounded in every fixed moment on the scale of \(Q_2\) and its fixed-fraction subboxes, or differences of equal-mass averages are so bounded in the free, centered case. The constants for subbox side \(\ell n\) may grow polynomially in \(\ell^{-1}\). For an adapted experiment these bounds concern the original marginal laws; the conditioning argument below transfers them to the joined fields. In a one-sided experiment we only require \(z|_P\ge a\), and use \(u^-\). An observed boundary is controlled for the lower tail if its fixed values satisfy \(z\ge a\); for the upper tail the condition is \(z\le b\). When extending a tail by zero behind such a boundary, we mean the side removed from the common free graph, whose edges to the retained side all pass through that observed boundary. An uncontrolled seed is a prescribed initial queried set on which no such inequality is assumed. Any uncontrolled seed or other uncontrolled boundary must remain a fixed positive scaled distance from the box on which an estimate is asserted.

For a fixed step length \(T\) and contact tolerance \(\delta>0\), a transmission edge is a free–free lattice edge whose constraint has slack at most \(\delta\) at some time in \([0,T]\) in either replica. The components of their union on the free vertices, including singletons, are the transmission clusters. Write \(C_x\) for the cluster containing \(x\) and \(H_x=|C_x|\); also write \(H_C=|C|\). Contacts with fixed vertices or individual walls supply boundary input to a cluster and do not connect clusters through a fixed vertex. For a zero-drift cluster with zero tail input, its square dissipation is \[D_C=\sum_{x\in C}u_0(x)^2-\sum_{x\in C}u_T(x)^2.\] For two tails their dissipations are added. With drift, \(D_C\) means the sum of the nonnegative square losses at projection substeps, with the source contribution kept separately. Lemma 18 proves nonnegativity and the projection interpretation. Dissipation sums concern clusters insulated from uncontrolled data; the remaining clusters contribute the localization errors estimated below. The theorem chooses \(T\) and \(\delta\) through its fixed testing parameters.

Theorem 15 (Local reflected comparison). Consider the experiments just specified, with \(|a|+|b|\) bounded. Assume the conclusions of 12, 6, and 2 for their original marginal laws. Individual reflecting constraints are ordinary one-sided sign walls, not pairs \(0\le h_x\le\varepsilon\) with \(\varepsilon\) allowed to tend to zero. Fix \(0<r<R<2\), \(1<p<2\), and a desired defect parameter \(\rho>0\). There are fixed testing parameters, a step length \(T_\rho>0\), good edges \(G_n\) and good wall sites \(S_n^{\rm g}\), and positive weights \(w_e,w_x\le1\) with the following properties.

For either tail in (22), or for their signed difference, let \[ \mathcal E_n(Q)= \sum_{e\in G_n,\ e\subset Q}w_e|\nabla_e u_0|^2 +\sum_{x\in S_n^{\rm g}\cap Q}w_x|u_0(x)|^2. \tag{23}\] In the two-tail statement the energies are added. In a free comparison the energy is that of \(z\) and there is no wall sum. Then \[ \mathbb E\mathcal E_n(Q_r)\le C,\qquad \mathbb E\sum_{C:\,C\cap Q_r\ne\varnothing}D_C\le C. \tag{24}\] Here \(C\) and \(D_C\) have the preceding step-cluster meaning. The constants in (24) may depend on \(\rho,p,r,R\) and the average bounds. Defective boxes satisfy the prescribed sparse-animal bound. For every fixed \(q<\infty\) and \(A<\infty\), the normalized spatial sums of \(w^{-q}\), cluster-size moments, and hole-diameter moments are bounded by deterministic constants outside an event of probability \(O(n^{-A})\). The relevant finite collection of moment orders can be chosen in advance.

Let \(U_n\) be the extension over holes supplied by 6, with a fixed choice of the testing parameters. It can be set to zero on the exceptional event. In scaled coordinates, \[ \mathbb E\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}(n^{-1}Q_r)}^2\le C,\qquad \mathbb E\int_{n,Q_r}|U_n-u_0|\longrightarrow0. \tag{25}\] In a free comparison subtract a local cutoff-weighted average from both \(U_n\) and \(z_0\). Its gradient and dissipation estimates are unchanged. All these centered estimates are uniform in the size of the ambient domain. The same bounds hold for a rough one-sided adapted experiment with only \(z|_P\ge a\), for \(u^-=(a-z)_+\), and with zero extension behind a controlled observed boundary. They hold uniformly after replacing \(z\) by \(z/K\), \(K\ge1\), with bounded rescaled thresholds.

Threshold-uniform specialization. In the one-sided case, for each threshold \(a\) satisfying the required condition \(z|_P\ge a\), the weights may be chosen independently of \(a\). With the original marginal moment bounds fixed, \[ \mathbb E\mathcal E_n\bigl((a-z)_+;Q_r\bigr) +\mathbb E\|U_n^{(a)}\|_{W^{1,p}(n^{-1}Q_r)}^2 \le C_0(1+a^2). \tag{26}\] Thus, when \(a=K\ge1\) and the observed values satisfy \(z|_P\ge K\), the energy and squared Sobolev norm of \((1-z/K)_+\) are bounded by \(2C_0\), uniformly in \(K\).

For an ordinary simply connected polygon domain with identical fixed boundary data, the exterior-preserving construction in Lemma 21 gives a bounded \(W^{1,p}(\mathbb R^2)\) extension which is exactly zero outside the lattice polygon. This construction uses connectivity of its zero exterior; it is not asserted for an arbitrary disconnected internal observed set.

If \(Q_R\) has no observations or individual walls, and \(X_n\) is sampled from normalized ambient volume in \(Q_r\), then \(n\nabla_{(X_n,X_n+\mathbf e)}z_0\) for each fixed lattice step \(\mathbf e\), \(n(z_0(X_n+i)-z_0(X_n))\) for each fixed lattice offset \(i\), and \(n\sup_{t\le T_0}|z_t(X_n)-z_0(X_n)|\) are tight. Thus this untruncated conclusion has a fixed positive macroscopic free buffer. It also holds up to controlled observations when \(a=b\), because the two tails then control \(z-a\). For general \(a<b\), corresponding tightness statements hold only for the controlled tails up to observations. Here \(T_0\) is one fixed sufficiently short step. Sampling is not conditioned on an arbitrarily small random free set.

Finally these statements allow a drift difference bounded by \(c n^{-2}\), with bounded support on the macroscopic scale, including a sufficiently small smooth exponential tilt of either marginal. Constants may depend on a fixed bound for \(c\); the smallness needed for the change of marginal law is that in 2.

The wall sum in (23) is retained for the subsequent trace argument. It controls actual values at common walls, not a trace inferred from interior convergence. The \(L^1\) conclusion in (25) will also be proved for a fixed hole construction; its holes need not have density tending to zero.

Conditioning and sparse exceptional events

Lemma 16 (Adapted freezing). Conditional on an adapted exact-value transcript, the unqueried fields have the product of their Gibbs laws with those values pinned. Replacing this product by a stationary synchronous coupling preserves each annealed marginal and makes the coupled process stationary. The same marginal-preservation statement holds for jointly sampled boundary data with the conditional Gibbs kernels specified above.

Proof. For a fixed finite query history, every decision indicator is a function of recorded values and auxiliary randomness. Disintegrate the original product density over these values. The indicators introduce no factor depending on an unqueried coordinate, so the remaining density is the product of the two conditional Gibbs densities. Induction on the query count, followed by partitioning over the stopping count, proves the claim. Any coupling of these two kernels has the same individual conditional marginals. Integration over the transcript recovers the original marginals. A conditional invariant joining, obtained by time averaging the synchronous semigroup on its compact state space, is stationary. One may first take this time average jointly with the transcript; disintegration of a weak limit supplies a measurable choice of conditional invariant joinings. For the boundary-data version, disintegrate directly over the joint boundary vector and any recorded fixed set or component. Integrating either marginal of a coupling of the two conditional Gibbs kernels restores its original annealed law. The subsequent sparse-event bounds use only these individual marginals; independence of the two boundary vectors is unnecessary. ◻

Good-box marks must be recomputed on the initial pair of this joining. Marks depending on unrevealed coordinates of the original independent pair are not preserved. Their annealed estimates are preserved because each rejoined marginal has its original law. If either marginal has a \(\rho^k\) bound on a separated \(k\)-set, the union of the two defective sets has bound at most \(2^k\rho^{k/2}\); this uses no independence of the rejoined replicas.

Lemma 17 (Conditional failures and moments). Let \(A_i\) be future events and \(\mathcal I\) the initial sigma-field. If every subset \(J\) of a separated set satisfies \(\mathbb P(\bigcap_{i\in J}A_i)\le\rho^{|J|}\), then, for \(0<q<1\), \[\mathbb P\left(\bigcap_{i\in I} \{\mathbb P(A_i\mid\mathcal I)>q\}\right) \le \frac{2}{q}\bigl(2\rho^{q/2}\bigr)^{|I|}.\] Also, if \(0\le X_n\le n^B\) and \(\mathbb P(X_n>M)\le n^{-A}\), then \[\mathbb P\{\mathbb E[X_n\mid\mathcal I]>M+1\}\le n^{B-A}.\]

Proof. On the first event let \(N=\sum_{i\in I}\mathbf1_{A_i}\) and \(k=|I|\). Then \(\mathbb E[N\mid\mathcal I]>qk\) and \(N\le k\), so \(\mathbb P(N\ge qk/2\mid\mathcal I)\ge q/(2-q)\ge q/2\). The unconditional probability is at most \(2^k\rho^{\lceil qk/2\rceil}\) by choosing a witnessing subset. For the second assertion use conditional Markov on \(\mathbb E[X_n\mathbf1_{X_n>M}\mid\mathcal I]\). ◻

In particular, for \(q\ge1\), Jensen’s inequality gives \[ n^{-2}\sum_x\bigl(\mathbb E[H_x^k\mid\mathcal I]\bigr)^q \le\mathbb E\left[n^{-2}\sum_xH_x^{kq}\mid\mathcal I\right]. \tag{27}\] Lower positive moment orders follow from any larger moment order. The deterministic spatial moment bounds from 6, with an arbitrarily fast polynomial exceptional probability, pass to the conditional moments in (27). First truncate local clusters at a power of \(n\) and discard the tail using the arbitrarily high cluster moments. No bound involving the total ambient volume is used. Mere finiteness of random all-order moment constants would not suffice for the expectation arguments below.

For later use we recall why short stationary steps have the requisite spatial sparsity. Conditional on a fixed transcript, each marginal is reversible normally reflected Brownian motion, with variance parameter two in every free coordinate. We use the symmetric Neumann identification of the fixed-polytope process [1] and the form-domain forward–reverse identity [LyonsZheng]. The forward–reverse martingale decomposition bounds each coordinate’s displacement during \([0,T]\) by a fixed multiple of the suprema of its forward and reversed Brownian martingales. Within either direction the coordinate martingales have independent Brownian coordinates. If \(k\) separated boxes have a displacement exceeding \(d>0\), select one of their finitely many shell sites in each box; at least \(k/2\) witnesses occur in one time direction. The reflection principle and a union bound give \[ \mathbb P(\hbox{all these boxes move by more than }d) \le C\bigl(C_L e^{-c d^2/T}\bigr)^{k/2}. \tag{28}\] The constants are independent of the pinned values and of the number of free coordinates. Fixed coordinates contribute no displacement. Mix over transcripts. Combining (28) with initial edge slack in 12, and taking \(T\) small after the slack parameter, shows that transmission edges are confined to clusters of sparse boxes. Connected-animal counting gives all cluster-size moments, their spatial concentration, and arbitrarily small defect density by improving the fixed parameters and shortening the testing step. Small constant drifts are covered by the same reversible decomposition for their tilted invariant measures, or by the bounded drift correction.

Here is the constant-drift extension of the finite-body identification. After removing exact pins, let \(K\subset\mathbb R^m\), \(m\ge1\), be the positive-volume polytope of free coordinates and put \[\mu_b(\,\mathrm dh)=Z_b^{-1}e^{b\cdot h}\,\,\mathrm dh, \qquad \mathcal E_b(f,g)=\int_K\nabla f\cdot\nabla g\,\,\mathrm d\mu_b.\] Its form domain is \(H^1(K^\circ)\). An all-pinned fiber is deterministic and requires no reflected process. The density is smooth and bounded above and below on this fixed compact body. Integration by parts for a smooth function \(g\) with zero normal derivative gives \[\int_K f(\Delta g+b\cdot\nabla g)\,\,\mathrm d\mu_b =-\mathcal E_b(f,g).\] Thus the weighted Neumann form identifies a stationary reversible process with generator \(\Delta+b\cdot\nabla\). For the coordinate \(h_i\), writing \(\rho_b\) for the density and \(n_{\rm out}\) for the outward unit normal, the same calculation gives \[\mathcal E_b(h_i,g) =-b_i\int_K g\,\,\mathrm d\mu_b +\int_{\partial K}g\,n_{{\rm out},i}\rho_b\,\,\mathrm d\mathcal H^{m-1}.\] The coordinate additive-functional argument in [1] therefore gives drift \(b_i\,\mathrm dt\) and an inward normal regulator. Its coordinate martingale brackets are \(2\delta_{ij}t\), since the energy density is \(2\nabla f\cdot\nabla g\). The coordinate functions belong to the form domain, so the Lyons–Zheng identity applies even though they need not satisfy the generator’s Neumann boundary condition. Convex Skorokhod uniqueness identifies this process with the reflected bath driven by variance-two Brownian motion and drift \(b\). This weighted-form argument is separate from the zero-drift assertion of [1].

Projection updates and square dissipation

Lemma 18 (Averaging structure and cluster displacement). On a zero-drift step, normal reflection of a difference acts on each transmission cluster by compositions of averaging projections and their convex mixtures. Free-input matrices are symmetric positive contractions at each projection, with nonnegative entries and row and column sums at most one. Pins supply their fixed difference; common individual walls supply zero. For a tail with zero pinned input, insert coordinate contractions after the averaging updates. If a cluster has \(H\) free vertices and total square loss \(D\), then \[ \sup_{t\le T}\max_{x\in C}|u_t(x)-u_0(x)| \le C(H+1)\sqrt D. \tag{29}\] The same estimate holds for an untruncated conservative difference, and is invariant under addition of a constant.

Proof. Use the finite-dimensional construction by projecting after each common Brownian increment. Interpolate the two preprojection inputs, and also their pinned values. Except at finitely many parameter breakpoints, the derivative of projection is computed on a fixed active face. An active edge makes its two free derivatives equal. A free component therefore receives the average of its input derivatives, unless it touches a pin or individual wall, when it receives the prescribed derivative. Several pins active on a parameter interval have equal derivatives. Integrating over the interpolation parameter gives the asserted convex mixture of orthogonal averaging projections and zero blocks. All intermediate contacts belong to the union of endpoint near-contact clusters: an infinitesimal projection cannot contact an edge whose slacks in both endpoint fields are bounded below.

For \(u=(z-b)_+\), convexity and the pin bound \(z|_P\le b\) give \(u'\le Au\) coordinatewise. Write this as \(u'=RAu\) with a diagonal matrix \(0\le R\le I\). The lower tail is identical after changing sign. Each elementary matrix \(A\) or \(R\) is a positive self-adjoint contraction, hence \[\|v-Av\|_2^2\le\|v\|_2^2-\|Av\|_2^2.\] Add zero as a possible initial level. Every intermediate coordinate is a substochastic mixture of the initial levels, with lost mass put at zero. Jensen’s identity and the column deficits show that its variance about that mixture is at most the total loss \(D\). It is therefore within \(\sqrt D\) of some initial level. Each elementary jump is at most \(\sqrt D\). A gap greater than \(4\sqrt D\) between successive initial levels cannot be crossed. There are at most \(H+1\) levels, which proves (29) uniformly in the projection mesh. Passing to the reflected limit proves the assertion. ◻

We use \(D_C=\sum_{x\in C}u_0(x)^2-\sum_{x\in C}u_T(x)^2\) in the zero-drift case. For two tails, add their losses. With drift, \(D_C\) denotes the sum of the nonnegative losses at projection substeps; the separate source terms are estimated at the end of the proof. General doubly stochastic matrices cannot replace the projections in this lemma: a permutation has no square loss.

Accessible contacts in a fixed box

The next construction supplies coercivity even when a nominated edge inequality is redundant. Choose a fixed enlarged testing box, containing at most \(N\) free coordinates, and a collar \(B\) separated from its central test patch by the long-slack range. In the initial field use coordinates \(y_x=h_x-h_x(0)\). Adjoin a ground coordinate \(y_*=0\) for all individual constraints, and add the auxiliary bounds \(|y_x|\le r_0\) on the collar. These bounds restrict the paths we construct; they are not extra reflecting walls of the original process.

Lemma 19 (Facet paths and uniform forcing). Suppose every original edge involving a free coordinate has initial slack at least \(s>0\). Assume that in both directed orientations every original-edge path between a central test vertex and the collar, without an individual-constraint edge to ground, has residual slack greater than \(\Lambda>2\). Every free component is required to reach the collar or an observed fixed vertex through original edges. Ordinary sign walls are allowed, and a tested wall has initial slack at most one.

For every central edge there are at most \(N+1\) genuine facet constraints joining its endpoints, or grounding both endpoints at genuine pins or walls. A tested individual wall is grounded by such a path. For any fixed \(T>0\) there are \(p_0,I_0>0\), depending only on these fixed parameters, such that every facet selected in these paths can receive normal impulse at least \(I_0\) in time \(T\), on an event of the interior Brownian noises of probability at least \(p_0\), while all collar coordinates move by less than \(r_0\). Take \(r_0<s/8\).

Proof. Write the inequalities in residual form \(y_i-y_j\le c_{ij}\), with individual inequalities using the ground vertex. All costs are nonnegative because \(y=0\) is feasible. Delete redundant inequalities. The strongest bound on a difference in a finite system of difference constraints is the shortest directed path cost in its constraint graph: summing a path proves one direction, and shortest-path potentials give the converse. The original central bound has cost at most two, so the facet graph contains a path of cost at most two. Remove cycles. If it uses ground, split the path there. Neither part can use an artificial collar bound, since its segment from or to the tested endpoint would already cost more than \(\Lambda\). For a wall use the same argument with budget one. A visit to a vertex carrying a wall is not itself a visit to ground; only its individual-constraint edge gives ground input.

We justify uniformity of the forcing construction. Move every signed coordinate a distance \(\tau\le\min(s/8,r_0/4)\) toward its allowed side, leaving other coordinates unchanged. All edge constraints retain slack at least \(s-2\tau\), and the artificial collar retains slack at least \(r_0-\tau\). A fixed-radius Euclidean ball about the new point lies in the auxiliary polytope. Every feasible displacement satisfies \(|y_x|\le2N+r_0\), by following a path to a pin or collar. Individual bounds with greater slack than \(2N+r_0+1\) may be capped at that value: they remain redundant. Thus, after fixing one of finitely many graph and sign patterns, the effective parameters form a compact family with a uniform interior ball.

Fix a parameter value and take the facet paths just obtained for its polytope. For one facet choose a point in its relative interior where all other distinct-normal inequalities are strict. The artificial collar inequalities are among the strict ones. Drive the coordinates from the initial point along a feasible segment to this point, and then a fixed distance in the outward normal direction. The reflected trajectory stays at the facet during the outward part and acquires a positive impulse. An initial segment toward the interior-ball center can be inserted. A sufficiently small uniform tube around this piecewise linear driver preserves the collar inequality and at least half of the final impulse.

For a fixed polytope, uniform-driver continuity and convergence of the projection recursion are the deterministic Skorokhod assertions in [Slominski]. The geometric hypotheses hold here: if \(B(a,r)\subset K\) and \(|a-x|\le R\) on \(K\), every inward unit supporting normal at \(y\) has scalar product at least \(r\) with \(a-y\); within distance \(r/2\) of \(x\) its scalar product with \((a-x)/|a-x|\) is at least \(r/(2R)\). Convexity supplies the exterior sphere condition. On the final interval only one distinct facet normal is active, and the one-dimensional running-minimum formula gives impulse stability.

Parameter stability does not require interpreting this fixed-body reference as a changing-body theorem. Fix the graph and the free coordinates, and perturb initial heights and individual pin or wall levels by at most \(\delta\), in absolute height coordinates. Apply the projection derivative argument of Lemma 18, now allowing these individual inputs to vary. Every output difference is a subconvex combination of the previous free differences and the individual-input differences. Under the same driver its supremum norm is therefore at most \(\delta\) at every projection step and in the reflected limit. The original edge bounds remain exactly one. Combining this parameter bound with fixed-body driver continuity preserves the chosen tube in a parameter neighborhood. In the final single-normal interval, normal balance also preserves the positive impulse. Graph or free-coordinate patterns belong to a finite list and are treated separately.

Brownian motion has positive probability of belonging to the chosen tube: its piecewise linear center has square-integrable derivative, so translation by that center preserves positivity of a Brownian small-ball event. The construction persists in a neighborhood of the parameter value. Merge identical free normals by retaining the strongest bound. The selected relative-interior facet point then moves slightly along its normal, with every other inequality still strict. Use facets of each limiting polytope rather than following a facet that disappears in a limit. A finite cover of the compact parameter family supplies positive minimum probability and impulse. ◻

The long-slack assertion in 4 verifies both orientations required by Lemma 19: residual costs telescope to path length minus an oriented height difference. Absolute slack greater than two excludes either direction of grounding through the far collar. The uniform interior-ball argument deliberately excludes shrinking two-sided intervals. Their initial edge-slack estimates can be uniform, but this does not supply the full-dimensional forcing statement above.

Lemma 20 (Insulation). Outside a sparse set of initially selected boxes, every interior forcing event in Lemma 19 has conditional probability at least \(p_0/2\) of occurring in the uncut process, given the initial pair and transcript.

Proof. Cut the edges across an initially strictly slack shell. For the cut exterior process let \(A_B\) be the event that an exterior endpoint moves by more than \(s/4\). If in the original stationary process every endpoint of a cut edge moves by less than \(s/4\), none of these edges is contacted. Until a first cut contact the cut and uncut solutions agree. Uniqueness therefore makes them agree throughout this quiet event. In particular \(A_B\) implies a shell-displacement event of the original process. Equation (28) gives joint sparse bounds for these events on separated boxes. Lemma 17, with \(q=1/2\), shows that boxes with \(\mathbb P(A_B\mid\mathcal I)>1/2\) are still arbitrarily sparse. On the remaining initial configurations exterior quietness has probability at least \(1/2\) and depends only on exterior noises. The controlled interior noises are independent of them. Their intersection has probability at least \(p_0/2\), and no cut edge is contacted there. Thus the cut controlled path is a path of the original process. ◻

Coercivity and the cutoff estimate

At an upper-edge contact of the first replica, \(h_i-h_j=1\) and feasibility of the second implies \(z_i-z_j\ge0\). The contribution to the upper-tail square loss is \(2(u_i-u_j)\,\mathrm dL\ge0\). The lower tail follows by reversing the sign. Pin contacts and common walls have the same dissipative order. Let \(g\) be the initial jump at a facet selected in Lemma 19. It has a fixed bound in absolute value: use two for a lattice edge or a zero-input pin edge, and the string height bound for an individual wall. On the forced event, either a relevant coordinate moves by at least \(|g|/4\), or the jump retains magnitude at least \(|g|/2\) during the impulse. Lemma 18 in the first case, and the impulse in the second, give \[ D_C\ge c g^2 H_C^{-m} \tag{30}\] for a fixed \(m\). If the initial jump has the wrong sign for this facet, the large-movement alternative must occur before contact. Forcing one replica suffices; no force of the second replica is imposed.

To sum the local tests without counting a cluster loss once per vertex, associate to a testing box \(B\) the quantity \[d_B=\sum_{C:\,C\cap B^+\ne\varnothing}\frac{D_C}{H_C},\] where \(B^+\) is its fixed enlargement. A cluster meets at most \(C_LH_C\) such boxes, so \[ \sum_Bd_B\le C_L\sum_CD_C. \tag{31}\] Let \(H_B\) be the maximum incident cluster size in \(B^+\). Increasing \(m\) in (30) absorbs the division by \(H_C\). Conditional Cauchy–Schwarz on the forced event \(F\) gives \[\mathbb E[d_B\mid\mathcal I] \ge \frac{c p_0^2 g^2}{1+\mathbb E[H_B^m\mid\mathcal I]}, \qquad \mathbb P(F\mid\mathcal I)^2 \le \mathbb E[H_B^m\mid\mathcal I] \mathbb E[\mathbf1_F H_B^{-m}\mid\mathcal I].\] Choose the edge and wall weights to be a fixed small multiple of \([1+\mathbb E(H_B^m\mid\mathcal I)]^{-1}\). Telescoping along the finite facet paths controls each tested original edge or anchor. Equation (27) supplies all required reciprocal moments, and (31) supplies the expected coercivity inequality.

We now bound the dissipation without already assuming pointwise tightness of \(z\). Let \(\eta\) be a deterministic cutoff, equal to one on an inner box, zero outside an outer box. Let \(d_{\rm lat}\) denote the gap between those boxes in lattice units, so the cutoff has lattice Lipschitz constant \(C/d_{\rm lat}\). For a cluster put \(\eta_C=\max_C\eta\). Lemma 18 and contraction give \[\sum_{x\in C}|u_T(x)^2-u_0(x)^2| \le C H_C^m\sqrt{D_C}\,\|u_0\|_{\ell^2(C)}.\] Since \(|\eta_x^2-\eta_C^2|\le C\eta_C\operatorname{diam}(C)/d_{\rm lat}\), Young’s inequality yields \[ \sum_{x\in C}\eta_x^2(u_T(x)^2-u_0(x)^2) \le-\tfrac12\eta_C^2D_C +C d_{\rm lat}^{-2}H_C^m\sum_{x\in C}u_0(x)^2. \tag{32}\] Using the maximum cutoff avoids division by a possibly zero minimum on clusters crossing the support boundary. Sum and take expectations; stationarity cancels the left side. Cluster multiplicities and diameters can be included in a larger fixed moment of \(H_x\). Combining with the force bound and using \(d_{\rm lat}\asymp n(s-r)\) gives, for \(r<s<R\), \[ \mathbb E\mathcal E_n(Q_r)+ \mathbb E\sum_{C:\,C\cap Q_r\ne\varnothing}D_C \le C(s-r)^{-2}\mathbb EN_n(Q_s)+C, \qquad N_n(Q)=\int_{n,Q}H_x^m(u_0(x)^2+1). \tag{33}\] Testing enlargements are absorbed by an intermediate box.

For a free comparison choose at each time the constant minimizing \(\sum_x\eta_x^2(z_t(x)-c)^2\). The minimum at the next time is no larger than the value at the previous minimizer. Its expectation is stationary, so (32) gives the same estimate. This step uses local oscillations, bounded deterministically by \(Cn\), rather than absolute heights or the ambient diameter.

Here are the localization details relevant to that uniformity. On a conservative cluster, constant cancellation and \(|\nabla z|\le2\) give \[|z_t(x)-z_0(x)|\le2\operatorname{diam}(C),\qquad D_C\le4H_C\operatorname{diam}(C)^2.\] In a cluster intersecting a cutoff support, compare every value with one value in the support; the additional error is at most \(2H_C\). Thus the right side of (32) is bounded by local incident-size moments times local squared values plus a higher size moment. Clusters reaching uncontrolled data across a margin of order \(n\) have negligible errors: their local contribution is bounded by a constant times \[\sum_{x\in Q_s}(nH_x+H_x^2) \mathbf1_{\{\operatorname{diam}(C_x)\ge c n\}},\] whose expectation tends to zero faster than any chosen negative power by increasing the moment order. Alternatively, the marginal forward–reverse decomposition gives ambient-uniform moments of \(\sup_{t\le T}|z_t(x)-z_0(x)|\); Holder with the crossing probability gives the same result. Neither calculation introduces the number of vertices outside the localization box.

Absorbing the weighted square norm

We have proved coercivity and (33). It remains to bound the weighted norm on its right from macroscopic averages. On the deterministic spatial-moment event, 6 supplies an extension \(U\) of a signed combination \(F\) of the tails, with \[\|\nabla U\|_{L^p}\le M\mathcal E_n^{1/2},\qquad \|W\|_{L^t}\le M,\qquad \|F-U\|_{L^{2t'}}\le M,\] where \(W=H^m\), all norms are in scaled coordinates, and \(M\) is deterministic. Choose \(t>p/[2(p-1)]\) and put \(\alpha=2-2/p-1/t>0\). Partition a fixed box into squares of side \(\ell\). Poincare–Sobolev on each square followed by Holder gives \[ \int WF^2\le C\ell^{2\alpha}\mathcal E_n +C\ell^{-2/t} \left(1+\ell^2\sum_B|\operatorname{avg}_B F|^2\right). \tag{34}\] Indeed the oscillation estimate on one square is \(\|U-U_B\|_{2t'}\le C\ell^\alpha\|\nabla U\|_p\); sum using \(2t'>p\). For the piecewise constant averages use \(\sum_B\ell^2|U_B|^{2t'}\le \ell^{-2(t'-1)}(\sum_B\ell^2|U_B|^2)^{t'}\). The hole error is bounded by Holder with its stated moment.

For two tails take \(F=(z-b)_+-(a-z)_+\). Their squares add to \(F^2\), and \(F-z\) is bounded by a constant depending only on \(a,b\). Consequently 2 controls the averages in (34). In the free version subtract the same local average from \(z\) and use equal-mass average differences. In a uniformly bounded ordered comparison the weighted norm is already controlled. Choosing \(\ell\) after a desired \(\varepsilon>0\) yields \[ \mathbb EN_n(Q_r)\le\varepsilon\mathbb E\mathcal E_n(Q_s) +C\varepsilon^{-m}(s-r)^{-k} \tag{35}\] with finite deterministic exponents. For instance \(p=3/2,t=4\) gives energy coefficient \(\ell^{5/6}\) and average coefficient \(\ell^{-1/2}\). No higher energy moment is used. Exceptional events are discarded using their arbitrarily fast polynomial probability, local Lipschitz bounds, and the moments of one local average.

For completeness, combine (35) and (33) with an intermediate box. There exist finite \(A,m\) such that, for each \(0<\theta<1\), \[\mathbb EN_n(Q_r)\le\theta\mathbb EN_n(Q_s) +C\theta^{-m}(s-r)^{-A}.\] Use successive gaps \(d_j=d_02^{-j}\), with fixed \(\theta2^A<1\). The resulting series is bounded. Stop after \(J=\lfloor\kappa\log_2n\rfloor\) iterations, with \(\kappa>0\) small enough that every auxiliary interpolation box is still larger than \(n^{1/2}\). The terminal bound is polynomial in \(n\), from local Lipschitzness and one average moment. After fixing \(\kappa\), decrease \(\theta\) so that \(\theta^Jn^B\to0\) for that polynomial exponent \(B\). Choose the exceptional-event exponent last. This proves the local bounded norm and (24), and 6 then gives the first assertion of (25) for every \(1<p<2\).

Rough one-sided observations

A single lower tail need not have controlled averages. We instead use the averages of \(z\) to obtain a negative Sobolev bound. Here and below the analytic norms and integrals are in scaled coordinates. Choose a smooth cutoff \(\chi_0\) supported in \(\widehat Q_R\), equal to one on a slightly smaller box containing the supports of the test cutoffs used below. If \(z^{\rm sc}(y)=z(ny)\) denotes the scaled field with the fixed exterior convention of the experiment, write \[\|z\|_{H^{-\eta}} :=\|\chi_0 z^{\rm sc}\|_{H^{-\eta}(\mathbb R^2)}.\] The dual space in the pairing is \(H^\eta(\mathbb R^2)\); a test such as \(\chi^2U\) is extended by zero outside its compact support in the region where \(\chi_0=1\). Thus no boundary condition on \(z\) at the artificial box boundary is imposed by this norm. Dyadic smoothing, 2, and the bottom-scale Lipschitz bound give, for any fixed \(\eta>0\) on a compact box, \[ \mathbb E\|z\|_{H^{-\eta}}^2 \le C\sum_{j\ge0}2^{-2\eta j}(1+j)^2<\infty. \tag{36}\] The zeroth-scale average is included. Equal-mass difference bounds alone would not suffice: the constants \(z=-n\) have zero such differences. The centered version uses its fixed local average in this zeroth-scale term.

Let \(u=(a-z)_+\) and let its extension \(U\) copy a surrounding positive tail value into each hole. If \(D_x\) is a fixed multiple of the hole diameter, the original Lipschitz bound gives pointwise \[ U^2\le(a-z)U+DU. \tag{37}\] For \(U_x>0\), write \(U_x=a-z_y\) at its copied rim site and use \(z_x-z_y\le D_x\); for \(U_x=0\) the inequality is immediate. Across a controlled observed boundary the original tail is zero, and its zero extension is uniformly Lipschitz. Zero filling behind such a boundary preserves (37). An uncontrolled seed is excluded by the stipulated positive margin.

Here is a quantitative absorption using only the first energy moment. Choose \(p=3/2\), \(t=4\), and \(\eta=1/6\). Let \(\chi\) equal one on \(\widehat Q_r\), be supported in \(\widehat Q_s\), and satisfy \(|\nabla\chi|\le C/(s-r)\). Put \(X=\|\chi U\|_2\), \(Z=\|z\|_{H^{-1/6}}\), and \(d=s-r\). This \(d\) is the dimensionless scaled gap; the corresponding lattice gap is \(nd\), as in the cutoff calculation above. Pair (37) with \(\chi^2\). Fractional interpolation between \(L^2\) and \(W^{1,3/2}\) has exponent \(1/4\) for \(H^{1/6}\), while \[\|\nabla(\chi^2U)\|_{3/2} \le C(\mathcal E_n^{1/2}+d^{-1}X).\] Duality and two applications of Young’s inequality give \[X^2\le\delta\mathcal E_n +C(1+\delta^{-1/4}+d^{-1/2})(1+Z^2).\] The derivative of \(\chi^2U\) contains \(\chi U\), which explains why no uncontrolled larger-box \(L^2\) term is introduced. Weighted Sobolev interpolation to \(L^{8/3}\), with exponent \(3/8\), gives \[\int_{\widehat Q_r}WU^2 \le C\mathcal E_n^{3/8}X^{5/4} +C(1+d^{-3/4})X^2.\] Choose \(\delta\) after \(\varepsilon\) and \(d\) to obtain \[ \int_{\widehat Q_r}WF^2\le\varepsilon\mathcal E_n(Q_s) +C\varepsilon^{-1}d^{-k}(1+Z^2), \tag{38}\] where \(F=u\), and the filling error has been included by Holder. One may take \(k=5/4\) if the extension constants have no additional gap dependence; only a finite polynomial exponent is used. Take expectations using (36), and repeat the interior iteration. This proves the one-sided part of the theorem. The argument is annealed over the actual transcript by Lemma 16. To track the threshold, retain \(a\) in (37): its pairing contributes at most \(|a|X\), and hence \(C a^2\) after absorption. All later estimates are linear in this lower-order bound. The weights depend on the original fields and force tests, not on \(a\). This proves (26). For \(z/K\) the force impulse in its difference is divided by \(K\), while a facet jump is bounded by \(2/K\); thus the implication from linear impulse loss to the square of that jump has the same constant. Division by \(K\ge1\) also improves the Lipschitz and negative-Sobolev bounds.

Removing filled holes and obtaining microscopic tightness

Fix first one hole construction. To prove its error tends to zero, use a sequence of improved initial good parameters, indexed by \(j\), whose defective-edge densities are \(\rho_j\downarrow0\). They may use shorter forcing steps; the original hole construction is unchanged. For every fixed \(j\), the estimates already proved give good edges \(G_{j,n}\) and weights with \[\mathbb E\sum_{e\in G_{j,n}}w_{j,e}|\nabla_eu|^2\le C_j,\qquad \mathbb E\int_n\mathbf1_{\{e\notin G_{j,n}\}}\le\rho_j+o(1),\] and low-weight density at most \(C_j a^q+o(1)\) for \(w_{j,e}<a\). Since \(|\nabla_eu|\le2\), split into defective edges, low-weight edges, and the remaining edges. Cauchy–Schwarz on the last class gives \[ \mathbb E\int_n|\nabla_eu| \le2\rho_j+2C_j a^q+\frac{C_j^{1/2}}{n\sqrt a}+o(1). \tag{39}\] Send \(n\to\infty\), then \(a\downarrow0\), then \(j\to\infty\). Thus the annealed mean absolute jump over all edges tends to zero.

For holes of diameter at most a fixed \(M\), telescope from each hole site to its copied rim value. Paths and their edge congestion have a fixed polynomial bound in \(M\). The paths may use edges omitted from the energy, since (39) now covers all edges. For larger holes use the original Lipschitz bound and their uniformly bounded high moments. Consequently \[\mathbb E\int_{n,Q_r}|U_n-u| \le C M^k\mathbb E\int_{n,Q_s}|\nabla_eu|+C_q M^{-q}+o(1).\] First send \(n\to\infty\) and then \(M\to\infty\). This proves the second part of (25). The same argument applies to the free centered difference. At a controlled observed boundary use the Lipschitz zero extension of a tail. For common-wall comparisons use the original difference on the full common graph; the wall penalties are retained separately in (23).

The same decomposition yields the volume-tail bound \[\mathbb P_{\rm vol}(n|\nabla_eu|>M) \le\rho_j+C_j a^q+\frac{C_j}{aM^2}+o(1).\] Choose \(j\), then \(a\), then \(M\) to prove tightness. A finite path gives each fixed-neighborhood difference. On a fixed step the cluster displacement estimate and (24) give \[\mathbb P_{\rm vol}\left(n\sup_{t\le T_0}|u_t-u_0|>M\right) \le\mathbb P_{\rm vol}(H>K)+\frac{C K^m}{M^2}+o(1).\] For an untruncated difference in a free region use the conservative cluster estimate, or \(n\sup|z_t(x)-z_0(x)|\le H_x\max_{e\subset C_x}n|\nabla_ez_0|\) and first restrict \(H_x\le K\). When \(a<b\), the two tails do not control the part of \(z\) inside \([a,b]\); the assertion about \(\nabla z\) therefore uses the free centered comparison on a ball of radius a fixed positive multiple of \(n\) about the sampled region. A finite microscopic free neighborhood is insufficient when nearby pinned differences oscillate within \([a,b]\). These are fixed-step tightness assertions, not an asserted modulus of continuity for the \(n\)-rescaled process as \(T\downarrow0\).

Lemma 21 (Preserving a connected zero exterior). Let \(D_n\) be a finite simply connected triangular-lattice polygon. Let \(E_n\) consist of its boundary vertices and all vertices outside its interior, and put \(u=0\) on \(E_n\). Assume \(u\) is uniformly Lipschitz on the full lattice and has the good-edge energy and inverse-weight bounds established above, including edges incident to its fixed boundary. The hole extension can be chosen so that \(U=0\) on \(E_n\), with the same Sobolev estimate as in 6. Its normalized annealed \(L^1\) error tends to zero under the improved-parameter bounds used in (39). Thus the same-boundary comparison difference, extended by zero, has a filled extension satisfying \[\sup_n\mathbb E\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}(\mathbb R^2)}^2<\infty,\qquad U_n=0\ \hbox{on }\mathbb R^2\setminus D_n\] after scaling and affine interpolation, for every \(1<p<2\).

Proof. Use the original lattice vertices for the extension. Bad boxes are first enlarged by the fixed amount needed to control every original edge on a surrounding good rim. Their outer filled hulls give the holes of 6; passing from boxes to their unions of lattice sites changes diameter and counting constants only by the fixed box size. Enlarge the rim by a fixed layer if needed to include an exit by a triangular-lattice diagonal edge. The same square-coordinate contour construction supplies connected good rim paths of length at most \(C(d+1)^2\) for a hole of diameter \(d\). No extra probabilistic claim for independently marked individual sites is needed.

The zero set \(E_n\) is connected to infinity in the lattice graph. Indeed the polygon has one connected boundary cycle, and its exterior is the unbounded complementary component; including boundary vertices removes any vertex-level corner separation. For a hole \(H\) which meets \(E_n\), follow an \(E_n\)-path from a vertex in \(H\) to infinity. Since \(H\) is finite, the path exits it. Its first exterior rim vertex lies in \(E_n\) and has value zero. Choose this vertex as the anchor of \(H\), and fill all of \(H\) with zero. If \(H\) does not meet \(E_n\), choose any surrounding good anchor as before. Outside the holes retain the original values. The resulting field is zero on every vertex of \(E_n\).

We verify the energy bound for this choice, rather than relying on preservation by an arbitrary anchor. If an edge joins a good vertex \(x\) to a hole, its new jump is the difference of \(u(x)\) and the value at that hole’s chosen rim anchor. Join these two rim vertices by the good rim path just described and telescope. The path length, the number of incident edges, and the repeated uses of a rim edge have the same polynomial diameter bounds for every choice of anchor. Applying the path inequality and then Holder gives exactly the weighted bound in 6, with possibly a changed fixed exponent of \(1+d\). Edges with both endpoints in a filled hole have zero jump. Edges outside the holes retain their old jump; exterior zero–zero edges may be given weight one and contribute no energy. In particular the weighted gradient estimate holds across the actual polygon boundary. The spatial moment estimates and expected energy bound then give its squared \(W^{1,p}\) gradient bound. The local weighted square bound already proved controls its \(L^p\) norm.

The new anchor also preserves the vanishing filling error. For holes of diameter at most \(M\), join each vertex to its selected anchor by a full-lattice path of length at most \(CM\). Such paths lie in a fixed enlargement of the hole’s bounding box, and their congestion is bounded by a fixed polynomial of \(M\). The all-edge estimate (39) applies to the zero-extended original field, including boundary-incident edges. It makes the expected error from these holes tend to zero for each fixed \(M\). For larger holes, \(|U(x)-u(x)|\le C(1+d_x)\) by full-lattice Lipschitzness; high diameter moments make their error tend to zero as \(M\to\infty\). These estimates also cover the exceptional event by setting \(U=0\) there and using the established moment bounds.

For a comparison with identical boundary heights, \(z=h-\widetilde h=0\) on the boundary. Its extension by zero is \(2\)-Lipschitz on the full lattice: edges crossing the boundary first meet a fixed boundary vertex, and exterior edges have zero difference. Apply the construction to \(z\), or to both of its tails and subtract. All triangle vertices outside the lattice polygon have value zero, so affine interpolation vanishes there as well. Norm equivalence on the fixed lattice triangles gives the displayed global Sobolev bound. This proof uses the unbounded connected exterior, and does not apply to a hole containing an entire isolated internal component of observed vertices. ◻

Small drifts and completion of the proof

In the projection scheme a relative drift of supremum norm \(c n^{-2}\) is inserted between averaging updates. The substochastic matrices do not increase its supremum norm, so its transported contribution during one step is at most \(cTn^{-2}\). The displacement bound acquires only a polynomial cluster factor times this quantity. At the square-energy identity the additional source term is bounded by \[C n^{-2}\int_0^T\sum_x\eta_x^2(|u_t(x)|+1)\,\mathrm dt \le C n^{-2}\int_0^T\sum_x\eta_x^2(u_t(x)^2+1)\,\mathrm dt.\] After stationarity this has the same form as the cutoff error, since the lattice gap is at most \(Cn\). The force test acquires an error \(C H^m n^{-4}\) in its square bound. Its spatial sum is bounded, and indeed tends to zero on the normalized scales in use. The preceding coercivity, absorption, and localization therefore remain valid.

It remains to check the change of marginal law for a smooth tilt. Its density is proportional to \(\exp(n^{-2}\sum_x b(x/n)h(x))\), with bounded support at scale \(n\). For sufficiently small \(\|b\|_\infty\), the exponential average bound in 2 bounds a fixed moment greater than one of this density and its normalizing factor. Holder transfers any sparse event probability \(C\rho^k\) to \(C'\rho^{c k}\), and an arbitrarily fast polynomial exceptional bound to another such bound. It also transfers the finitely many average and cluster moments used above. This argument is applied before adaptive revealing; Lemma 16 then preserves the tilted marginals. There is no claim of a uniformly bounded density for each exact transcript. These observations complete the proof of Theorem 15.

Remark 22. The dependencies 12, 6, and 2 must hold with their stated bounded-data and sign-string scope. The zero-pinned controlled-gradient theorem alone does not give that scope. In particular initial edge strictness is established there by a conditional cone filling and homothetic volume estimate, before Lemma 19 is used. The present proof also uses the deterministic spatial moment bounds outside arbitrarily rare events, not merely annealed finiteness of moment constants. No assertion about uniform forcing on shrinking two-sided wall polytopes is made.

The Stationary Cell Problem and the Field Limit

The comparison estimate controls how two constrained fields respond to a small change of law. In a bulk synchronous coupling the common Brownian noises cancel, leaving the imposed relative drift and the averaging action of edge contacts. We retain the order of those contacts in a stationary bulk limit, then use the average transport of relative heights to identify the macroscopic equation. A positive source will show that its coefficient is a positive scalar, and exponential tilting will identify the Gaussian field law.

Throughout this section lattice vertices have unit spacing: \(V_n\subset\Lambda\), where \(\Lambda\) is the triangular lattice, and \(x\in V_n\) represents the physical point \(x/n\). The vertex density is \(v=2/\sqrt3\). All bulk sampling regions have a fixed positive macroscopic buffer from fixed pins and reflecting sign walls. Trace estimates up to walls are separate from these bulk estimates.

Here are the quantitative comparison bounds used in the construction. For a stationary synchronous difference \(z=h-\widetilde h\), a fixed short time interval has finite transmission clusters \(C\), whose sizes have all fixed moments under volume sampling. Write \(e_C^2\) for their quadratic loss, denoted by \(D_C\) in the conservative comparison of Section 4. On each fixed interior macroscopic set \(Q\), \[ \mathbb E\sum_{C:C\cap nQ\ne\varnothing}e_C^2\le C_Q. \tag{40}\] The version with a drift difference \(n^{-2}b(x/n)\) has an additional uniformly bounded error. The filled differences \(U_n\) obey, for every \(1<p<2\), \[\sup_n\mathbb E\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}(Q)}^p<\infty, \qquad \mathbb E\|U_n-z\|_{L^1(Q)}\longrightarrow0,\] where the second norm uses the original interpolated difference. The \(p\)-th moment follows from the hole estimate and expected energy bound after restricting the weight and hole moments to their deterministic high-probability bounds; polynomial exceptional-event bounds remove the restriction. A bound only on \(\mathbb E\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}}\) would not suffice for the uniform-integrability argument below. At a volume-sampled vertex, the spatial increments of \(z\) on every fixed finite neighborhood, multiplied by \(n\), and the corresponding scaled step displacements are tight. These estimates remain local when the ambient domain is arbitrarily larger than the comparison box, allow centering in a free box, and include small smooth exponential tilts.

These bounds are supplied by Theorem 15: initial slack comes from 4 and 12, short-step sparsity from 5 and (28), dissipation and compactness from (24)–(25), using 6 and 2. They apply to the bounded-pin and ordinary one-sided sign-string laws specified there. Exact-value adaptive freezing is used only with its full transcript and the annealed marginal interpretation of Lemma 16; preservation of a marginal supplies no estimate for an arbitrary fixed transcript. Shrinking two-sided reflecting intervals are excluded. The finite-volume force covers and insulation are Lemmas 19 and 20; Lemma 28 below passes their conditional inequalities to the limiting forward filtration. The ordinary fixed-boundary extension is Lemma 21.

The bulk environment

We first retain the driving Brownian motions as part of the local limit. This is necessary because the tangent operator records the order of contacts, not just the initial gradient configuration.

Proposition 23 (Stationary bulk law). Under the inputs specified above, the gradient process and its driving Brownian increments, viewed from a uniformly sampled vertex in a compact macroscopic region separated by a fixed positive macroscopic distance from all fixed pins and reflecting sign walls, have a unique local limit. This limit is independent of the bounded boundary data and of the small smooth tilts under consideration. It is stationary in space and time and spatially ergodic. Its local trajectories are continuous and have normal reflection. On a fixed short step, every vertex belongs to a finite transmission cluster; there are almost surely no simultaneous distinct-face contacts. A face visited away from the endpoints of a contact episode has positive reflection impulse in that episode.

Proof. First consider bounded continuous cylinder functions of finitely many gradients and Brownian increments in a fixed time window. Tile an interior region by disjoint boxes of side \(L\). In each box run a zero-boundary equilibrium bath using the original Brownian drivers at its free sites. The simultaneous stationary joining exists by time averaging the finite reflected semigroup. The reference baths have independent path laws: their drivers are independent, and the unique invariant marginal of their product dynamics is the product of their equilibrium measures.

Discard a boundary layer of relative width \(\eta\) in each box. The centered free comparison, uniform in the ambient domain size, makes the difference of each fixed local gradient tend to zero in volume probability as \(L\to\infty\). Stationarity gives the same assertion at any fixed finite list of times. The drivers are identical. Consequently cylinder averages for the original bath differ in \(L^1\) from those for the references by a quantity tending to zero, followed by an error \(O(\eta)\) from discarded sites. Comparing two original systems through reference boxes of the same size proves that their volume-sampled cylinder laws are Cauchy.

For a spatial observation box of side \(R\gg L\), its reference-box averages are independent and bounded. Their average has variance at most \(C(L/R)^2\). Choose \(L\to\infty\) slowly with \(L/R\to0\), and then let \(\eta\downarrow0\). This proves concentration of spatial cylinder averages. The estimates allow \(R\) itself to grow arbitrarily slowly relative to the original domain, so the concentration passes to the infinite-volume local limit. Cylinder approximation then proves spatial ergodicity of the full gradient-and-driver law. Spatial stationarity follows by shifting the uniform root, and time stationarity passes from the finite stationary laws. The same comparison includes the small smooth tilts and proves their independence in the unscaled limit.

We give the path and reflection details separately from this static comparison. For a stationary finite-volume bath, Lemma 5 and the forward and reversed martingale decompositions express each coordinate increment as half the sum of two variance-two Brownian increments. The usual Brownian modulus bound therefore gives tightness of each coordinate path after subtracting its initial value. Relative initial heights in a fixed neighborhood are bounded by graph distance. This gives tightness of all local continuous paths, jointly with their drivers. A bounded drift of order \(n^{-2}\) contributes a vanishing term. Independence of future Brownian increments from the forward past passes first for finite cylinder tests and then, by a monotone-class argument, for the full forward sigma-field.

Fix one short step and a finite set of vertices. Outside an event of arbitrarily small probability, its incident transmission clusters lie in a fixed finite neighborhood, and all edges crossing their boundary have positive slack throughout the step. This is the short-time isolation input. There are only finitely many possible clusters under this restriction. Include their markings in the joint extraction. On the event corresponding to a particular finite cluster \(C\), the trajectory coincides with the normally reflected motion using only the internal edge constraints of \(C\): removed edges exert no force. The finite-dimensional Skorokhod map is continuous in the initial point and the common continuous drive on this isolated problem. Use the orthonormal constant vector \(|C|^{-1/2}\mathbf1_C\) and an orthonormal basis of its orthogonal complement. The constant coordinate is unconstrained variance-two Brownian motion; every edge normal lies in the orthogonal complement, where the Brownian covariance remains \(2I\) and the edge polytope is compact. The arithmetic mean, in contrast, has variance parameter \(2/|C|\). Thus the limiting trajectory has the same normal reflection. Letting the cluster restriction increase identifies the dynamics everywhere locally.

The improving initial strict-slack bounds imply that each fixed initial edge is strict almost surely in the limit. On an isolated finite cluster, a union of intersections of two distinct facets is polar for normal reflection. One can verify this from the Neumann Dirichlet form: a logarithmic cutoff in the two transverse coordinates has energy tending to zero. Starting at an interior point, such a polar set is not reached. This applies before restricting to the isolation event, so conditioning on that future event is unnecessary. The countable collection of finite clusters and time intervals proves absence of simultaneous contacts. The one-dimensional normal coordinate and the strong Markov property at its first hit show that a visited face has positive regulator increment on an interval containing that hit in its interior. Applying this assertion to rational enclosing intervals makes it simultaneous for all episodes used below. Stationarity and strict initial slack also exclude contact at either fixed step endpoint. ◻

The tangent update

Fix a sufficiently short step length \(T\). We choose its transmission partition as a function of the unmarked environment. Take a tolerance \(s>0\) below the one supplied by short-step sparsity, and join an edge when its minimum slack during the step is at most \(s\). Choose \(s\) off the atoms of the distributions of these minima; only countably many values are excluded. The resulting components are finite with the stated moments. On every fixed finite neighborhood their membership is stable under local path convergence, except on a null event. This convention also applies to the union of the two approximating replicas’ edges. It avoids retaining an unspecified auxiliary partition in the cell law. For an oriented edge facet write its normal as \(a_e\); the sign does not affect the matrix \[P_e=I-\frac{a_ea_e^{\mathsf T}}{|a_e|^2}.\] This matrix averages the two incident coordinates and fixes all others. It is an orthogonal projection, is doubly stochastic, and preserves constants.

Lemma 24 (A stable finite product). On a finite isolated cluster, consider a normal-reflection trajectory with interior endpoints, no simultaneous distinct-face contacts, and positive impulse in each visited-face episode. For two compared trajectories whose initial states are sufficiently close to the reference initial state and which use the same driving path, sufficiently close to the reference drive, their synchronous difference update is exactly a finite product \[J=P_{e_k}\cdots P_{e_1}.\] Consequently, if the initial relative differences multiplied by \(n\) are tight, their limiting update is \(w'=Jw\) modulo constants. An additional relative drift bounded by \(Cn^{-2}\) makes a vanishing error after this multiplication by \(n\).

Proof. For each facet \(e\), its contact times form a compact subset of \([0,T]\). Different nonempty contact sets are disjoint and thus have positive distance. Since the number of facets is finite, there can be only finitely many switches of contact label. Repetitions of the same label can be grouped. Choose a finite partition with endpoints off all facets so that each contact interval allows only its designated facet, and each remaining interval has no contact. All undesignated inequalities on each such interval have positive minimum slack.

Continuity of the finite Skorokhod map preserves these inactive margins under small perturbations. Positive impulse supplies a strict running-minimum witness in the normal coordinate. Therefore both sufficiently close synchronous paths reach the designated face within that interval. The one-dimensional reflection formula then removes their normal difference exactly; their tangential difference stays unchanged. Their difference at the end of the interval is \(P_e\) times its input difference. Contact-free intervals preserve the difference. Composition proves the exact identity.

The conclusion is stronger than an error \(o(1)\), which would not survive multiplication by \(n\). On each fixed regular path neighborhood the identity is exact. Normal monotonicity bounds a finite-dimensional perturbation from a differential drift by its integrated Euclidean magnitude, at most \(C(C)Tn^{-2}\). Its product with \(n\) tends to zero.

For the random application, first bound the cluster size and the scaled initial oscillation. Next bound the positive inactive margins, temporal separations, and impulse witnesses away from zero. Each restriction has probability tending to one when its bound is relaxed. The deterministic argument applies on the restricted event. Remove the restrictions last. The union of the two replicas’ near-contact clusters provides the needed isolation. Subtracting a common spatial constant is harmless because all free edge constraints are invariant under that translation. ◻

Write \(\mathcal E\) for the two-sided stationary bulk environment, including the gradient trajectories and drivers. On each step, Lemma 24 defines \(J\) separately on its finite clusters. We now describe the class of relative height solutions for which the mean flux will be unique. The comparison bounds control filled relative gradients in \(L^p\), whereas the correction at a volume-sampled site is controlled by tightness. We therefore record the large-scale slope by affine growth in volume, which survives these stationary corrections. A slope is called attained only when a stationary solution with the bounds below exists.

Definition 25 (Controlled tangent solution). A controlled solution of slope \(q\in\mathbb R^2\) is a space-time stationary joining of \(\mathcal E\) with real relative heights \((w_x(k))\), defined modulo a spatial additive constant at each \(k\in\mathbb Z\), such that:

  1. The relative heights form a spatial cocycle: after choosing \(w_0=0\), they obey \(w_{x+y}-w_x=w_y\circ\tau_x\), where \(\tau_x\) shifts the joined environment and relative field by \(x\). They update by \(w(k+1)=J_k w(k)\) modulo constants.

  2. For every \(\delta>0\) there are spatial constants \(c_R\) for which \[\frac1{|\Lambda\cap B_R|} \#\{x\in\Lambda\cap B_R: |w_x-q\cdot x-c_R|>\delta R\} \longrightarrow0\] in probability as \(R\to\infty\).

  3. If \(C_x\) is the step cluster of \(x\), \(H_x=|C_x|\), and \[d_x=\frac1{|C_x|}\sum_{y\in C_x} \bigl(w_y^2-(Jw)_y^2\bigr),\] then \(\mathbb Ed_0<\infty\). For every fixed \(a\ge0\), \(\mathbb E[H_0^a|(Jw-w)_0|]<\infty\).

The loss defining \(d_x\) is nonnegative and invariant under addition of a constant. A slope is called attained if such a solution exists.

Extraction and growth of the relative heights

Lemma 26 (Volume-sampled tangent solutions). Let \(z\) be a stationary comparison on scale \(n\) covered by Theorem 15, with relative drift \(n^{-2}b(x/n)\). Sample \(x\) in a fixed compact macroscopic region separated by a positive macroscopic distance from all fixed pins and reflecting sign walls. Extract local limits of \(n(z_{x+i}-z_x)\), jointly with \(x/n\) and the bulk environment. Conditional on the macroscopic position, the limit is a stationary spatial cocycle, has update \(w'=Jw\) modulo constants, and has affine volume growth with a possibly random slope \(q\). Conditional on almost every value of \(q\), it is a controlled solution on the original environment law. If the expected macroscopic difference converges to \(m\), then \[\mathbb E[q\mid x/n=y]=\nabla m(y)\] in the distributional sense in the interior.

Proof. The comparison estimates give tightness on every finite neighborhood and every finite set of step times. A diagonal extraction preserves the exact additivity of the differences. Shifting the root by a fixed lattice vector changes its macroscopic position by \(o(1)\) and changes its sampling law only by a vanishing boundary error. The conditional local law is therefore spatially stationary. Time stationarity passes directly. Its environmental marginal is the same ergodic law at every macroscopic position by Proposition 23. Lemma 24 identifies the update.

For integrability, distribute \(n^2 e_C^2\) equally among the vertices of \(C\). Its expectation at a volume-sampled site is bounded by (40). Cluster displacement is bounded by a fixed polynomial in cluster size times the square root of cluster loss. For any \(1<r<2\), Holder’s inequality consequently bounds the \(r\)-th moment of each scaled displacement multiplied by any fixed cluster power. Lower semicontinuity and finite-cluster testing give the corresponding integrability for the limit.

Include a marking for one fixed sparse-hole construction in the extraction. Randomize the block-grid phase, and choose a rim representative by a translation-equivariant rule. By 6, the filled limiting potential \(\widehat w\) has stationary gradients in \(L^p\) for some \(p>1\). Let \(\mathcal I\) be the invariant sigma-field of this joint spatial law. The spatial ergodic theorem makes the rescaled gradients converge weakly to their conditional mean \(q\) given \(\mathcal I\). To see that the potential has affine growth, subtract its mean on each box and rescale by \(R\). Poincare’s inequality and the spatial \(L^p\) bound give weak \(W^{1,p}\) compactness and strong \(L^p\) compactness. Every compact limit has distributional gradient \(q\), and is therefore affine. This proves the asserted volume growth for \(\widehat w\).

The correction \(w_x-\widehat w_x\) is a finite stationary random variable: the hole has finite diameter and every finite collection of original scaled differences is tight. No integrability of this correction is required to transfer volume growth. For fixed \(\delta>0\), stationarity and bounded convergence show that the expected fraction of sites where \(|w_x-\widehat w_x|>\delta R\) tends to zero. The original cocycle thus has the same slope. The identical argument for its stationary step displacement shows that \(q\) is time invariant.

For any Borel slope event \(B\), the function \(\mathbb P(q\in B\mid\mathcal E)\) is spatially invariant. Ergodicity of \(\mathcal E\) makes it constant. Conditioning on \(q\) therefore leaves the environmental marginal unchanged. Stationarity and the controlled bounds disintegrate for almost every slope value, proving the claimed deterministic-slope solutions.

Finally, the filled gradients are uniformly integrable in volume sampling. Discrete summation by parts against a smooth macroscopic test identifies their expected weak limit with \(\nabla m\). The expected filled and original potentials have the same limit by their vanishing \(L^1\) difference. The conditional spatial mean of the extracted filled gradients is \(q\), so its expectation is precisely the stated derivative. ◻

We next prove uniqueness at each attained slope. Two ingredients are needed: dissipation removes a sublinear stationary difference, and the actual contact graph connects the lattice. The latter is a statement about the environment, not about any particular solution joined to it.

Lemma 27 (Forward recurrence of contact tests). Fix an edge. Suppose that there are forward-past measurable events \(G_j\) with \(\mathbb P(G_j)\to1\). For each \(j\), suppose a finite measurable cover of \(G_j\) assigns to each class a fixed finite path of genuine free facets connecting the edge endpoints. Assume each assigned facet can be forced during a bounded time interval with conditional probability at least \(p_j>0\), given the entire forward history at the start of that interval. Then the future contact graph connects the edge endpoints almost surely. If these assumptions hold for every lattice edge, that graph is connected.

Proof. Use a time grid whose spacing accommodates a force attempt and is a multiple of \(T\). Choose measurably one class at an overlap. Maintain a separate visit counter for each class and cycle through its assigned facets. On infinitely many visits to that class, each facet is attempted infinitely often. Conditional Borel–Cantelli, applied to the forward filtration, makes each such facet occur infinitely often: its conditional success probability at an attempted step is at least \(p_j\).

Stationarity and Poincare recurrence imply \[\mathbb P(\text{infinitely many visits to }G_j)\ge\mathbb P(G_j).\] Some class is visited infinitely often on this event, and its contact path connects the prescribed endpoints. Let \(j\to\infty\), and then intersect the resulting probability-one events over the countably many edges. Neither temporal ergodicity nor conditioning on a temporal invariant event is used. ◻

We next verify the forward-past premise in the infinite-volume law. This requires more than independence of future drives: finite-volume insulation marks may depend on distant initial data.

Lemma 28 (Passage of force opportunities to the bulk). The finite-cover force and insulation estimates of Lemmas 19 and 20, with the improving good-configuration probabilities in 12 and (28), imply the hypotheses of Lemma 27 for the bulk environment.

Proof. Fix a lattice edge and a quality index \(j\). Use the finite cover in Lemma 19, choosing the first neighborhood at an overlap. It has finitely many labels \(1,\ldots,M_j\), each carrying a fixed path of genuine free facets joining the edge endpoints. Artificial grounding is excluded by the collar slack, and there are no genuine pins or walls in this bulk test box. Let \(G_{j,n}\) mark the configurations satisfying the initial slack and insulation conditions, and let \(L_{j,n}\) be their cover label. The estimates give \(\mathbb P(G_{j,n}=0)\le\delta_j+o(1)\) with \(\delta_j\downarrow0\). The force duration and its positive probability \(p_j\) may depend on \(j\).

At each time of a grid accommodating the force duration, these marks are functions of the full finite-volume initial configuration, before future drives are sampled. For an assigned facet \(e\) write \(C_e\) for the event of visiting that facet during the next force interval. The force and insulation proof, conditional on the full initial data, and independence of subsequent Brownian increments from the past give \[ \mathbb E\bigl[\Psi\mathbf1_{\{G_{j,n}=1,L_{j,n}=\ell\}} \mathbf1_{C_e}\bigr] \ge p_j\mathbb E\bigl[\Psi\mathbf1_{\{G_{j,n}=1,L_{j,n}=\ell\}}\bigr] \tag{41}\] for every bounded nonnegative function \(\Psi\) of the forward past. Here the initial bad-insulation event was discarded before forcing; no conditioning on a future cluster or future success event is used.

Retain the finite-valued marks in the local extraction constructing the bulk law, for every fixed quality, spatial translate, and time \(kT\). For attempts of a particular quality use a coarser subgrid whose spacing accommodates its force duration. A diagonal extraction is possible because these index sets are countable. The resulting marked extension is stationary. Its unmarked marginal is still the unique bulk environment of Proposition 23. The limiting marks need not be functions of the limiting initial state, and we do not assert that they are.

Take \(\Psi\) to be a bounded nonnegative continuous cylinder function of the unmarked past. Visiting a specified facet in a fixed compact time interval is closed in the uniform local path topology: the maximum of its oriented edge gradient equals the facet bound. The discrete mark event is clopen. Thus the left integrand in (41) is upper semicontinuous, and Portmanteau gives \[\mathbb E\bigl[\Psi\mathbf1_{\{G_j=1,L_j=\ell\}}\mathbf1_{C_e}\bigr] \ge \limsup_n \mathbb E\bigl[\Psi\mathbf1_{\{G_{j,n}=1,L_{j,n}=\ell\}} \mathbf1_{C_e}\bigr] \ge p_j\mathbb E\bigl[\Psi\mathbf1_{\{G_j=1,L_j=\ell\}}\bigr].\] The last expectation passes exactly by continuity. Approximation of finite-dimensional past laws by continuous functions, followed by a monotone-class argument over past cylinders, extends the inequality to every bounded nonnegative function of the full unmarked forward past \(\mathcal F_0\). Contact at a deterministic interval endpoint is a null event by Proposition 23, so the closed-event passage does not create an endpoint-only contact for the later tangent argument.

Define \[a_\ell=\mathbb P(G_j=1,L_j=\ell\mid\mathcal F_0), \qquad a=\sum_{\ell=1}^{M_j}a_\ell.\] Dropping the mark from the left side of the preceding inequality gives \(\mathbb P(C_e\mid\mathcal F_0)\ge p_j a_\ell\) for every facet of the path with label \(\ell\). Since \(\mathbb E(1-a)\le\delta_j\), \(\mathbb P(a<1/2)\le2\delta_j\). On \(\{a\ge1/2\}\) choose a maximizing label, with a fixed tie rule. Every facet of its path then has conditional contact probability at least \(p_j/(2M_j)\). These are the required forward-past measurable opportunity classes. Choose conditional-expectation versions equivariantly under the countable spatial and time shifts; their joint law is stationary. Their probabilities approach one, so Lemma 27 applies. The auxiliary marks served only in the transfer; the resulting contact-connectivity assertion concerns the original environment alone. ◻

Lemma 29 (Zero-slope uniqueness). A controlled tangent solution of slope zero is spatially constant.

Proof. Let \(a\) be a nonnegative compactly supported Lipschitz function, equal to one on the unit ball. For \(M=\varepsilon R\), let \[\Phi_M(s)= \begin{cases}s^2,&|s|\le M,\\2M|s|-M^2,&|s|>M,\end{cases} \qquad F_R(w)=\min_c\sum_x a(x/R)\Phi_M(w_x-c).\] Its Lipschitz constant in each input coordinate is bounded by \(2M a(x/R)\). Hence \(F_R(Jw)-F_R(w)\) is integrable, although the two terms need not separately have finite expectations. They have the same distribution by time stationarity. Truncate each scalar minimum at level \(K\) and use \(|(s\wedge K)-(t\wedge K)|\le|s-t|\); dominated convergence gives \[ \mathbb E[F_R(Jw)-F_R(w)]=0. \tag{42}\]

Choose a minimizing center \(c_R\). On a cluster \(C\) set \(a_C=\min_{x\in C}a(x/R)\) and \[D_C^\Phi=\sum_{x\in C} \{\Phi_M(w_x-c_R)-\Phi_M((Jw)_x-c_R)\}\ge0.\] Clusterwise Jensen and evaluation of the new minimum at \(c_R\) give \[ F_R(Jw)-F_R(w) \le-\sum_C a_CD_C^\Phi +C\varepsilon\sum_{C:C\cap\operatorname{supp}(a(\cdot/R))\ne\varnothing} \sum_{x\in C}H_x^k|(Jw-w)_x|. \tag{43}\] Indeed the cutoff oscillation on \(C\) is at most \(C\operatorname{diam}(C)/R\), while \(\Phi_M\) is \(2\varepsilon R\)-Lipschitz. The controlled displacement moments bound the expectation of the last sum by \(C R^2\); clusters reaching the support from outside are covered by a further fixed power of \(H_x\). Equations (42)–(43) therefore bound the normalized expected convex loss by \(C\varepsilon\).

For fixed \(\varepsilon>0\), volume sublinearity puts all but a vanishing fraction of the weighted sites within \(o(R)\) of a common center. The Huber minimizer is itself \(o(R)\) from that center. To verify this, the derivative from an exceptional fraction \(\delta\) of sites is at most \(2\varepsilon R\delta\) times total weight; the derivative from the remaining sites has a fixed sign and larger magnitude if the center is displaced by more than their oscillation plus \(C\varepsilon R\delta\). Thus such a displacement cannot minimize the loss.

First bound cluster size. The entire input of a typical interior cluster then lies in the quadratic region, with probability tending to one. Stochastic averaging keeps its output there. On that cluster \(D_C^\Phi=\sum_C(w_x^2-(Jw)_x^2)\), independently of the center. The stationary integrable quadratic loss allows the exceptional fraction to be discarded by truncating that loss before taking \(R\to\infty\). The cluster-size restriction is then removed using its moments. It follows that \(\mathbb Ed_0\le C\varepsilon\). Send \(\varepsilon\downarrow0\).

Each factor of \(J\) is an orthogonal averaging projection. Its quadratic loss is nonnegative, and the losses telescope. Zero total loss therefore makes every constituent projection fix its input. The relative heights are constant in time, and each actual contact equates its incident values. Lemma 27 connects every pair of neighboring sites and proves spatial constancy. This argument never conditions on the tangent solution, which may depend on future drives. ◻

Mean flux and the macroscopic equation

For a controlled solution define the cluster-averaged flux at \(x\) by \[ \mathcal J_x(w)= -\frac1{T|C_x|}\sum_{y\in C_x}(y-\overline C_x)(Jw-w)_y, \qquad \overline C_x=\frac1{|C_x|}\sum_{y\in C_x}y. \tag{44}\] Conservation makes this independent of the chosen cluster origin, and the controlled moments make it integrable. Write \(j(q)=\mathbb E\mathcal J_0(w)\) when the slope is \(q\). The minus sign is the sign of down-gradient transport.

Proposition 30 (The cell flux and weak equation). Under the preceding inputs, \(j(q)\) is well defined on the vector space of attained slopes and is linear there. If any nonzero slope is attained, every slope in \(\mathbb R^2\) is attained and \(j(q)=Aq\) for a finite scalar \(A\). For a stationary comparison with drift difference \(n^{-2}b(x/n)\), every subsequential expected macroscopic difference \(m\) satisfies \[ \int j(\nabla m)\cdot\nabla f=\int b f, \qquad f\in C_c^\infty(U), \tag{45}\] in each limiting open region \(U\) free of observations.

Proof. Join two solutions of the same slope relatively independently over the full two-sided environment. The joining is invariant under space and time shifts. Their difference has zero slope; its dissipation and controlled displacements are bounded by constant multiples of the sums for the two solutions. Lemma 29 makes their relative heights identical. This proves uniqueness of flux, including conditional uniqueness given the environment. Addition of joined solutions and scalar multiplication preserve the controlled class. Hence the attained slopes form a vector subspace and the flux is linear on it.

The bulk law is invariant under lattice rotations and reflections, since it is the unique limit of the symmetric zero-boundary model. A nonzero attained slope and its sixty-degree rotation span \(\mathbb R^2\). The resulting linear flux map commutes with these rotations and reflections. A real two-dimensional map commuting with a nontrivial sixty-degree rotation is a scalar matrix plus a scalar multiple of the quarter-turn matrix; a reflection eliminates the latter. Thus \(j(q)=Aq\). Its coefficient is finite by the integrability of (44).

We justify passage of fluxes to expectations. At a volume-sampled site let \(D_n=n^2e_C^2/|C|\) and \(H_n=|C|\). A scaled step displacement, or the scaled cluster first moment per site, obeys \[|F_n|\le C H_n^a\sqrt{D_n}\] for a fixed \(a\). For \(1<r<2\), \[ \mathbb E|F_n|^r\le C(\mathbb ED_n)^{r/2} (\mathbb EH_n^{2ar/(2-r)})^{(2-r)/2}. \tag{46}\] The right side is bounded. Thus these fluxes are uniformly integrable; a moment of \(D_n\) larger than one is not needed. Exceptional localization events are removed using the polynomial error bounds in the comparison estimate before applying this calculation.

Test stationarity of \(z\) over one step against \(f(x/n)\). On each complete free cluster, the constant Taylor term sees only the added mass \(Tn^{-2}\sum_{x\in C}b(x/n)\), because reflections conserve the sum. The first-order Taylor term is the negative of the cluster first moment in (44), with the height differences multiplied by \(n\) and with an overall factor \(Tn^{-2}\). The second-order remainder has expected magnitude bounded by \[C n^{-3}\mathbb E\sum_{x\in n\operatorname{supp}(f)+O(H_x)} H_x^a|n(z_T(x)-z_0(x))|=O(n^{-1}).\] The same moment estimate handles clusters touching the edge of the testing region. The contribution of the added drift to the cluster first moment is also \(o(1)\). Lemmas 24 and 26, finite-cluster truncation, and (46) identify the limiting transport term as the conditional mean of \(j(q)\). The source and flux Riemann sums both carry the density \(v\), which cancels. Linearity and Lemma 26 give \(\mathbb E[j(q)\mid y]=j(\nabla m(y))\), proving (45). If the attained subspace is zero, this argument still applies and its flux is identically zero. ◻

Positive response and the limiting mean

The scalar has not yet been shown nonzero. A positive source in a domain with fixed zero boundary data supplies this information and, at the same time, fixes the boundary condition in the response equation.

Proposition 31 (Dirichlet response). Assume the comparison and average estimates hold up to identical fixed boundaries of lattice domains converging to a bounded smooth domain \(D\). Then every slope is attained and the scalar in Proposition 30 satisfies \(0<A<\infty\). For sufficiently small smooth sources \(b\), the mean response to relative drift \(n^{-2}b(x/n)\) converges to \[A^{-1}(-\Delta_D)^{-1}b.\] For boundary values \(+\lambda\) and \(-\lambda\) on the two marked arcs, the untilted mean converges to their bounded harmonic extension.

Proof. Begin with zero fixed boundary values, and compare the untilted law with its tilt by a nonzero nonnegative smooth source. The filled coupled difference, extended by zero across its common pinned boundary, is bounded in \(W^{1,p}(\mathbb R^2)\) for some \(p>1\), by Lemma 21. To recall its geometric content, put the original difference equal to zero on the boundary and exterior, and retain the coercive edges incident to the common pins. Whenever a hole meets this connected zero set, a path to infinity exits through a zero rim vertex; choose that vertex as the hole’s anchor. The usual rim energy estimate holds for this anchor, so the extension is still bounded in \(W^{1,p}\) and remains exactly zero outside the polygon. Its expected value is therefore weakly compact in that space and strongly compact locally in \(L^p\). The original and filled expectations have the same limit.

Uniform convergence of the polygonal boundaries to the smooth boundary implies that this zero extension vanishes outside an arbitrarily small neighborhood of \(\overline D\). Its limiting extension consequently vanishes outside \(D\). The Sobolev trace theorem for a smooth domain gives \(m\in W^{1,p}_0(D)\). Thus no assertion about random slit covariance is needed for this ordinary boundary identification.

If only slope zero were attained, (45) would give \(\int b f=0\) for every compact test, a contradiction. A nonzero slope is therefore attained, so the cell flux is \(Aq\) on all of \(\mathbb R^2\). The same identity excludes \(A=0\).

For completeness, the zero-trace weak equation has a unique \(W^{1,p}_0(D)\) solution even before an energy-space conclusion is known. If \(u\) is the difference of two such solutions, take a smooth compact test \(g\) and solve \(-\Delta\phi=g\) with zero boundary data on smooth \(D\). The solution is smooth up to the boundary. Approximate \(\phi\) in \(W^{1,p'}_0(D)\) by compactly supported smooth functions in the weak harmonic equation, and integrate by parts using the zero trace of \(u\). This gives \(\int u g=0\). Hence \(m=A^{-1}(-\Delta_D)^{-1}b\). Monotonicity under the nonnegative tilt gives \(m\ge0\). The Dirichlet Green solution of a nonzero nonnegative source is positive, so \(A<0\) is impossible. This proves \(A>0\).

For arbitrary identical bounded boundary data, the same zero-extension argument and weak identity identify every mean-response subsequence with \(A^{-1}(-\Delta_D)^{-1}b\). Compactness therefore gives full convergence.

For the untilted mean, compare the prescribed-boundary bath with the zero-boundary bath on the same domain. The latter has mean zero by height reflection symmetry. Proposition 30, with source zero, makes every limiting prescribed mean harmonic. Monotone comparison with the zero-boundary law shifted by \(\pm\lambda\) bounds this mean between \(-\lambda\) and \(\lambda\). Near a compact subarc, compare instead with the zero-boundary law shifted by that arc’s prescribed value. The coupled difference has exact zero boundary on that subarc. A cutoff supported away from the marks permits the same local zero-extension argument, giving the stated trace. A bounded harmonic function in smooth \(D\) is uniquely determined by these two open-arc values; the two marked points have zero harmonic measure. This identifies the mean and every subsequence. ◻

Gaussian fluctuations

Theorem 32 (Field limit). Under the inputs of this section for the ordinary fixed-boundary domains, the centered affinely interpolated field converges as a random distribution to \(\sigma\) times the Dirichlet Gaussian free field with covariance \((-\Delta_D)^{-1}\), where \[\sigma^2=(vA)^{-1}.\] The stiffness is \(vA\), and the limiting mean is the harmonic extension identified in Proposition 31.

Proof. For real \(f\in C_c^\infty(D)\) define \[X_n(f)=\frac1{vn^2}\sum_{x\in V_n} f(x/n)(h_x-\mathbb Eh_x), \qquad L_n(t)=\log\mathbb Ee^{tX_n(f)}.\] By 2, there is \(a_f>0\) such that \(\sup_n\mathbb Ee^{a_f|X_n(f)|}<\infty\). Tilting by \(e^{tX_n(f)}\) adds drift \(n^{-2}tf/v\) to the variance-two reflected diffusion. Proposition 31 therefore gives, for sufficiently small \(t\), \[L_n'(t)=\mathbb E_{n,t}X_n(f) \longrightarrow \frac{t}{vA}\int_D f(-\Delta_D)^{-1}f.\] For \(|t|\le a_f/2\), Jensen’s inequality bounds the denominator of the tilted expectation below by one, while \[|L_n'(t)|\le\mathbb E[|X_n(f)|e^{a_f|X_n(f)|/2}] \le C_{a_f}\mathbb Ee^{a_f|X_n(f)|}.\] Integration from zero and dominated convergence yield the Gaussian log moment-generating function near zero. The exponential bound gives tightness and uniform integrability of these moment-generating functions; uniqueness identifies every subsequential scalar law. Apply the same argument to every finite real linear combination of tests to obtain Gaussian finite-dimensional laws with covariance \((vA)^{-1}(-\Delta_D)^{-1}\).

For distributional tightness, enclose the physical domains in a fixed flat torus and extend the centered affine field by zero. A Fourier coefficient has vertex weights obtained by integrating a bounded mode against the nodal hat functions. Uniformly over the mode, their absolute sum is bounded, their maximum is \(O(n^{-2})\), and their support has lattice diameter \(O(n)\). The original boundary supplies a connected pin set of diameter comparable to \(n\). Proposition 2, applied at scale \(R=n\) to real and imaginary parts, therefore bounds all centered Fourier-coefficient second moments uniformly. Summing with Fourier weights gives a uniform \(H^{-s}\) second moment for every \(s>1\). Compact embedding into a more negative Sobolev space, followed by restriction to \(D\), proves tightness as random distributions.

Finally the Riemann pairing and affine pairing have vanishing difference. An interior nodal hat function has integral \((vn^2)^{-1}\) and, by the symmetry of its triangular star, zero first moment about its vertex. Taylor expansion of \(f\) therefore gives \[\int f h^{\mathrm{aff}}-\frac1{vn^2}\sum_xf(x/n)h_x =O\!\left(n^{-2}\frac1{n^2} \sum_{x\text{ near }n\operatorname{supp}(f)}|h_x|\right).\] Deterministic Lipschitzness and bounded boundary values give \(|h_x|=O(n)\) in the bounded rescaled domain, so this error is \(O(n^{-1})\). The same is true after centering. The scalar limits and tightness thus identify the asserted affinely interpolated distributional limit. ◻

Traces on varying planar continua

The cell construction has identified the interior equation for a limiting mean response. To identify that response in a domain cut by observed sign strings, we must also recover the zero boundary values on their limiting closed set. This set may have positive area, so we must identify the response almost everywhere on this set as well as in its open complement. The following analytic argument uses Sobolev bounds, weighted errors at observed sites, and the geometry of connected observed sets to identify the Dirichlet Poisson solution.

Fix a bounded square \(Q\) and a larger square \(Q^*\) with \(\overline Q\subset Q^*\). All Sobolev functions below are defined on \(Q^*\); only their restrictions to \(Q\) are relevant. This convention removes extension issues when taking averages near \(\partial Q\). Choose a nonnegative smooth radial function \(\varphi\) supported in the unit disk, of integral one, and write \(P_ru=\varphi_r*u\) wherever the averaging disk lies in \(Q^*\). The Dirichlet Green operator on an arbitrary open set \(V\subset Q\) is denoted by \(G_V=(-\Delta_V)^{-1}\). Its solutions and its quadratic form are extended by zero outside \(V\).

Definition 33 (Thickness of an observed set). A compact set \(K\subset\overline Q\) containing \(\partial Q\) has continuum thickness below \(r_0\) if, for each \(x\in K\) and \(0<r<r_0\), there is a compact connected set \[x\in L\subset K\cap\overline B(x,2r),\qquad \operatorname{diam}L\ge r.\] For mesh approximants the same condition is required only for \(c/n\le r<r_0\), with fixed \(c\). All uniform assertions about a family of observed sets use common constants \(c,r_0\).

A connected compact set of diameter at least \(4r_0\) has this property: the component through \(x\) of its intersection with a closed ball meets the boundary of that ball whenever the original continuum leaves the ball. This is the elementary boundary-bumping property of continua. Thus a fixed finite union of continua whose diameters have a common positive lower bound also qualifies, after decreasing \(r_0\). Connectedness of the whole observed set \(K\) is sufficient after decreasing \(r_0\), but not necessary. In a localized application one works below the lower bound on the diameters of the components that meet the window. A singleton observation does not qualify.

Definition 34 (Frostman testing measures). For \(0<\alpha\le1\) and \(M<\infty\), let \(\mathcal M_\alpha(M)\) consist of positive measures supported in \(\overline Q\) satisfying \[\mu(\overline Q)\le M,\qquad \mu(B(x,r))\le Mr^\alpha\quad(0<r\le1).\] The statement that a Sobolev function has zero \(\alpha\)-Frostman trace on \(K\) means that its trace vanishes in \(L^1(\mu)\) for every \(\mu\in\bigcup_{M<\infty}\mathcal M_\alpha(M)\) supported on \(K\).

Lemma 35 (Quantitative averaged traces). Let \(1<p<2\), \(0<\alpha\le1\), and \(p+\alpha>2\). Every \(u\in W^{1,p}(Q^*)\) has a trace \(T_\mu u\in L^1(\mu)\) for \(\mu\in\mathcal M_\alpha(M)\), and \[ \int|T_\mu u-P_ru|\,\mathrm d\mu \le C r^\beta\|\nabla u\|_{L^p(Q^*)},\qquad \beta=1-\frac{2-\alpha}{p}>0. \tag{47}\] The constant is uniform over \(\mathcal M_\alpha(M)\).

For a piecewise affine mesh function \(u_n\), suppose instead that a measure on mesh vertices satisfies \[ \mu_n(B(x,r))\le C(r+\ell_n/n)^\alpha, \qquad \mu_n(\overline Q)\le C, \tag{48}\] where \(1\le\ell_n\le C(\log n)^C\). Then, for fixed \(r>0\), \[ \int|u_n-P_ru_n|\,\mathrm d\mu_n \le C\left(r^\beta+ \ell_n^{\alpha/p}n^{-\beta}\right) \|\nabla u_n\|_{L^p(Q^*)}. \tag{49}\]

Proof. Poincare’s inequality for two nested averaging disks gives \[|P_su(x)-P_{s/2}u(x)| \le Cs\fint_{B(x,Cs)}|\nabla u(y)|\,\mathrm dy.\] Holder’s inequality with respect to \(\mu\), followed by Fubini, bounds its integral by \[Cs\left(\int\fint_{B(x,Cs)}|\nabla u(y)|^p\,\mathrm dy\,\mathrm d\mu(x)\right)^{1/p} \le Cs^{1+(\alpha-2)/p}\|\nabla u\|_p.\] The positive exponent makes the dyadic sum converge. Its limit constructs the trace and proves (47); smooth approximation shows that the construction is independent of the chosen averaging kernel.

For (49), use the same sum down to the mesh scale. Above \(\ell_n/n\) it is bounded as before. Below that scale its terms are at most \(Cs^{1-2/p}(\ell_n/n)^{\alpha/p}\|\nabla u_n\|_p\). Their sum down to \(1/n\) is bounded by the smallest-scale term, namely \(C\ell_n^{\alpha/p}n^{-\beta}\|\nabla u_n\|_p\). The difference between a vertex value and its mesh-scale average has the same bound, by affine interpolation on the bounded number of incident triangles and the same Holder calculation. ◻

Lemma 36 (Transporting testing measures). Suppose \(K\) has continuum thickness below \(r_0\). If \(\mu\in\mathcal M_\alpha(M)\) is supported within distance \(\eta\) of \(K\), where \(0<\eta<r_0/10\), there is a measure \(\nu\in\mathcal M_\alpha(CM)\) supported on \(K\) and a coupling \(\pi\) of \(\mu,\nu\) supported on \(|x-y|\le C\eta\). Consequently \[ \int|T_\mu u(x)-T_\nu u(y)|\,\mathrm d\pi(x,y) \le C\eta^\beta\|\nabla u\|_p \tag{50}\] under the exponent assumptions of Lemma 35.

If mesh sets \(K_n\) have the common thickness constants and converge to \(K\) in Hausdorff distance, every such measure supported on \(K\) is the weak limit of continuous measures in \(\mathcal M_\alpha(CM)\) supported on \(K_n\). For geometric mesh graphs, these may additionally be projected onto their vertices, giving the common bound \(C(r+n^{-1})^\alpha\).

Proof. Partition the plane into squares of side \(\eta\). For each square with positive mass choose a nearby point of \(K\) and, by thickness, a continuum of diameter at least \(\eta\) within distance \(C\eta\) of the square. Such a continuum supports a probability measure \(\nu_S\) with \[\nu_S(B(x,r))\le C\min\{1,r/\eta\}.\] To construct it, project onto a coordinate axis on which the diameter is at least \(\eta/\sqrt2\) and lift normalized Lebesgue measure on the projection interval by choosing the point with smallest remaining coordinate in each fiber. Compactness makes this selection Borel. The projection of a disk of radius \(r\) has length at most \(2r\).

Move the mass of each square to this measure. If \(r<\eta\), at most a bounded number of the chosen continua can meet a specified \(r\)-ball, since each is within \(C\eta\) of its assigned square. The resulting mass is at most \(CM\eta^\alpha(r/\eta)\le CM r^\alpha\). For \(r\ge\eta\), use the original mass bound in the \(C\eta\) enlargement of the ball. This proves the measure assertion and the displacement bound. Compare each trace value with its \(\eta\) average using (47). For paired points the difference of their averages is at most \(C\eta\fint_{B(x,C\eta)}|\nabla u|\). Integrating as in the preceding proof gives (50).

For the final assertion take \(\eta_n\downarrow0\) larger than both the Hausdorff distance and a fixed multiple of \(n^{-1}\). Perform the same construction on \(K_n\) at scale \(\eta_n\), and project its measures onto vertices at distance \(O(n^{-1})\) only if desired. Before this projection the measures are genuinely Frostman at every scale. Projection changes the mass bound to \(C(r+n^{-1})^\alpha\) and does not change the weak limit. ◻

The next calculation records exactly how weighted common-wall errors enter the trace. It requires more than an estimate for free-edge gradients.

Lemma 37 (Weighted anchor errors). Let \(q>1\), and let \(S_n\) be retained observed vertices with positive weights \(w_x\). Suppose \[\sum_{x\in S_n}w_x|z_x|^2\le E_n, \qquad n^{-2}\sum_{x\in S_n}w_x^{-q}\le C_q.\] For a probability measure \(\mu_n\) on these vertices with \(a_n=\max_x\mu_n(\{x\})\), \[ \sum_x\mu_n(\{x\})|z_x| \le C_q E_n^{1/2}n^{1/q}a_n^{(1+1/q)/2}. \tag{51}\] In particular, if \(a_n\le C(\ell_n/n)^\alpha\), the bound tends to zero in expectation when \(\sup_n\mathbb EE_n<\infty\) and \(q>(2-\alpha)/\alpha\). The deterministic inverse-weight bound may hold outside exceptional events, provided their contributions to the displayed quantities tend to zero.

Proof. Cauchy–Schwarz gives the upper bound \(E_n^{1/2}(\sum_x\mu_n(x)^2/w_x)^{1/2}\). Holder and \(\sum_x\mu_n(x)=1\) give \[\sum_x\frac{\mu_n(x)^2}{w_x} \le \left(\sum_xw_x^{-q}\right)^{1/q} \left(\sum_x\mu_n(x)^{2q/(q-1)}\right)^{(q-1)/q} \le C_qn^{2/q}a_n^{1+1/q}.\] The resulting power of \(n\) is \(-\alpha/2+(2-\alpha)/(2q)<0\). Polylogarithmic factors do not affect convergence, and \(\mathbb EE_n^{1/2}\le(\mathbb EE_n)^{1/2}\). ◻

Proposition 38 (Varying observed sets and filled values). Let \(K_n\) have the mesh thickness property with common constants and converge in Hausdorff distance to \(K\). Let their mesh vertices carry random values \(z_n\), and let \(U_n\) be random piecewise affine extensions on \(Q^*\). Fix \(3/2<p<2\). Assume the following bounds, uniformly in \(n\):

  1. \(\mathbb E\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}}\le C\), and the means \(\mathbb EU_n\) have a subsequence converging strongly in \(L^p\) to \(u\);

  2. every vertex on \(K_n\) can be moved to a retained vertex on \(K_n\) within distance \(\ell_n/n\), where \(\ell_n\le C(\log n)^C\);

  3. \(U_n=z_n\) at retained vertices, and their values satisfy Lemma 37 for some \(q>3\), with \(\mathbb EE_n\le C\);

  4. exceptional events in these assertions have vanishing contribution to the Sobolev, anchor, and fixed-scale averaged quantities used here.

Then \(u\) has zero \(1/2\)-Frostman trace on \(K\) and is zero Lebesgue-almost everywhere on \(K\). If the original interpolated values also satisfy \[ \mathbb E\|z_n-U_n\|_{L^1(Q)}\longrightarrow0, \tag{52}\] then the original mean responses have the same distributional limit, including for smooth tests whose supports meet \(K\).

Proof. Fix a \(1/2\)-Frostman measure \(\mu\) on \(K\) and approximate it by the deterministic measures of Lemma 36. Move their mass to the retained vertices by the map in the hypotheses. The moved measures may depend on the sample; they obey (48) with the same deterministic constants. Lemma 37 makes their integrals of \(|U_n|\) tend to zero in expectation. Lemma 35 bounds the error on replacing \(U_n\) by \(P_rU_n\) by \(Cr^\beta+o(1)\).

Keep \(r>0\) fixed before removing the random movement of the testing sites. Its additional error is at most \[C\ell_n n^{-1}\|\nabla P_rU_n\|_\infty \le C_r\ell_n n^{-1}\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}},\] whose expectation tends to zero. We may now take expectation with the original deterministic testing measure. This order is essential: expectations of field–measure products have not been factorized. Strong \(L^p\) convergence makes \(P_r\mathbb EU_n\) converge uniformly to \(P_ru\). Weak convergence of the deterministic measures therefore gives \[\int|P_ru|\,\mathrm d\mu\le Cr^\beta.\] Another application of (47), followed by \(r\downarrow0\), proves the zero trace. Lebesgue measure restricted to \(K\) belongs, up to a constant, to \(\mathcal M_{1/2}(M)\) on the bounded square. Its Sobolev trace agrees almost everywhere with \(u\), which proves the area assertion. Finally (52) proves the equality of the two distributional limits. ◻

Lemma 39 (Uniform Brownian approach measures). Let \(K\) have continuum thickness, put \(V=Q\setminus K\), and fix \(z\in V\). For sufficiently small \(\varepsilon>0\), let \(V_\varepsilon\) be the component containing \(z\) of \(\{x\in V:\operatorname{dist}(x,V^c)>\varepsilon\}\). The exit law \(\mu_{z,\varepsilon}\) of Brownian motion from \(V_\varepsilon\) satisfies \[ \mu_{z,\varepsilon}(B(x,r))\le C_z r^{1/2}, \tag{53}\] uniformly in \(\varepsilon\). The constant is uniform for \(z\) a positive distance from \(K\), and depends on the common thickness constants and \(Q\).

Proof. We use the planar Beurling estimate in its equivalent inward form: if an obstacle contains a continuum crossing the annulus between radii \(r\) and \(R\), the probability, from outside the outer circle, of reaching the inner circle before the obstacle is at most \(C(r/R)^{1/2}\). The inward form follows from the usual outward estimate by inversion; this is the Brownian estimate used in the boundary sampling arguments of [SSdiscrete].

Each component of the closed \(\varepsilon\) neighborhood of \(K\) contains a continuum of diameter bounded below by the thickness scale. The same is true of the exterior obstacle. If an \(r\)-ball meets the support of the exit law, its obstacle component therefore crosses an annulus from radius \(O(r)\) to a fixed radius \(R<c\min\{r_0,\operatorname{dist}(z,K)\}\), unless \(r\) is already comparable to \(R\). Apply the inward estimate; in the latter case total mass one suffices. The argument is unchanged when \(V_\varepsilon\) has several boundary components. ◻

Theorem 40 (Poisson uniqueness from Frostman traces). Let \(K\subset\overline Q\) contain \(\partial Q\) and have continuum thickness below \(r_0\). Let \(3/2<p<2\), \(A>0\), and \(b\in L^\infty(Q)\). Suppose \(u\in W^{1,p}(Q^*)\) has zero \(1/2\)-Frostman trace on \(K\) and \[-A\Delta u=b\quad\hbox{in }V=Q\setminus K\] in the sense of distributions. Then, on \(Q\), \[ u=A^{-1}G_Vb, \tag{54}\] where the right side is extended by zero on \(K\). In particular the restriction of \(u\) to \(V\) belongs to \(H^1_0(V)\).

Proof. Let \(v=A^{-1}G_Vb\), defined variationally in \(H^1_0(V)\) and extended by zero. The Poincare inequality inherited from \(Q\) gives existence. Its zero extension is in \(W^{1,p}(Q^*)\). Approximating it in \(H^1\) by functions in \(C_c^\infty(V)\), and using Lemma 35, proves that \(v\) has zero \(1/2\)-Frostman trace on \(K\).

Thus \(w=u-v\) is harmonic on \(V\) and has the same zero traces. Fix \(z\in V\) and use Lemma 39. Transport \(\mu_{z,\varepsilon}\) to a measure on \(K\) by Lemma 36; its support is within distance \(\varepsilon\) of \(K\). Since \(\beta=1-3/(2p)>0\), (50) yields \[\mathbb E_z|w(B_{\tau_{V_\varepsilon}})| \le C_z\varepsilon^{1-3/(2p)}\|\nabla w\|_p\longrightarrow0.\] The Sobolev trace on this interior boundary equals the smooth harmonic representative of \(w\). For each fixed \(\varepsilon\), that representative is bounded on the compact closure of \(V_\varepsilon\). Optional stopping, or the mean-value characterization of harmonic measure, gives \(w(z)=\mathbb E_z w(B_{\tau_{V_\varepsilon}})=0\) in the limit. This works in each component of \(V\). The zero trace tested against Lebesgue measure on \(K\) also gives \(u=0\) almost everywhere there, completing (54) on all of \(Q\). ◻

Remark 41 (The boundary notion and the order of limits). The proof does not promote a \(W^{1,p}\) trace directly to an \(H^1\) capacity trace. It first proves equality with the variational Green solution; the \(H^1\) assertion follows afterwards. In a lattice application, fix \(\varepsilon\) and use radial ball averages of radius less than \(\varepsilon/2\) before passing to a limit. Their limits equal the harmonic function at their centers by the mean-value property. No convergence of unaveraged lattice point values is required.

Thickness cannot simply be dropped. On the punctured unit disk, \(\log(1/|x|)\) is harmonic, has zero outer trace, and belongs to \(W^{1,p}\) for every \(p<2\). The singleton has zero \(p\)-capacity, and its neighborhood hitting probabilities decay only logarithmically, so (53) fails. Conversely, the usual slit-tip singularity \(r^{-1/2}\sin(\theta/2)\) has gradient in \(L^p\) only for \(p<4/3\) and does not satisfy the hypotheses above.

Conditional Dirichlet covariance

The response argument in Section 5 identified the Gaussian covariance for ordinary fixed-boundary domains. We now identify the conditional covariance when internal oriented strands have also been observed. A common sign wall does not make the two coupled heights equal there. Instead, the squared common-wall errors in the comparison estimate, together with thickness of the observed set, give zero trace for the limiting response. The preceding analytic section then identifies the response as the Dirichlet Green solution, and exponential tilting gives the covariance. This argument uses no interface convergence or height-gap theorem.

The uniform input and the conditioning class

For each mesh \(n^{-1}\) let \(\mathcal S_n\) be a family of deterministic oriented sign-string configurations with ordinary one-sided sign walls, fixed Dirichlet values in \([-1/2,1/2]\), and positive-volume conditional height polytopes. The sign strings are of the type specified in 12; no further exact-height transcript is fixed. Denote their conditional laws by \(P_{n,s}\), \(s\in\mathcal S_n\). Realize each observed set as a closed geometric set \(K_{n,s}\subset\overline Q\) containing \(\partial Q\): join the observed lattice vertices along their strings, include the exterior fixed region, and use a fixed \(O(n^{-1})\) convention at faces. Such conventions have the same Hausdorff limits. Require the common mesh thickness constants of Definition 33. Write \(V_{n,s}=Q\setminus K_{n,s}\).

The following are the exact forms of the preceding estimates used here. They make the scope of the uniform assertion explicit. All constants may depend on a fixed compact family \(\mathcal C\subset C_c^\infty(Q)\) of real test functions, but not on \(n\) or \(s\).

  1. The centered Riemann pairings \[X_{n,s}(f)=\frac1{vn^2}\sum_x f(x) \bigl(h_n(x)-\mathbb E_{n,s}h_n(x)\bigr)\] obey \(\sup_{n,s,f\in\mathcal C}\mathbb E_{n,s}e^{a|X_{n,s}(f)|}<\infty\) for some \(a>0\). The estimate also holds for the fixed finite linear combinations used for joint tests. This is the form of 2 used below.

  2. For each fixed \(|t|<a/2\) couple \(P_{n,s}\) to its tilt by \(e^{tX_{n,s}(f)}\) using the common sign walls. For their difference \(z_{n,s,t}\), the filled extension \(U_{n,s,t}\) supplied by 6 and 15 satisfies every hypothesis of Proposition 38, including (52), uniformly in \(s\) and in \(f\in\mathcal C\). In particular its energy includes squared common-wall errors. Its inverse-weight spatial moments have deterministic bounds off exceptional events whose contributions vanish. Expectation-only bounds for a random weight constant are not silently multiplied by an energy known only in \(L^1\).

  3. For every deterministic sequence \(s_n,f_n\) with \(f_n\) converging in \(\mathcal C\) and \(K_{n,s_n}\) converging in Hausdorff distance to \(K\), the bulk identity 30 identifies each limit of the mean response by \[ A\int_{Q\setminus K}\nabla m\cdot\nabla\phi\,\mathrm dx =\frac{t}{v}\int_{Q\setminus K}f\phi\,\mathrm dx, \qquad \phi\in C_c^\infty(Q\setminus K), \tag{55}\] with the same scalar \(A\), positive by 31. The pairings with the actual fields and their piecewise affine interpolants differ by \(o(1)\) in the needed expectations.

These clauses are used below as conclusions of the indicated finite-volume results, not as consequences of the trace theorem. In particular, interior homogenization by itself supplies neither [t:input-extension] nor uniformity over \(\mathcal S_n\).

We explain the retained-site requirement in Proposition 38. Outside the exceptional event, every filled hole has diameter at most a fixed power of \(\log n\) in lattice units. Mesh thickness ensures that an observed component through a vertex in such a hole reaches a fixed positive physical scale. It therefore has an observed graph path exiting the hole, whose first good rim vertex remains observed and lies within a polylogarithmic lattice distance. Move the testing mass to that vertex. At a common fixed pin its difference is zero; at a retained common sign wall its squared value appears in (23). The rim construction retains these values and has the stated reciprocal-weight moments. Thus this movement verifies the anchor hypothesis, including for internal components; thickness rules out an entire component hidden inside a microscopic filled hole.

Theorem 42 (Conditional covariance for deterministic strings). Suppose the class \(\mathcal S_n\) and the estimates [t:input-moments]–[t:input-flux] hold, and set \(\sigma^2=(vA)^{-1}\). Along every deterministic sequence \(s_n\in\mathcal S_n\) with \(K_{n,s_n}\to K\) in Hausdorff distance, \[ \log\mathbb E_{n,s_n}e^{tX_{n,s_n}(f)} \longrightarrow \frac{t^2\sigma^2}{2}\langle f,G_{Q\setminus K}f\rangle \tag{56}\] for \(t\) in a neighborhood of zero. The conclusion holds for convergent sequences of tests from a compact family and jointly for finitely many tests. In particular, \[ \sup_{s\in\mathcal S_n}\sup_{f,g\in\mathcal C} \left|\operatorname{Cov}_{n,s}(X_{n,s}(f),X_{n,s}(g)) -\sigma^2\langle f,G_{V_{n,s}}g\rangle\right| \longrightarrow0. \tag{57}\] There is no requirement that \(K\) have zero area or that the test supports be disjoint from \(K\).

Proof. Fix a deterministic sequence as in the statement. For fixed \(t\), [t:input-extension] and Proposition 38 give subsequential compactness of the mean filled response in \(L^p\), for a fixed \(3/2<p<2\), and a zero \(1/2\)-Frostman trace on \(K\). The original response has the same distributional limit. By (55) and Theorem 40, that limit is uniquely \[ m_t=\frac{t}{vA}G_{Q\setminus K}f. \tag{58}\] It is zero almost everywhere on \(K\), including its positive-area parts. This proves convergence against general smooth \(f\), rather than only against tests separated from the strings. Uniqueness removes the need to choose a further subsequence.

Set \(L_n(t)=\log\mathbb E_{n,s_n}e^{tX_{n,s_n}(f)}\). Differentiation of the finite-volume integral gives \[L_n'(t) =\frac1{vn^2}\sum_xf(x) \bigl(\mathbb E_{n,s_n,t}h_n(x)-\mathbb E_{n,s_n}h_n(x)\bigr) \longrightarrow t\sigma^2\langle f,G_{Q\setminus K}f\rangle.\] The factor \(1/v\) in the source is necessary: the tilt adds the microscopic drift \(t f(x)/(vn^2)\) to the reflected bath. No boundary term is added, since the walls and the exterior values are common to both laws.

The exponential moment in [t:input-moments] makes these derivatives uniformly bounded for \(|t|\le a/4\). Indeed the denominator of a centered moment generating function is at least one, and \[|L_n'(t)|\le \mathbb E_{n,s_n}\bigl[|X_{n,s_n}(f)|e^{a|X_{n,s_n}(f)|/4}\bigr]\le C_a.\] Integrating from zero proves (56). The same exponential bound gives tightness and uniform integrability of every fixed moment. Each limiting law is the Gaussian determined by this moment generating function near zero; hence the second moments converge. Applying this to linear combinations and polarizing gives cross covariances and the finite-dimensional conclusion.

The proof also works with \(f_n\) in a compact family converging to \(f\). Choose \(d_n\downarrow0\) sufficiently slowly that \((f_n-f)/d_n\) belongs to a compact family in \(C_c^\infty(Q)\). Apply [t:input-moments] to this additional compact family. Linearity then makes the change of the pairing tend to zero in every fixed moment. This uses the stated estimates for each fixed compact family, with its own constants, and requires no uniform constant over all such families. To obtain (57), suppose its supremum did not tend to zero and select a deterministic sequence realizing a fixed positive error. Hausdorff compactness and compactness of the test family give a convergent subsequence. The convergence already proved contradicts that error, once the continuity of the Green form is checked. That continuity is proved in the following lemma and is purely analytic. ◻

Lemma 43 (Green continuity for this class). If compact sets \(K_n\) containing \(\partial Q\) satisfy the common thickness condition and tend in Hausdorff distance to \(K\), then \[\langle f_n,G_{Q\setminus K_n}g_n\rangle \longrightarrow\langle f,G_{Q\setminus K}g\rangle\] whenever bounded smooth tests \(f_n,g_n\) converge uniformly to \(f,g\). The same assertion holds for mesh-thick approximants.

Proof. Put \(v_n=G_{Q\setminus K_n}g_n\) and extend by zero. Their variational identities and the Poincare inequality on \(Q\) give a common \(H^1\) bound. After taking a subsequence they converge strongly in \(L^2\) and weakly in \(H^1\) to \(v\). Every compact subset of \(Q\setminus K\) is eventually in \(Q\setminus K_n\), so \(-\Delta v=g\) there.

The zero traces pass to \(K\) by the deterministic version of the proof of Proposition 38: use the continuous, uniformly Frostman approximating measures from Lemma 36, before its optional projection onto lattice vertices. The \(H^1_0(Q\setminus K_n)\) approximation by compactly supported smooth functions and Lemma 35 show that \(v_n\) has zero trace on these measures. Atomic vertex traces of \(v_n\) are neither asserted nor used. There are no wall errors or filling maps in this case. The \(H^1\) bound implies the required \(W^{1,p}\) bound, and the averaging estimate passes the traces. Theorem 40 identifies \(v=G_{Q\setminus K}g\) on all of \(Q\). Thus every subsequence has this same limit. Strong \(L^2\) convergence and uniform convergence of \(f_n\) prove the assertion. For mesh-thick sets perform the measure construction only at scales larger than \(c/n\); its errors tend to zero before the fixed averaging scale is removed. ◻

Random strings and boundary sampling

Corollary 44 (Transfer through an exact conditional kernel). Let \(S_n\) take values in \(\mathcal S_n\), and suppose \[ \operatorname{Law}(h_n\mid S_n=s)=P_{n,s} \quad\hbox{for almost every }s. \tag{59}\] Then, for fixed tests or compact families as in Theorem 42, the conditional covariance differs in \(L^1\) from \(\sigma^2\langle f,G_{V_{n,S_n}}g\rangle\) by \(o(1)\). If \(K_{n,S_n}\) converges in distribution to \(K\), these random Green forms converge in distribution and in expectation to those on \(Q\setminus K\). Convergence in \(L^1\) to a limiting random form additionally requires that the sets converge in probability on a common probability space.

Proof. Condition on \(S_n\) and apply the deterministic uniform error (57); its expectation is no larger than that error. Lemma 43 gives convergence of the random Green forms. They are uniformly bounded for bounded tests, because the Dirichlet Green quadratic form of every subdomain is bounded above by that of \(Q\). This also gives convergence of expectations and the stated \(L^1\) assertion under a common coupling. ◻

For an exploration that queries signs and makes every next query or stopping decision from its previous answers and independent randomness, the full transcript has the conditional-kernel property: its decision indicators introduce no factor depending on an unqueried height. Disintegrating the finite-dimensional Lebesgue density therefore leaves exactly the uniform density with the recorded signs imposed. An exact-value exploration gives instead the corresponding frozen-value kernel; it is covered only when the finite-volume estimates have been proved for that class. An arbitrary field-dependent selection of a string need not satisfy (59). For example a label chosen by the sign of a standard Gaussian variable changes its conditional variance from one to \(1-2/\pi\), although either deterministic label could have been assigned the original reference kernel. Uniform estimates for reference kernels do not identify the law of such a selection.

Proposition 45 (Vanishing covariance near a continuum). Let \(K\) satisfy Definition 33 and let \(V=Q\setminus K\). Let \(\mu_\varepsilon\) be positive measures of mass at most one, supported in \(V\) within distance \(C\varepsilon\) of \(K\), with a common \(1/2\)-Frostman constant. Then \[ \langle\mu_\varepsilon,G_V\mu_\varepsilon\rangle\longrightarrow0. \tag{60}\] The conclusion holds for any unnormalized restriction of such a measure. It holds uniformly after adding further observed sets: if \(K'\supset K\) and \(V'=Q\setminus K'\), the Green quadratic form on \(V'\) is bounded above by that on \(V\).

Proof. The Green function of \(V\) is bounded above by that of a fixed disk containing \(Q\), hence by \(C(1+\log^+(1/|x-y|))\). Dyadic summation with the Frostman bound gives \[\iint_{|x-y|<\rho}G_V(x,y)\,\mathrm d\mu_\varepsilon(x)\,\mathrm d\mu_\varepsilon(y) \le C\rho^{1/2}(1+|\log\rho|).\] For \(|x-y|\ge\rho\), a Brownian path started at \(x\) must leave a \(c\rho\)-neighborhood of a nearest point of \(K\) before it contributes to the Green function at \(y\). Beurling bounds that probability by \(C(\varepsilon/\rho)^{1/2}\). On the exit circle the Green function is at most \(C(1+|\log\rho|)\). Thus the remaining contribution is at most \(C(\varepsilon/\rho)^{1/2}(1+|\log\rho|)\). First send \(\varepsilon\) to zero and then \(\rho\) to zero. Restricting the measure preserves all these bounds.

For the last assertion, the inclusion \(H^1_0(V')\subset H^1_0(V)\) and the variational formula \[\langle f,G_Vf\rangle =\sup_{u\in H^1_0(V)} \left\{2\langle f,u\rangle-\int_V|\nabla u|^2\right\}\] give the quadratic-form inequality, also for signed tests. Apply it first to smooth measures and then use the finite logarithmic energy to pass to the stated measures. ◻

Corollary 46 (Local boundary variance, independently of ambient size). Fix nested squares \(Q_0\Subset Q_1\Subset Q_2\Subset Q_3\) and positive geometric separation constants. Consider finite triangular-lattice domains of mesh \(n^{-1}\), with arbitrary ambient diameter, fixed data in \([-1/2,1/2]\), and deterministic sign strings. Suppose a connected observed piece of diameter at least \(c>0\) lies within bounded distance of \(Q_2\). Assume the local hypotheses of 2 and 15, with constants independent of ambient diameter. Assume also that restricting the observed system to \(Q_3\) and adjoining its artificial exterior gives the common mesh thickness constants of Definition 33. This holds for connected strands attached to the original exterior, or for components of uniformly positive diameter: cut pieces meeting the artificial boundary join that boundary, and pieces entirely inside are whole original components.

For each fixed \(\eta>0\), let \(\mu_{n,\eta}\) be a deterministic smooth probability test supported in \(Q_0\), at distance at most \(C\eta\) from the observed set in \(Q_1\). Suppose these measures have a common \(1/2\)-Frostman constant, independent of \(n,\eta\), and for fixed \(\eta\) their densities range over a compact smooth-test family. If \(X_n(\mu)\) denotes the Riemann pairing of the centered field with that density, then \[ \lim_{\eta\downarrow0}\limsup_{n\to\infty} \sup\operatorname{Var}X_n(\mu_{n,\eta})=0. \tag{61}\] The supremum is over the stated local geometries, tests, and arbitrary ambient domains. The inner limit is always taken at fixed \(\eta\).

Proof. Construct an auxiliary height law in the portion of the original domain inside \(Q_3\). Retain all original fixed data and all sign constraints on its free vertices, and put zero values on the new artificial boundary. At a vertex already fixed by the original problem retain that original value. Drop sign walls on vertices newly fixed at the artificial rim; their values are now prescribed to be zero. The two models have exactly the same graph, fixed data, and sign walls in \(Q_2\) once \(n\) is large. A strict feasible filling for the auxiliary free coordinates is obtained by assigning small signed values at the sign sites and small values at the other free sites: each original fixed value has absolute value at most \(1/2\). Thus the auxiliary conditional polytope has positive volume. At a cut string endpoint, a free sign site whose opposite neighbor was removed is adjacent to the zero artificial boundary; it therefore remains bounded. Every truncated observed component reaching the artificial boundary joins the exterior observed set. The stated thickness assumption consequently puts this auxiliary law within the bounded domain class of Theorem 42.

Let \(h_n^{\rm loc}\) denote the auxiliary field. Put it and the original field \(h_n\) in the stationary synchronous joining supplied by 15, using the common walls in \(Q_2\). The artificial outer data may differ, as permitted in that local comparison theorem. The original marginal has uniform local average bounds from the nearby observed piece. The auxiliary marginal has them from its artificial boundary, or the retained observed piece. If \(U_n\) is the filled extension of \(z_n=h_n-h_n^{\rm loc}\) in \(Q_1\), its energy and squared Sobolev norm satisfy \[ \mathbb EE_n+\mathbb E\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}(Q_1)}^2\le C_p, \qquad 3/2<p<2, \tag{62}\] with constants independent of the original ambient diameter and of \(\eta\). The coupling is constructed before choosing the test.

Transport \(\mu_{n,\eta}\) to the nearby common observed continuum, then to its mesh vertices and past the holes to retained vertices. The transport in Lemma 36 moves points by \(O(\eta)\); the last two movements are \(O(\ell_n/n)\) and give the coarse Frostman bound (48). The squared anchor estimate is \[\left(\sum_x\nu_n(x)|U_n(x)|\right)^2 \le E_n\sum_x\frac{\nu_n(x)^2}{w_x} \le CE_n n^{-1/2+3/(2q)}(\log n)^C, \qquad q>3.\] Its expectation tends to zero. Compare each testing value with its \(\eta\) average as in Lemmas 35 and 36. The bottom mesh scales contribute \(o(1)\) at fixed \(\eta\). Squaring these inequalities and using (62) gives \[ \limsup_{n\to\infty} \mathbb E\left|\langle\mu_{n,\eta},U_n\rangle\right|^2 \le C_p\eta^{2\beta},\qquad \beta=1-\frac{3}{2p}>0. \tag{63}\] All these inequalities are samplewise before expectation; the moved measure may depend on the holes. No independence between that measure and \(U_n\) is required.

It remains to transfer the upper bound to the original difference. At fixed \(\eta\), put \[Z_n=\langle\mu_{n,\eta},h_n-h_n^{\rm loc}\rangle, \qquad W_n=\langle\mu_{n,\eta},U_n\rangle.\] The original–filled \(L^1\) estimate in 15, together with the bounded test density at this fixed scale, gives \(\mathbb E|Z_n-W_n|\to0\). The marginal fourth-moment estimates in 2 make \(Z_n^2\) uniformly integrable. Their constants may depend on \(\eta\), which is harmless for this order of limits. For \(M>0\), the function \(x\mapsto\min\{x^2,M\}\) is \(2\sqrt M\)-Lipschitz, so \[\limsup_n\mathbb E\min\{Z_n^2,M\} \le\limsup_n\mathbb EW_n^2\le C_p\eta^{2\beta}.\] Letting \(M\to\infty\) proves \(\limsup_n\mathbb EZ_n^2\le C_p\eta^{2\beta}\). No \(L^2\) estimate for the original–filled error has been assumed.

The auxiliary domain has uniformly bounded diameter in these scaled coordinates. At each fixed \(\eta\), Theorem 42 applies uniformly to its compact family of tests, and Proposition 45 makes its limiting tested variance tend to zero as \(\eta\downarrow0\). Finally the coupling inequality \[\sqrt{\operatorname{Var}\langle\mu_{n,\eta},h_n\rangle} \le \sqrt{\operatorname{Var}\langle\mu_{n,\eta},h_n^{\rm loc}\rangle} +\|Z_n\|_2\] and (63) prove (61). The proof identifies no Poisson solution on an unbounded domain and imposes no condition at infinity. ◻

For the harmonic tests used later, first stop Brownian motion a positive distance \(\varepsilon\) from the observed set and smear the exit law into balls of radius \(c\varepsilon\), \(c<1/2\), contained in the open component. Lemma 39 gives the required Frostman bound, which smearing preserves. At this fixed scale the smoothed densities form a compact family of smooth tests with uniform derivative bounds. Apply Theorem 42, including if further strings meet their supports, and only afterwards send \(\varepsilon\) to zero using Proposition 45. The zero-response assertion on positive-area limits is what permits a fixed test to meet the additional closed set. No estimate uniform in \(\varepsilon\) before taking the lattice limit has been used.

Remark 47 (Finite-volume dependencies and conditioning scope). For the deterministic class specified above, clause [t:input-extension] uses the following parts of the finite-volume proof. Corollary 12 supplies sparse initial contacts uniformly over the sign strings. The forcing and loss allocation in Lemma 19 and equations (30)–(31) retain the common-wall square penalties in (23). Equation (27) gives deterministic spatial inverse-weight bounds outside arbitrarily rare exceptional events. The interpolation and absorption estimates (34)–(35), followed by the hole estimate 6, give the squared \(W^{1,p}\) bound in (25) for every \(1<p<2\); in particular one may choose \(p>3/2\). The all-edge estimate (39) and the subsequent fixed-construction hole truncation give the vanishing original–filled \(L^1\) error, not merely its boundedness. Lemma 21 preserves the common zero exterior, while the common-wall penalties and the thickness hypothesis give the internal traces through Proposition 38. Lemma 10 and the small-drift completion of the comparison proof preserve these estimates under the small smooth tilts used here.

This argument concerns ordinary one-sided sign constraints and the stated range of original fixed data. It does not include shrinking two-sided wall intervals or assert uniform estimates after an arbitrary exact-value transcript is fixed. The adapted exact-value comparisons in Lemma 16 are annealed over their actual transcript; they do not enlarge the deterministic class \(\mathcal S_n\) of Theorem 42. Random use of that theorem still requires the exact conditional-law identity in Corollary 44. The normalization of the resulting covariance is the \((-\Delta)^{-1}\) convention used in [SScontinuum].

Feasible Shifts and Volume Distortion

The geometric arguments will need to raise or lower heights slowly across a corridor while retaining an event of uniformly positive probability. Simply adding the prescribed shift can violate a nearly saturated edge constraint. We correct the shift by averaging it over clusters of such edges, so that the two corrected endpoint shifts agree at every exact edge contact. A determinant identity for vector fields tangent to the height polytope then controls the volume lost by this height-dependent correction. The resulting proposition transfers any event of probability bounded below to a feasible shifted event of probability bounded below; the geometric application must supply that initial event.

Constraint-preserving perturbations and their volume cost also underlie Richthammer’s deformed translations for hard-core particles [Richthammer] and the addition algorithm of Miłoś and Peled for hard-constraint surfaces [MilosPeled]. The threshold-averaged component construction below differs from those algorithms and supplies its own tangential-vector-field determinant identity.

All heights in this section are in lattice units, and the law is normalized Lebesgue measure on a positive-volume conditional height polytope. Conditioning specifies signs along oriented strands and may include the bounded fixed data allowed in Corollary 12. Sites with specified signs will be left unchanged by the map. The sparse edge estimates of that corollary apply also to zero-pinned laws by taking no sign strings.

The cluster consequence of sparseness

Fix a bounded-degree lattice graph and a set of at most \(C n^2\) vertices. For a sufficiently small fixed \(s_*>0\), join neighboring vertices when \[|h_x-h_y|\geq 1-s_*.\] Ignore edges whose two endpoints are fixed. The sparse edge estimate of Corollary 12, including its zero-pin specialization, implies that the size \(H_x\) of the resulting component containing \(x\) satisfies \[ \sup_x \mathbb E H_x^k\leq C_k,\qquad k<\infty. \tag{64}\] The constants are uniform over the conditioning systems covered by that corollary. To see the implication, use its overlapping fixed-box cover: the central-edge tests include every edge with a nonfixed endpoint, also near fixed pins. A nontrivial component can occupy only bad boxes, apart from a bounded enlargement at its endpoints, since a good box has slack on every edge incident to its central box. A connected collection of \(m\) occupied boxes contains a separated subcollection of at least \(m/C\) boxes. Its probability is at most \(\rho^{m/C}\). Taking \(\rho\) smaller than the reciprocal of the lattice-animal counting constant gives an exponential tail for the number of occupied boxes, hence (64). Deleting edges or restricting the graph preserves this conclusion. In particular, for any fixed \(\alpha>0\), \[ \mathbb P\left[\max_x H_x>n^\alpha\right] \leq C_k n^{2-\alpha k}=o(1) \tag{65}\] after choosing \(k>2/\alpha\). No convergence rate from homogenization enters this assertion.

A determinant identity on polytopes

Lemma 48 (Tangential vector fields). Let \(P\subset\mathbb R^N\) be a compact full-dimensional polytope, with normalized Lebesgue measure. Suppose that \(u:P\to\mathbb R^N\) is Lipschitz and tangent to each facet of \(P\). Then \[ \mathbb E\operatorname{div}u=0,\qquad \mathbb E(\operatorname{div}u)^2 =\mathbb E\operatorname{tr}\bigl((Du)^2\bigr) \leq\mathbb E\|Du\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2. \tag{66}\]

Proof. Write \(\ell_i\geq0\) for the normalized affine slack of facet \(F_i\). There is a finite constant \(C_i\), depending here on the polytope, such that \(\operatorname{dist}(x,F_i)\leq C_i\ell_i(x)\) for \(x\in P\). Indeed, express \(x\) as a convex combination of vertices, fix \(v_0\in F_i\), and replace each vertex \(v\notin F_i\) in that combination by \(v_0\); use the maximum of \(|v-v_0|/\ell_i(v)\) over these finitely many vertices. Tangency and Lipschitz continuity give \[|\nabla\ell_i\cdot u(x)| \leq C_i\operatorname{Lip}(u)\ell_i(x).\] Consequently, for sufficiently small positive or negative \(t\), \(T_t=I+tu\) maps \(P\) into itself and maps \(\partial P\) into \(\partial P\). It is injective when \(|t|\operatorname{Lip}(u)<1\). To prove surjectivity, fix \(y\in P\). The map \(x\mapsto\Pi_P(y-tu(x))\), where \(\Pi_P\) is Euclidean projection, is a contraction of \(P\) and has a fixed point \(x\). Put \(n=y-tu(x)-x\). The projection inequality says that \(n\) is an outward normal to \(P\) at \(x\), so \(n\cdot(y-x)\le0\). Tangency to every facet containing \(x\) gives \(n\cdot u(x)=0\), because the normal cone is generated by those facet normals. Consequently \(0\ge n\cdot(y-x)=|n|^2\), so \(n=0\) and \(T_t(x)=y\).

The Lipschitz area formula now gives \[\int_P \det(I+tDu(x))\,dx=|P|.\] For the piecewise affine field constructed below, this identity is elementary: subdivide \(P\) into its finitely many affine regions, apply the linear determinant formula on each region, and sum. Injectivity makes the image interiors disjoint, while their boundaries have zero volume; surjectivity makes their union all of \(P\). The determinant is positive for these \(t\). Comparing the linear and quadratic coefficients of this polynomial identity proves (66), since the quadratic coefficient is \(((\operatorname{div}u)^2-\operatorname{tr}((Du)^2))/2\). Finally \(|\operatorname{tr}(A^2)|\leq\|A\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2\). Thus no integration by parts across corners or nonsmooth interfaces is required. The polytope-dependent restriction on \(t\) has disappeared from the resulting identity. ◻

Construction and quantitative bounds

Let \(V_n\) contain the sites on which the prescribed shift may be nonzero. Assume \(|V_n|\leq Cn^2\), and adjoin all their neighbors. Declare all adjoined vertices, all fixed sites, and all sites carrying sign or additional wall conditions to be grounded. Include graph edges with at least one nongrounded vertex, and omit edges with two grounded endpoints. Grounding means only that the shift is zero there; a grounded height need not be fixed under the original law.

Let \(f=f_n\) be a deterministic prescription, zero at every grounded site and outside \(V_n\), such that \[ |f_x|\leq M,\qquad |f_x-f_y|\leq L/n \quad\hbox{for every lattice edge }xy. \tag{67}\] The constants \(L,M\) may be arbitrarily large fixed constants. They do not depend on \(n\). Choose fixed \(0<s_0<s_1<s_2<s_*\), and put \(\Delta=s_1-s_0\). For an edge \(e=xy\), put \(t_e(h)=1-|h_x-h_y|\). For \(s\in[s_0,s_1]\), let \(C_s(x)\) be the component of \(x\) using edges with \(t_e(h)\leq s\), and define \[v_s(h)_x= \begin{cases} |C_s(x)|^{-1}\displaystyle\sum_{y\in C_s(x)}f_y, & C_s(x)\hbox{ has no grounded vertex},\\ 0, & C_s(x)\hbox{ has a grounded vertex}. \end{cases} \qquad u(h)=\Delta^{-1}\int_{s_0}^{s_1}v_s(h)\,ds.\] Set \(u=0\) outside the local graph. Let \(H_x\) now denote the size of the \(s_2\)-component containing \(x\), and write \(H_{\max}=\max_x H_x\). The definitions give the deterministic approximation estimate \[ |u(h)_x-f_x|\leq L H_x/n. \tag{68}\] For an ungrounded component this is the oscillation bound for its average. For a grounded component, join \(x\) to a grounded vertex along its component and use \(f=0\) at the latter vertex.

The vector field \(u\) is globally Lipschitz and piecewise affine on the finite-dimensional height polytope. Indeed, subdivide into the finitely many regions on which the signs of edge differences and the ordering of \(s_0,s_1,t_e(h)\) are fixed. On each such region the component partitions between consecutive thresholds are fixed and the lengths of the corresponding integration intervals are affine. The resulting formulas agree continuously at common boundaries. A direct continuity bound follows also by noting that changed edge statuses can occur only for \(s\) between \(t_e(h)\) and \(t_e(\widetilde h)\) and summing these interval lengths.

At an edge facet \(|h_x-h_y|=1\), its endpoints belong to the same component for every \(s\in[s_0,s_1]\), so \(u_x=u_y\). At every wall or fixed site, \(u_x=0\). Thus \(u\) is tangent to every facet of the height polytope, as required in Lemma 48.

Here is an explicit derivative bound. When \(s\) passes \(t_e\), write \(J_e=v_{t_e+}-v_{t_e-}\) for the change of the component prescription. If the edge is redundant, \(J_e=0\). Otherwise it merges two components; \(J_e\) is supported on their union, and \(|(J_e)_x|\leq L H_x/n\) at each affected vertex. This remains true when one component is grounded. Almost everywhere, \[ Du=-\Delta^{-1} \sum_{\{e:s_0<t_e<s_1\}} J_e\otimes\nabla t_e. \tag{69}\] Equal thresholds can be ordered by a fixed tie rule; simultaneous mergers then telescope to the same formula. Each \(\nabla t_e\) is supported on the two endpoints of \(e\) and has entries of magnitude at most one. Hence each column of (69) receives contributions from at most the graph degree many edges. Matrix entries connecting different \(s_1\)-components vanish. On a component of size \(H\), each entry has magnitude at most \(C L H/n\). Summing entries, and then squares, yields \[ \|Du\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq C L H_{\max}^2/n,\qquad \|Du\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2\leq C L^2n^{-2}\sum_x H_x^3. \tag{70}\] All constants may depend on the fixed thresholds. In particular, (64) and Lemma 48 imply \[ \mathbb E\|Du\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2\leq C_L,\qquad \mathbb E(\operatorname{div}u)^2\leq C_L. \tag{71}\] These expectations are under the original conditional law; no derivative bound is assumed after an additional exploration.

Feasibility, injectivity, and volume

Proposition 49 (Feasible shifts). Under the sparse-box estimates 4 and 12 in the applicable conditioning class, let \(f_n\) satisfy (67). For each \(p_0>0\) there are \(c>0\) and \(n_0\), uniform over the allowed conditioning systems, with the following property. For \(n\geq n_0\) and every measurable event \(E\) with \(\mathbb P(E)\geq p_0\), there is a measurable \(E'\subset E\) with \(\mathbb P(E')\geq p_0/2\) such that \(T(h)=h+u(h)\) is injective on \(E'\), has feasible image, and \[\sup_{h\in E'}\|T(h)-h-f_n\|_\infty=o(1),\qquad \mathbb P(T(E'))\geq c.\] The statement also holds for a fixed finite product of independent conditional surfaces.

Proof. Take \(\alpha=1/8\) and \(G_n=\{H_{\max}\leq n^\alpha\}\), using the enlarged threshold \(s_2\). By (65), \(\mathbb P(G_n^c)=o(1)\) uniformly. If \(h\in G_n\), then (68) gives \(\|u-f\|_\infty\leq Ln^{\alpha-1}\). For an edge with \(t_e\leq s_0\), its two shifts agree exactly. For every other edge the original slack is greater than \(s_0\), whereas \[|u_x-u_y|\leq L(2n^\alpha+1)/n<s_0\] for large \(n\). Thus \(h+u(h)\) is feasible. Walls are preserved because their sites are grounded.

To prove injectivity, suppose \(h,k\in G_n\) and \(h+u(h)=k+u(k)\). The prescribed \(f\) is the same for both fields, so \[ \|h-k\|_\infty\leq 2Ln^{\alpha-1}. \tag{72}\] The whole segment \(h_t=(1-t)h+tk\) belongs to the convex polytope. If an edge has \(t_e(h_t)\leq s_1\), then \[t_e(h)\leq s_1+2\|h_t-h\|_\infty \leq s_1+4Ln^{\alpha-1}<s_2\] for large \(n\). Every \(s_1\)-component anywhere along this segment is therefore contained in an \(s_2\)-component of \(h\) and has size at most \(n^\alpha\). Apply the component proof of (70) along the segment to get \[\|u(k)-u(h)\|_2 \leq C L n^{2\alpha-1}\|k-h\|_2.\] For a segment lying on a subdivision boundary, the same conclusion follows by restricting the continuous piecewise-affine formula to that segment; the tangential derivatives agree with limits from adjacent pieces. Since the coefficient tends to zero, the collision equation forces \(h=k\). Notice that this argument does not presume that \(G_n\) is convex.

On \(G_n\), \(\|Du\|_{\mathrm{op}}=o(1)\), so for large \(n\) the determinant of \(I+Du\) is positive and \[ \log\det(I+Du)\geq \operatorname{div}u-\|Du\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2. \tag{73}\] Indeed, use the power series for \(\log(I+A)\) and \(|\operatorname{tr}(A^j)| \leq\|A\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2\|A\|_{\mathrm{op}}^{j-2}\) for \(j\geq2\); the remainder is at most \(\|A\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2\) when \(\|A\|_{\mathrm{op}}\leq1/2\). By (71), choose a fixed \(K=K(p_0,L)\) sufficiently large that \[\mathbb P\bigl[ |\operatorname{div}u|>K \ \hbox{or}\ \|Du\|_{\mathrm{HS}}^2>K\bigr]<p_0/4.\] For sufficiently large \(n\), \(\mathbb P(G_n^c)<p_0/4\) also. Intersecting \(E\) with the complementary good events gives \(E'\) of probability at least \(p_0/2\), and (73) gives \(\det DT\geq e^{-2K}\) almost everywhere on \(E'\). The area formula and injectivity now imply \[\mathbb P(T(E')) =\frac1{|P|}\int_{E'}\det DT(h)\,dh \geq e^{-2K}p_0/2.\] This proves the claim. For finitely many independent replicas use the product polytope and the block-diagonal map, or intersect the corresponding good events and multiply the determinant lower bounds. ◻

The construction also preserves the direction of a reinforcing shift. If \(f\) is nonnegative on an \(s_1\)-component, its corrected shift is nonnegative there, including when it is grounded. If positive and negative prescription regions have separation of order \(n\), the components on \(G_n\) cannot connect them. This observation permits opposite prescribed signs in separated corridors. A crossing application must still establish its own initial event \(E\) and verify that an \(o(1)\) error in the prescribed shift leaves its required strict inequalities intact.

Harmonic sampling and stopped-interface geometry

We use lattice units in this section. A strand observation specifies the orientation of finitely many pieces of zero interface, hence only the signs of adjacent heights. Its conditional law is uniform on the corresponding convex height polytope. All assertions below concern admissible observations, that is, observations of positive probability. Constants are uniform in the number of lattice edges in an observed strand. The number of distinct macroscopic strands in a comparison is bounded. The exterior heights have absolute value at most \(1/2\).

The geometric constructions and the random-walk estimates used below are those of [SSdiscrete]. We specify their hypotheses and prove the replacements that concern the law of the field. In particular, a result for Gaussian interfaces is not used as a theorem about the present field.

Local insertion, signs, and crossings

Lemma 50 (Bounded local insertion). For every fixed \(L<\infty\) there is \(p_L>0\) with the following property. Condition on any admissible exact oriented strands. In a patch of diameter at most \(L\), at distance at most \(L\) from one of their tips or from bounded Dirichlet boundary, prescribe a compatible sign pattern on at most \(L\) additional vertices. The probability of that pattern is at least \(p_L\). In particular every feasible prescribed extension of at most \(L\) interface steps has a probability bounded below by a constant depending only on \(L\). There are also absolute \(p_*,b_*>0\) such that every nonfixed positive string site has conditional probability at least \(p_*\) to have height greater than \(b_*\), without any restriction on its distance from strand tips or Dirichlet boundary. Both assertions remain valid when other positive string sites have additional upper bounds in \((0,d]\), provided neither a prescribed new positive site nor the tested string site is one of those upper-bounded sites.

Proof. Every string site has an oppositely sign-constrained nearest neighbor, so Lipschitzness on their edge bounds both heights in absolute value by one. This supplies the local anchor for the stated patches and also for a singleton patch at any string site, including one far from the tips. Lipschitzness therefore bounds heights in the patch by a deterministic \(M=M(L)\). Enclose it in a larger fixed box and use Corollary 12 with a long-distance deficit greater than \(2M+20\); the small linear-slack version gives this by enlarging the fixed box. The good-shell event has probability at least \(1/2\), uniformly in the strand conditioning and the lengths of the additional upper intervals.

Fix such a shell and give the prescribed vertices, including the tested positive string site if present, their requested values \(\pm b\), where \(0<b<1/4\). Clip any feasible filling between the lower and upper distance cones of these prescriptions. At each other sign-constrained vertex the clipping interval contains zero, since that vertex has graph distance at least one from the prescribed vertices. Consequently clipping preserves its sign. Since the clipping interval contains zero, it also preserves every old interval \([0,d]\), without making \(b\) depend on \(d\), and preserves fixed exterior values of absolute value at most \(1/2\). The shell remains unchanged because of the long-distance deficit. This is the local feasible-filling construction underlying Lemma 11.

Let \(g\) be the resulting filling. For every original filling \(h\), the map \(h\mapsto t h+(1-t)g\), with \(0<t<b/(2(M+b))\), gives the required signs on the patch and makes every prescribed positive height greater than \(b/2\). Take \(b_*=b/2\) for the singleton assertion. Convexity preserves all the old constraints. If the number of free box coordinates is \(N\), its Jacobian is \(t^N\); both \(N\) and \(t\) depend only on the fixed patch and box. Integrating the conditional volume bound over good shells proves the result. For an interface extension prescribe the signs on the two sides of its finitely many edges. ◻

Lemma 51 (Comparison behind controlled pins). Consider a one-sided experiment from Theorem 15 at scale \(R\to\infty\), after an adapted exact-value transcript has been recorded. Let \(G\) be a recorded union of components of the common unqueried graph. Every original lattice edge from \(G\) to its complement must end at a common fixed vertex; no free–free edge is deleted in selecting \(G\). There are no unrecorded individual walls in \(G\). Write \(P\) for all fixed vertices incident to \(G\), \(z=h-\widetilde h\), and consider either \[u=(a-z)_+,\quad P_{\rm c}=\{p\in P:z(p)\ge a\}, \qquad\hbox{or}\qquad u=(z-b)_+,\quad P_{\rm c}=\{p\in P:z(p)\le b\},\] with bounded threshold. Put \(P_{\rm u}=P\setminus P_{\rm c}\) and define \[\delta_G(x,P_{\rm u})= \inf\{\operatorname{diam}_\infty\gamma: \gamma=(x,\ldots,p)\text{ is a lattice path with } \gamma\setminus\{p\}\subset G,\ p\in P_{\rm u}\}. \tag{SC1}\] Fixed vertices are terminal, not traversable, in (SC1), and an empty infimum is infinity.

Let \(Q_{\rm in}\Subset Q_{\rm out}\) be coordinate squares fixed before the transcript is sampled, with separation comparable to \(R\) and \(\operatorname{diam}_\infty Q_{\rm out}\le(c_0-c_1)R\) for a fixed \(c_1>0\). Suppose that a tested set \(T\subset G\cap Q_{\rm in}\) satisfies \(\delta_G(x,P_{\rm u})\ge c_0R\) for every \(x\in T\). Assume the original annealed sparse-contact, hole, and deterministic-test average hypotheses of Theorem 15 in a fixed enlargement of \(Q_{\rm out}\). Use full ambient Lipschitz extensions of both marginals. In particular the negative Sobolev bound is for the full, unmasked \(z\) there, including its zeroth-scale anchored average. Then the one-sided conclusions of that theorem hold on \(Q_{\rm in}\) for the components meeting \(T\), with the tail extended by zero behind their controlled fixed boundary. Its hole extension \(U\) satisfies, for every \(1<p<2\), \[\mathbb E\|U\|_{W^{1,p}(R^{-1}Q_{\rm in})}^2\le C,\qquad \mathbb ER^{-2}\sum_{x\in T}|U(x)-u(x)|\longrightarrow0. \tag{SC2}\] It is zero at retained vertices of \(P_{\rm c}\) in this window. The constants may depend on the square ratios and \(c_0\). The same statement holds on a recorded event of probability at least \(p_*>0\), with constants depending on \(p_*\). No estimate is asserted at a test with short access to \(P_{\rm u}\). A trace application must separately verify thickness and transport to retained controlled pins; the artificial rim is not a zero-tail trace anchor.

Proof. Inside \(Q_{\rm out}\) retain the union \(C\) of components of \(G\cap Q_{\rm out}\) meeting \(T\). A fixed pin incident to \(C\) before the outer rim is controlled. Otherwise a path from one of its tests to that pin, contained in \(Q_{\rm out}\) apart from one terminal lattice step, would have diameter less than \(c_0R\) for large \(R\), contrary to (SC1). Every edge from \(C\) to a removed component inside the square therefore passes through a controlled fixed pin. Edges at the outer rim are not re-pinned or deleted from the conditional baths: that rim is only an artificial boundary for the local estimate. It is a fixed positive ambient distance from \(Q_{\rm in}\). The theorem is applied once to this union, not separately with a constant for each of its possibly many components.

These are precisely the local one-sided hypotheses of Theorem 15. To see the localization in its proof, a transmission cluster which brings any uncontrolled input to an inner cutoff must reach the outer rim. Its diameter is then a fixed multiple of \(R\), so it is covered by the large-cluster estimate after (33). A fixed forcing box away from the rim has no uncontrolled incident pin; each of its free components reaches its artificial collar or a genuine controlled pin. Thus Lemma 19 and the allocation argument use the original annealed good marks. No estimate for a newly selected quenched pin vector is being asserted.

For clarity, the tail is zero-extended only across the controlled boundary inside \(Q_{\rm out}\), where every new edge has a zero pin between its retained and removed sides. This extension is uniformly lattice-Lipschitz there. Do not set it to zero across the artificial outer rim. The hole construction and the test cutoffs are taken in nested inner squares with a fixed buffer before that rim. A hole reaching from those squares to the rim has diameter comparable to \(R\) and is in the arbitrarily small exceptional event of Lemma 6. Off that event, a positive copied value \(U(x)=u(y)\) comes from a retained rim vertex \(y\) in \(C\). The full-window Lipschitz bound on the unmasked \(z\) gives \[U(x)^2\le(a-z(x))U(x)+C(1+d_x)U(x)\] for the lower tail, and the reflected inequality for the upper tail. A copied zero satisfies it automatically, even on a removed component. Pairing with the deterministic ambient cutoff is exactly (37)–(38); it never uses a randomly masked original field. The energy, Sobolev, and original–filled estimates now give (SC2). Retained controlled pins still have value zero. Conditioning on an event of probability at least \(p_*\) costs only its reciprocal in these annealed and exceptional-event estimates. ◻

Lemma 52 (Positive trace on a pure sign side). In a local sector with only positive string boundary, the limiting bounded harmonic conditional mean has Brownian boundary trace at least \(c>0\), away from endpoints and incompatible sides. Here a testing neighborhood has a fixed access-diameter margin, in the actual free graph after the string heights are frozen, from every incident boundary pin not controlled by the comparison below; fixed pins cannot be traversed. On a negative sector its trace is at most \(-c\). On an exterior boundary arc alone the trace is its prescribed value. If the pure sector also has positive exterior pins at least \(\lambda_*>0\), its lower bound is \(c\wedge\lambda_*\); the negative mixed sector is reflected. These statements are sequentially uniform at diverging lattice scales.

Proof. The conditional law is log-concave and monotone in its boundary data and in its one-sided constraints. Lemma 50 gives a uniform positive chance that a tested positive string height exceeds some fixed \(b>0\), even after other positive sites have been restricted to \((0,d]\). A one-dimensional log-concave density on \([0,1]\) with this tail bound assigns at most \(C d\) mass to \([0,d]\). One proof integrates the chord lower bounds for its logarithm between a point in \([0,d]\) and a point carrying the prescribed tail mass. Thus, for small fixed \(0<d\le1/2\), the tested height exceeds \(d\) with conditional probability at least \(1/2\). Monotonicity makes the conditioning that all earlier indicators vanish the worst one. Successive uniform couplings show that the positive string heights dominate \(d\) times independent fair Bernoulli variables.

Write \(A\) for the full original string-height vector, and freeze all its coordinates. Retain the actual free component or union of components on the tested side. The positive portion in the preceding domination may be all positive string pins incident to this retained graph: the successive bound is uniform in their number, and the newly tested site is never one of the earlier upper-bounded sites. Put \(c_*=d/2\) for a string-only pure sector, and put \(c_*=(d/2)\wedge\lambda_*\) in a mixed sector. Using the same fair indicators, couple pins \(B_x\in\{0,2c_*\}\) below all these positive coordinates of \(A\), and extend to the remaining coordinates of \(A\) by disintegration. Conditional on \((A,B)\), compare the original Gibbs kernel on the retained graph with the kernel pinned to \(B\) at these positive string pins and to \(c_*\) at every remaining incident pin. The geometry of the retained graph is fixed by the strand observation, not by \(A\) or \(B\). The comparison mixture is invariant under \(h\mapsto2c_*-h\), so its mean is \(c_*\). Its pins lie in \([0,2c_*]\subset[-1/2,1/2]\) and have the uniform comparison estimates.

Rejoin the conditional kernels synchronously, keeping the conditional baths on every other original component. Lemma 16 then preserves the full original annealed marginal. Extend the comparison field by \(c_*\) off the retained graph, except at its \(B\) pins; this is a uniformly Lipschitz bounded-pin extension. Thus deterministic ambient tests of both full fields have their required anchored and zero-mass moments. For the lower tail \(u=(\widetilde h-h)_+\), all selected string pins are controlled because \(A_x\ge B_x\). Every incident positive exterior pin in the mixed sector is controlled because it is at least \(\lambda_*\ge c_*\). All remaining incident pins failing this inequality are included in \(P_{\rm u}\) of Lemma 51; none is silently discarded.

The access hypothesis permits a fixed finite cover of a testing neighborhood by inner squares whose outer diameters are smaller than that margin. In each square take \(T\) to include every free vertex under the smooth tests in the screened neighborhood. Lemma 51 gives the filled lower tail with uniformly bounded Sobolev norm on this cover, and (SC2) identifies its pairings with the original tail there. Exhausting such test supports identifies the distributional response only on the open screened side, which is all that is needed.

For the trace, choose a component \(C_0\) of \(G\cap Q_{\rm out}\) meeting \(T\), and a compact accessible pure subarc of the boundary of its free-vertex hexagon union, contained in a smaller square compactly inside \(Q_{\rm in}\), of diameter at least a fixed multiple of \(R\). Trace that hexagon boundary along the subarc. The neighboring fixed hexagons are incident pins; consecutive ones meet at a tiling vertex and their triangular-lattice centers are adjacent. The local access condition makes all these pins controlled. They therefore give a connected controlled chain of diameter comparable to \(R\). This chain has the required local thickness, and its vertices can be moved past the polylogarithmic holes to retained controlled pins. Apply the localized proof of Proposition 38, with \(3/2<p<2\), only to measures on a smaller compact part of this chain. The Sobolev square is its buffer; the artificial rim is not used as an anchor. It gives zero trace for every limit of the filled tail mean there. Together with the interior identification above this proves the needed tail inequality. No harmonic equation for the tail is used. Jensen’s inequality bounds the negative part of the limiting mean difference by this nonnegative zero-trace limit. The two field means are bounded, harmonic away from the observed sets, and their remote contribution is bounded by a constant times the harmonic probability of reaching an endpoint or an incompatible side. This probability tends to zero along Brownian approaches to the pure portion, by Beurling. The lower trace is therefore at least \(c_*\). All bounds used are uniform for each deterministic admissible conditioning sequence, which gives the claimed sequential uniformity. Reflect the field for the negative statement.

The graph-access condition has a concrete meaning for the uses below. After freezing all strand-adjacent heights, every primal edge crossed by a dual strand has both endpoints fixed. A free path cannot cross that strand without first ending at one of those pins. A nearby negative pin on the other side may still be incident to the global component of an open prefix, but it is not reachable from the tested side by crossing the slit; any remaining route to it must go around an endpoint or reach an incompatible boundary, and the asserted access margin is exactly what excludes such a short route. In the endpoint collars this margin is verified below. For the completed reference component with exterior values \(\pm1/2\), take all incident positive string pins in the coupling. Every other incident pin on its positive component is \(+1/2\ge c_*\), and no negative pin is incident: the crossed-edge incidence also closes the two marked ends, as detailed in Lemma 71. Here \(P_{\rm u}\) is empty and its access diameter is infinite. This completed-component application, not an open-tip comparison, is the strict positivity input for the reference height gap. ◻

Lemma 53 (The complete-crosscut upper bound). For a complete single crosscut, the positive-side conditional mean is at most \(1/2\), and the negative-side conditional mean is at least \(-1/2\). This assertion is not made at an open interface tip.

Proof. Condition on all heights on the negative side. At a positive string vertex, a crossing edge gives an upper bound at most one. Delete the crossing edges and replace these bounds by independent walls \([0,1]\). This raises the conditional field by monotonicity. Raising the exterior positive data to \(1/2\) raises it again. The resulting positive-component law is invariant under \(h\mapsto1-h\), so its mean equals \(1/2\). Average the comparison over the conditioned negative heights. The negative statement follows by reflection. Disconnection of the two components by the full crosscut justifies deletion of precisely these crossing constraints. ◻

Lemma 54 (High crossings). In a compact corridor of fixed shape and size \(n\), with an observed component of comparable size and distance, the probability of a path of heights at least \(K\) crossing a fixed positive fraction of that corridor tends to zero as \(K\to\infty\), after \(n\to\infty\). The same is true for the difference of two independent samples under possibly different bounded exterior or strand conditionings. In both statements the corridor has an enlarged neighborhood of width \(cn\), for a fixed \(c>0\), containing no original fixed pins or sign walls. In the two-field statement this neighborhood lies in both domains with the same unconditioned lattice graph, and each original law has the stated macroscopic anchor. The two conditionings may differ outside this neighborhood.

Proof. We give the two-field proof. Explore every cluster of \(h_1-h_2\geq K\) connected to a deterministic transverse seed. Every queried vertex away from the seed has difference at least \(K-2\): positive queries satisfy the threshold, and failed queries are adjacent to a positive query. Freeze both samples on the common queried set, then use the stationary synchronous joining of their conditional laws. The exploration decisions used only recorded values; hence this replacement preserves each annealed marginal. All statements below are annealed over this transcript, not asserted for every possible conditional pin value. Use a middle testing subcorridor a fixed positive distance from the transverse seed. The free-buffer hypothesis removes all original pins and sign walls from its larger comparison window; the newly queried common pins there satisfy the displayed threshold inequality. Thus the one-sided comparison has no uncontrolled original boundary in that window.

Away from the seed, set \[u_K=\left(1-\frac{h_1-h_2}{K-2}\right)_+ .\] It has zero data on the revealed set. The local truncated comparison estimate in Theorem 15, applied after division by \(K-2\), gives compact filled extensions with uniformly bounded local Sobolev energy. Here the cutoff energy grows at most quadratically with the truncation level: after division it is bounded by the squared cutoff norm and the macroscopic second moments of \(h_1/(K-2)\) and \(h_2/(K-2)\). Proposition 2 controls these moments uniformly. The same bounds hold after conditioning on an event of probability bounded below, with its reciprocal as a constant.

Suppose a crossing had probability bounded below along \(K\to\infty\) and \(n\to\infty\). On that event the revealed set contains a connected continuum of fixed positive diameter away from the seed. Pass to a subsequence jointly with this continuum and the filled extensions. Macroscopic averaged field tightness gives \((h_1-h_2)/(K-2)\to0\) as a distribution in this iterated limit. Since \(u_K\geq1-(h_1-h_2)/(K-2)\), its limit is at least one almost everywhere. The varying-set anchor argument of Proposition 38 gives zero trace for that same limit. Here one uses its samplewise inequalities, without a Poisson equation for the truncated tail. Choose a probability measure on the crossing continuum by coordinate projection, with ball masses bounded by \(Cr\) in physical units. Move it along the revealed set past each hole to a retained zero vertex. The maximum hole diameter is polylogarithmic outside the negligible exceptional event, and the crossing component cannot be contained in such a hole. Lemma 35 bounds the integral of a radius-\(r\) average of the filled tail by \(C(r^\beta+o(1))\|U_n\|_{W^{1,p}}\), for some \(\beta>0\). These inequalities hold for the random measure before expectation. Joint compactness and strong local \(L^p\) convergence permit the mesh limit at fixed \(r\); the bounded conditional Sobolev norm permits \(r\downarrow0\). This proves the zero trace. A \(W^{1,p}\) function which is at least one almost everywhere cannot have zero trace on a continuum carrying a fixed positive-diameter Frostman test with exponent greater than \(2-p\). This is a contradiction.

For one field retain the entire original field on the deterministic testing window. Given its transcript, compare its unvisited Gibbs kernel with a symmetric field zero-pinned on the revealed set and original exterior, and extend this comparison field by zero on its fixed coordinates. Keep the original field, not its restriction to a random unvisited component, in the full-window difference. For each recorded set, deterministic ambient tests of the comparison field have the bounds of Proposition 2; the revealed crossing component provides a macroscopic anchor on the crossing event. The original full field keeps its annealed bounds by disintegration. Queried nonseed differences are at least \(K-1\), and the same lower tail with \(K-1\) has zero input there. The free buffer excludes all original walls from this comparison window. The preceding argument therefore applies without a random mask on the original field. ◻

Barriers and exact strand comparison

For a union \(K\) of observed strands, let \(D(K)\) be the domain obtained by deleting closed lattice triangles meeting \(K\). When an endpoint lies on the boundary of an open set \(U\), retain its specified incident access. Define \[\begin{aligned} d_U(A,B)=\inf\{\operatorname{diam}\alpha:\;& \alpha:[0,1]\longrightarrow\overline U\text{ is continuous},\\ &\alpha((0,1))\subset U,\quad \alpha(0)\in A,\quad\alpha(1)\in B,\\ &\text{with the specified endpoint accesses}\}. \end{aligned}\] For a barrier endpoint its access is the one selected by its initial prefix. Thus distinct slit banks or free sectors meeting only at a cellular pinch are not identified. The distinction between this internal diameter distance and Euclidean distance is essential below. All assertions below that a barrier pocket has a simple boundary arc, or that a sign crosscut joins two pure seed incidences and separates the pocket, are assertions on this access-resolved surface. If the same fixed pin occurs at several boundary incidences, those incidences are distinct terminal boundary points but retain the one common fixed height.

A \((\theta,R)\)-barrier is a path \(\Upsilon\) of diameter in \((\theta R,R]\), with an observed or exterior boundary component of diameter at least \(\theta R\) within distance \(\theta^{-1}R\). Its interior is in \(D(K)\). At each endpoint \(z\) on the boundary, the first encountered circular crosscut at radius \(\theta R\) bounds a pocket \(A_z\) with one simple boundary arc; the path meets every smaller centered circle once inside this pocket. If a point of the barrier is within \(\theta R/5\) of the observed boundary, it belongs to one of these pockets and lies within \(\theta R/2\) of its endpoint. These are the four geometric conditions of [SSdiscrete]. A signed barrier is compatible if the boundary arc of each endpoint pocket has the indicated sign. Oppositely signed barriers must have internal distance at least \(2\theta R\). At bounded lattice scales no hexagon may meet both prescribed signs.

Straight-attachment layouts.

Put \(U=D(K)\) and \(d=\theta R\). All clearances here are from the full conditioned boundary \(\partial U\), including the exterior. The diverging-scale barrier layouts used below have a fixed \(a>0\) with the following additional properties. At each boundary endpoint \(z\), the initial part through radius \(d\) is a straight nearest attachment \[\gamma_z(r)=z+r e_z,\quad 0\le r\le d,\qquad \operatorname{dist}(\gamma_z(r),\partial U)=r.\] It is the radial segment in its Jordan pocket \(A_z\). If \(\Upsilon^{\rm f}\) is the barrier with only the initial portions \(\gamma_z([0,3d/5))\) removed, then \[\operatorname{dist}(\Upsilon^{\rm f},\partial U)\ge ad,\qquad \gamma_z(31d/32)\in\Upsilon^{\rm f}. \tag{UB1}\] Interior endpoints are part of \(\Upsilon^{\rm f}\). A bounded lattice error in these inequalities is harmless at diverging \(d\).

The proof constructs confined attachment domains and deterministic crossing rectangles with fixed free interpolation neighborhoods. Let \(C_s\) be the union of the full confined domains of sign \(s\), with one lattice neighbor layer, and let \(P_s\) be the union where the sign-\(s\) prescription is nonzero, including its interpolation neighborhoods. For a mixed layout require, for a fixed \(\kappa>0\), \[d_{\rm f}(C_+\cup P_+,P_-)\ge\kappa R,\qquad d_{\rm f}(C_-\cup P_-,P_+)\ge\kappa R. \tag{UB2}\] Here \(d_{\rm f}\) is the infimum of the diameters of paths in the actual free graph between the indicated sets; fixed or grounded vertices are terminal and cannot be traversed. The choices are made from the conditioned geometry before sampling heights. For a single sign (UB2) is empty. It does not separate \(C_+\) from \(C_-\).

Proposition 55 (Uniform barriers for straight-attachment layouts). Fix \(\theta>0,m<\infty,a>0\), and for mixed layouts fix \(\kappa>0\). There is \(p>0\) such that, for every compatible collection of at most \(m\) \((\theta,R)\)-barriers with the preceding layout, the conditional probability that all continuations of the observed strands avoid all the barriers is at least \(p\). Pure exterior attachments are allowed when the prescribed heights are at least \(\lambda_*>0\) on a positive attachment and at most \(-\lambda_*\) on a negative attachment; \(p\) may then depend on \(\lambda_*\). Interior attachment constants do not depend on it.

For diverging-scale applications assume local thickness in the endpoint testing windows: after cutting the observed system by a generous square of side comparable to \(d\), each retained component meets its rim or has diameter at least \(cd\), and a nearby attachment component has diameter at least \(cd\). At bounded lattice scales the compatible finite sign fences are required not to prescribe both signs on one hexagon; they are treated by insertion.

Proof. We give the diverging-scale proof. All sets below are fixed by the conditioned geometry. Write \(c_{\rm lat}=O(1)\) for the lattice boundary error. Fix the constants in the cellular thickenings and rectangle enlargements below, bounded by \(L\), then take \[t=\eta R,\qquad \ell_c=t/M,\] where \(M\) is a sufficiently large fixed number. Choose \(\eta\) small and then \(R\) large so that \[(L+C_0)\ell_c+c_{\rm lat}\le t/4,\qquad 12t\le ad/256,\qquad L\ell_c\le d/128. \tag{UB3}\] Increasing fixed constants or decreasing \(a\) to at most \(1/2\) does not change the statement. Let \(Q\) be the union of the closed coordinate cells of side \(\ell_c\) meeting the \(t\)-neighborhood of all of \(\partial U\). A non-\(Q\) cell is free and has distance at least \(t\) from that boundary. At a \(Q\)-facing incidence its distance from a pin is at most \(2t+C_0\ell_c+c_{\rm lat}\).

The multi-face core and its tests.

Fix a boundary endpoint and one sign side. Cutting the Jordan pocket \(A_z\) along the whole straight segment \(\gamma_z([0,d])\) gives two Jordan sides. Let \(P\) be the chosen one. Its only genuine conditioned boundary is one branch \(\beta\) of the pure simple boundary arc, running from radius \(0\) to radius \(d\). Let \(V\) be the component of \[P\cap\{5d/8<|x-z|<15d/16\}\] adjacent to the cleared segment. Its genuine boundary pieces \(B\) lie on \(\beta\). Its artificial boundary \(J\) consists of the two circle cuts and the radial cut. Indeed the boundary of a component of this open intersection lies on those stated boundaries.

Here is a literal fine-cell convention. In the original cut triangular-lattice graph admit every original free vertex whose hexagon center is in \(V\), with a fixed tie rule on a cut. Let \(E_V\) consist of the original edges between admitted vertices whose embedded edges do not cross a circle or radial cut, and write \(\mathcal V\) for this confined graph. It need not be connected or a disk. Every contact whose embedded edge crosses an artificial cut is a \(J_\triangle\) incidence, even if both endpoint centers are admitted; such an edge is omitted only from \(E_V\), not from the original ambient graph. For an original edge from an admitted vertex to a nonadmitted vertex, classify its first crossing of \(\partial V\) as \(B_\triangle\) when it is a verified fixed incidence on the pure branch, and as \(J_\triangle\) when it crosses a circle or radial cut. A cut crossing takes precedence at a corner. The \(J_\triangle\) contacts are within \(c_{\rm lat}\) of \(J\). A free–free edge cannot cross the conditioned branch in the original cut graph: the strand-crossed primal edges have fixed endpoints. Since no other interior vertex or edge is omitted, this classifies every fine boundary contact, including fine rasterization holes. There is no identification through a conditioned slit. Eligibility, target adjacency, and components below all use \(E_V\). Exploration uses \(E_V\) between free vertices and the verified \(B_\triangle\) seed incidences for its initial queries. The comparison graph always retains the full original edge set.

Take \(b=ad/32\) and the parallel spine \[\sigma(r)=z+\sqrt{r^2-b^2}\,e_z+b n,\qquad 21d/32\le r\le29d/32,\] where \(n\) points into \(P\). The nearest-segment clearance and (UB3) put a fixed \(\ell_c\)-neighborhood of this connected spine in \(V\setminus Q\), outside the closed \(10t\)-band about the radial cut. Call a free vertex eligible if it lies in \(\mathcal V\), its coarse cell is non-\(Q\), and that whole cell is outside the \(10t\) band. Let \(S\) be the component of the induced eligible fine graph containing the spine neighborhood. The latter is connected at the fine scale for large \(R\), so \(S\) is well-defined and connected. It has a spine of diameter comparable to \(d\). Its coarse covering cells are non-\(Q\), stay outside the radial band, and number \(O((d/\ell_c)^2)\). All boundary faces of \(S\) will be used; no one face is selected.

For each \(r\in[11d/16,13d/16]\), follow the circle of radius \(r\) from \(\sigma(r)\) on the chosen side away from the radial bank until its first hit \(q(r)\) of the closed set \(Q\). This hit exists. The circle arc in the Jordan side reaches \(\beta\), hence \(Q\), before the opposite radial bank. Before the hit it is non-\(Q\) and outside the excluded band. The straight cut and its clearance give this last assertion also near a possible return to the other bank: a point of \(Q\) is reached before a path on this side can enter that bank’s cleared neighborhood. With the cell errors in (UB3), the pre-hit cells connect to the spine component. At a grid corner an interposed \(Q\) cell is already a hit because \(Q\) is closed. Approximating this central arc by fine edges gives an adjacent core cell whose middle vertices belong to the same \(S\).

Choose that cell by a fixed tie rule, move \(q(r)\) to its middle, and smear there with a fixed smooth kernel of radius \(c\ell_c\). Push normalized Lebesgue measure in \(r\) forward by this rule. A Euclidean ball of radius \(\rho\) meets only radii in an interval of length \(2\rho\). The \(O(\ell_c)\) movement therefore gives \(\mu(B(x,\rho))\le C(\rho+\ell_c)/d\). Each cell receives at most \(C\ell_c/d\) mass; the smearing has density at most \(C/(d\ell_c)\). Consequently \[\mu(B(x,\rho))\le C\rho/d \quad(0<\rho\le d). \tag{UB4}\] The hits may jump between arbitrarily many boundary faces. For fixed \(\eta\), the tests are a compact smooth family with support in \(S\), because their cells lie in a bounded disk and number \(O((d/\ell_c)^2)\).

Every test has distance at least \(c(a)d\) from \(J\). The circle cuts have radial distance at least \(d/16-O(\ell_c)\). If \(q(r)\) is within \(d/32\) of the radial segment, its nearest segment point has radius in the cleared central range. Since \(q(r)\) has a pin witness within \(2t+C_0\ell_c+c_{\rm lat}\), its distance from the segment is at least \(ad-(2t+C_0\ell_c+c_{\rm lat})\). Thus it is in fact at distance at least \(\min\{1/32,a/2\}d\) from the radial cut, up to the errors in (UB3). The same holds for the smeared tests.

A shortest segment from the adjacent core cell to its first point of \(\partial U\) has diameter \(O(t+\ell_c)+O(1)\). Stop the entire route at its first conditioned vertex before replacing it by a fine lattice path. It cannot reach \(J\) by the preceding Euclidean separation, so its first pin is an incidence of \(B_\triangle\). Its first exit from \(S\) is one of the core boundary incidences used below. This gives short access to a pure pin without crossing a slit.

The original positive mean.

Freeze all original strand-adjacent heights. Let \(G_0\) be the component of the full original free graph containing \(S\). A short test-to-pin path just constructed ends at a genuinely incident pure pin. Trace the fine hexagon boundary of \(G_0\) through that incidence, stopping at the first \(J_\triangle\) contact or when its \(G_0\)-side leaves \(V\). Every adjacent outside vertex before that exit is fixed: another free component cannot share an original edge with \(G_0\). The boundary classification makes all these incidences pure \(B_\triangle\), until \(J_\triangle\) is reached. Successive outside hexagons, and also successive \(G_0\)-side hexagons, are equal or triangular-lattice adjacent.

This boundary has a segment of diameter \(c(a)d\) near the initial incidence. To see this, its \(G_0\)-side has an arm through \(S\) to the macroscopic spine. On the other side follow the incident pure branch in a thin exterior collar of the cut Jordan side until its first exit through an inner or outer circle. That wire is only geometric; its endpoint differs in radius from the central incidence by at least \(d/16-O(t)\). Both arms leave a fixed \(c(a)d\)-ball. A small closed binary hexagon contour would trap one of them by the Jordan theorem. A contour ending at \(J_\triangle\) must also leave that ball, by the Euclidean separation just proved. Stop at its first exit. The resulting connected pure-pin chain has diameter comparable to \(d\). The initial short free path and the consecutive \(G_0\)-side cells stay in the same slightly larger ball. Hence all these pins are incident to the same local component of \(G_0\) in that ball which meets the test.

This verifies both the graph-access margin and the incident controlled trace chain in Lemma 52. A short free path to any other pin would have to leave \(V\) through \(J\); fixed pins are terminal. For a mixed string/exterior branch the lemma uses fair pins \(\{0,2c_*\}\), with \(c_*=(d_{\rm ht}/2)\wedge\lambda_*>0\); for a string-only branch \(c_*=d_{\rm ht}/2\). Here \(d_{\rm ht}\) is its fixed insertion height. Its trace inequality, Beurling’s remote-boundary bound, and the \(O(t)\) pin access give \[\liminf_{R\to\infty}\mathbb E\langle\mu,h\rangle \ge c_*-o_{\eta/\theta}(1). \tag{UB5}\] The test in (UB4) is uniformly \(1/2\)-Frostman. The stated local thickness and anchor assumptions allow Corollary 46, so \[\lim_{\eta/\theta\downarrow0}\limsup_{R\to\infty} \operatorname{Var}\langle\mu,h\rangle=0. \tag{UB6}\] The inner limit is always at fixed \(\eta\).

Exhaustive attachment exploration.

Put \[C=\mathcal V\setminus S,\qquad \mathcal T=\{v\in C:\text{an edge of }E_V\text{ joins }v \text{ to }S\}. \tag{UB7}\] Thus \(\mathcal T\) contains every free target neighbor on every face, including artificial coarse-cell rims. Incidences outside \(\mathcal V\) are \(B_\triangle\) or \(J_\triangle\), not queryable targets. At a fine corner the target assignment in (UB7) wins whenever that \(E_V\)-adjacency exists; any other cut-crossing contact of the same vertex remains in \(J_\triangle\). No original pin is adjacent to \(S\), by its non-\(Q\) buffer.

Explore in all of \(C\) every strict positive component attached to every positive \(B_\triangle\) seed. Query a vertex only from an already discovered positive neighbor and continue until all such neighbors have been queried, unless a positive vertex in \(\mathcal T\) is found. That is the event \({\rm Att}\). Denote the reached positive vertices by \(\mathcal P_+\), and the failed queries by \(\mathcal F\). Each failed query has height in \([-1,0]\). The core \(S\) is never queried. On \(E={\rm Att}^{\,c}\), \[\mathcal P_+\cap\mathcal T=\varnothing,\qquad U_0=\text{the component of }\mathcal V\setminus\mathcal P_+ \text{ containing }S \tag{UB8}\] contains every target vertex. Failed queries are not removed when forming \(U_0\); some may lie in other complementary components. Thus this is not the complement of the full query transcript.

Color \(U_0\) one color and all other fine cells of \(\mathcal V\) the hull color. Adjoin to the hull color a thin exterior wire along every component of \(B\), joined to all its \(B_\triangle\) contacts and continued along its pure branch up to \(J\). A component in the open annulus ends on a circle cut, even when both ends lie on the same circle; tangencies and overlaps with a cut are assigned to \(J\). The wires use fixed local detours at fine corners and are geometric only: they add no Gibbs values or graph identifications. In particular a contour cannot terminate at a \(B_\triangle\) boundary corner. For a short reversed pin-to-test path, take its last hull-to-\(U_0\) edge \(vu\). If \(v\in\mathcal V\), then \(v\in\mathcal P_+\); otherwise it would be an adjacent vertex of the same component of \(\mathcal V\setminus\mathcal P_+\). Also \(u\notin S\), because a positive neighbor of \(S\) would be a successful target. Exhaustive exploration therefore queried \(u\) from \(v\), and \(u\in\mathcal F\). The same conclusion holds for a direct edge from an actual \(B_\triangle\) seed. The short path does not meet \(J_\triangle\). We have found a failed query within \(O(t)\) of each test.

The binary fine-hexagon contour through this edge supplies a nearby failed chain of diameter \(t\). At an interior honeycomb vertex the binary interface has degree two, regardless of the number of faces or holes. Along an \(E_V\) hull–\(U_0\) edge the hull neighbor is reached positive by the argument above; a filled complementary component cannot edge-border \(U_0\). The \(U_0\)-side vertex is therefore failed. The same is true at a genuine seed edge; an edge of \(J_\triangle\) is the only uncontrolled possibility.

There are two escaping geometric arms at the initial edge. The \(U_0\)-side connects in \(U_0\) through \(S\) to a spine point at distance \(c d\). The hull-side connects through its actual positive cluster to one of its seeds. Follow that seed’s own pure branch in the exterior collar of the cut side until its first exit from the radial annulus. A returning branch piece can have both ends on the same circle, which suffices. The branch runs from radius \(0\) to radius \(d\), so the exit is on an inner or outer circle, not on the radial cut inside this band. Its radius differs from that of the hit by at least \(d/16-O(t)\). This is a Euclidean diameter bound for the wire, not a free-graph access assertion along fixed pins. Both arms can be placed strictly on their respective color sides. If the contour closed in \(B(u,2t)\), the arm on its bounded side could not escape, by Jordan separation. It cannot encounter \(J_\triangle\) in that ball, by the Euclidean margins above. It therefore exits the ball. Consecutive \(U_0\)-side cells are equal or triangular-lattice adjacent, giving a connected failed chain of diameter at least \(t\) within \(O(t)\) of the test.

Comparison on attachment failure.

Include all original string heights and all queries in the exact transcript. Let \(G\) be the union of the whole components of the actual unqueried graph meeting the tested vertices. Compare the original conditional kernel on \(G\) with the zero-pinned uniform kernel \(h^0\) on \(G\), using a stationary synchronous joining and retaining every other original conditional bath. Lemma 16 preserves the full original marginal. The comparison kernel has conditional mean zero. Extend \(h^0\) by zero off \(G\). It is a full Lipschitz zero-pinned field, and the nearby original attachment component is a connected zero-pin anchor for this extension. All negative-Sobolev estimates use the full \(z=h-h^0\), not a masked original field.

For \(u=(h-h^0)_+\), all incident pins of nonpositive original height are controlled; every positive original or queried pin is counted as uncontrolled. No unqueried path from a test can reach such a pin when all its preterminal free–free steps use \(E_V\) and its terminal incidence is not in \(J_\triangle\). If the terminal pin is in \(\mathcal P_+\), its predecessor in \(C\) was queried by exhaustive closure, and a predecessor in \(S\) would make it a successful target. For a \(B_\triangle\) pin, a predecessor in \(C\) was likewise queried, and a predecessor in \(S\) is excluded by the buffer. All positive original pins incident before a \(J_\triangle\) contact are among those seeds, by the fine boundary classification. Hence every ambient unqueried path to an uncontrolled pin must first cross \(J_\triangle\), either by leaving the admitted vertices or by using an excluded cut-crossing edge with admitted endpoints. Its diameter is at least \(c(a)d\) for every tested vertex. This proves (SC1) without restricting the comparison graph to \(\mathcal V\) and without deleting any free–free edge.

Cover the tests and their \(O(t)\) neighborhoods by a fixed finite family of preassigned inner squares whose outer diameters are smaller than this access margin and whose inner-to-rim gaps are fixed multiples of \(d\). Apply Lemma 51 once to the union of local components meeting the tests in each square. On a recorded event with \(\mathbb P(E)\ge p_*>0\), for \(3/2<p<2\) its filled tails satisfy \[\mathbb E[\|U\|_{W^{1,p}}^2\mid E]\le C_{p_*}. \tag{UB9}\] The constants are independent of \(\eta\). The tail is zero-extended behind controlled fixed boundaries inside the buffered windows, never across the artificial outer rim, and copied hole values are paired with the full \(z\). The event restriction costs its reciprocal.

Partition \(\mu\) into squares of side \(t\). Each has mass at most \(Ct/d\). Move that mass to one of the nearby failed chains of diameter \(t\), using the coordinate-projection measure in Lemma 36. Each chain stays within \(O(t)\) of its assigned square. The lemma’s packing argument gives a common Frostman bound and displacement \(O(t)\). Project to fine vertices and move past the polylogarithmic holes along the chain. At an inner-window vertex of a failed chain, either the vertex is incident to the retained local union, in which case its nonpositive height makes it a controlled fixed pin, or it lies outside that union, where the pre-filling tail was zero-extended behind the controlled boundary. Thus these are trace zeros before hole filling; copied hole values are handled by the preceding hole transport. The whole chain is not asserted to lie in \(P_{\rm c}\). Choose the overlapping square cover so these movements stay inside its buffered windows. The samplewise trace and anchor estimates of Lemmas 35–37, followed by (UB9), give some \(\beta>0\) such that \[\limsup_{R\to\infty}\mathbb E[|\langle\mu,U\rangle|^2\mid E] \le C_{p_*}(t/d)^{2\beta}. \tag{UB10}\] The original–filled estimate transfers the first moment at fixed \(\eta\). Since \(h\le h^0+u\) and \(h^0\) has mean zero conditional on the transcript, \[\limsup_{R\to\infty}\mathbb E[\langle\mu,h\rangle\mid E] \le C_{p_*}(t/d)^\beta. \tag{UB11}\] For a random variable of variance \(v\), \[|\mathbb E[Y\mid E]-\mathbb EY|\le\sqrt{v/\mathbb P(E)}.\] Equations (UB5)–(UB6) and (UB11), first taking \(\eta/\theta\) small and then \(R\) large, exclude \(\mathbb P(E)\ge p_*\). Thus the failure probability of each full multi-face attachment can be made arbitrarily small. Reflect for the negative side.

Protectors, the tube, and the common gate.

We recall the elementary cellular crossing rule used throughout. Place a longitudinal rectangle along each edge of a cell path and a square at each vertex. Require both coordinate crossings in the square; a longitudinal edge crossing traverses that square and meets its transverse crossing. Concatenation gives a connected lattice path. Along a simple closed cell curve in a regular annular strip, the concatenated walk has degree one under retraction to the curve. Its decomposition into simple lattice cycles contains a winding-one cycle. These are literal common vertices, not mere overlaps of supports.

For each free part in (UB1), let \(\mathcal I_{\rm f}\) be its coarse covering cells and set \[N=\bigcup_{q\in\mathcal I_{\rm f}} \bigl(q+[-5\ell_c/4,5\ell_c/4]^2\bigr),\] where \(q\) denotes the cell center. The nonintegral half-width removes corner-only contacts, with a fixed local tie convention. There are \(O(\eta^{-2})\) cells per barrier, and the boundary components are polygonal Jordan curves with feature size \(c\ell_c\) and \(O(|\mathcal I_{\rm f}|)\) edges. Free-part points have coordinate distance at least \(3\ell_c/4\) from \(\partial N\); all observed tips are outside \(N\) by (UB1). On the \(N\)-side of every boundary component require a winding-one sign cycle in a regular strip. Its fixed enlargement is free. We do not fill the holes of this tube: a complementary hole containing a tip has its own cycle, separating that component from the buffered free part.

For a side core \(S\), let \(\mathcal I_S\) be all coarse cells containing its vertices. This covering is connected up to corner contacts because \(S\) is connected in the fine graph. Every target neighbor is within one lattice step of it. Take three nested regular square-cell neighborhoods \(N_0\Subset N_1\Subset N_2\) of \(\mathcal I_S\), with gaps \(c\ell_c\), total thickening at most \(L\ell_c\), and with every target neighbor in the interior of \(N_0\). Let \(H_j\) fill the bounded planar holes of \(N_j\). Their boundaries have \(O((d/\ell_c)^2)\) edges and remain within \(L\ell_c\) of the core covering. Since that covering is non-\(Q\) and outside the radial band, (UB3) puts these boundaries and their enlargements inside the Jordan side \(P\), free of every pin and of the radial cut. They have radius at most \(15d/16+L\ell_c\) and at least \(5d/8-L\ell_c\). Filling preserves containment in \(P\) and in the outer disk: the complement of each has a path to infinity. Pure seeds escape along their boundary branch outside the neighborhoods. Thus the filled holes contain no conditioned tips.

Require a sign cycle in a regular strip about \(\partial H_1\) inside \(H_2\setminus H_0\). It winds once around the whole \(H_0\). Every successful attachment starts at a pure seed outside \(H_2\) and ends at some target neighbor inside \(H_0\), so it meets this cycle, whichever core face it used.

Move the common gate to \(g_z=\gamma_z(31d/32)\). It is outside the whole protector hull, since \(31d/32-(15d/16+L\ell_c)\ge3d/128\). Join a spine cell inside \(H_0\) to that station through the cleared parallel radial corridor, using non-\(Q\) cell rectangles on each side. Their count is \(O((d/\ell_c)^2)\); their enlargements remain free, in the pocket, and below radius \(d+L\ell_c\).

For the shared crossbar use the component of the circle of radius \(31d/32\) in \(A_z\setminus Q\) which contains \(g_z\). Its two ends are adjacent to \(Q\), so their boundary distance is at most \(2t+C_0\ell_c+c_{\rm lat}\). The unrestricted tube \(N\) lies within \(L\ell_c\) of the globally clear free part, and hence has boundary distance at least \(ad-L\ell_c\). By (UB3) both crossbar ends are outside \(N\). Choose a square \(G_z\) of side \(\ell_c/4\) about \(g_z\); its closure is inside the buffered interior of \(N\) and outside \(H_2\). Its fixed enlargement is free. Split the crossbar at \(G_z\), terminate both radial connectors in it, and require both coordinate crossings there. The longitudinal bridge from each of these paths traverses \(G_z\), so the corresponding random paths meet its transverse crossing inside \(N\setminus H_2\). The crossbar may meet several raw tube banks. Perturb its cell path transversely to the bank edges and, at every encountered bank, require a transverse crossbar crossing and a longitudinal bank crossing in the same square. They intersect literally. The common crossings in \(G_z\) join both radial connectors to both crossbar halves. Unencountered hole cycles may remain separate; they still screen their own complementary components.

Each forced connector starts inside \(H_0\) and reaches \(G_z\) outside \(H_2\), so it also intersects the winding-one protector. Thus each full attachment joins the common gate and the encountered tube banks. Every endpoint module, with its fixed enlargements, lies in \(B(z,d+L\ell_c)\). The total number of crossing requirements is \(O(m\eta^{-2})\), independent of microscopic boundary length.

Forcing and screening.

Choose \(\eta\) so the attachment failures sum to less than \(1/10\) for large \(R\). In a positive rectangle planar duality gives a crossing of heights \(>-H\) unless there is a transverse crossing of heights \(\le-H\). Lemma 54 excludes the latter as \(H\) increases; reflect for negative rectangles. Every rectangle has a fixed free enlargement of size comparable to \(\ell_c\). A subpiece of the nearby macroscopic anchor supplies its anchor, with constants depending only on the fixed parameters. Choose fixed \(H\) so all threshold failures sum to less than \(1/10\). All threshold crossings and attachments then occur together with probability at least \(4/5\).

Choose deterministic bumps equal to \(H+1\) on the positive crossing rectangles and squares, equal to \(-(H+1)\) on the negative ones, and zero outside their free interpolation neighborhoods and at all grounded sites. Maxima of same-sign bumps are allowed. Their magnitude is bounded, their edge differences are at most \(C/R\), and their support has \(O(mR^2)\) vertices. Condition (UB2) prevents conflicting nonzero bumps. Apply Proposition 49 once to the joint event. On its retained subevent the corrected shift differs from the prescription by \(o(1)\), turning all threshold crossings into strict sign crossings.

The corrected shift also preserves all successful attachments. A near-contact component meeting \(C_+\) is either grounded, with zero shift, or is a free component of diameter \(o(R)\). In the latter case (UB2) prevents it from meeting \(P_-\), so every prescription averaged there is nonnegative. The negative case is reflected. A component meeting both collars but no prescription has zero shift. All observed and seed sites are grounded.

For every resulting configuration, a continuation starting in a complementary component of \(N\) cannot reach the buffered free part: it would cross that component’s strict same-sign cycle. A dual zero interface cannot cross a primal edge whose endpoints have the same strict sign. Every observed tip is outside \(N\).

At an endpoint the two attachments start on the two pure boundary branches and join the common crossbar. Select a simple path in this joined sign graph from the last visit to one branch to the first visit to the other. Its interior lies in \(A_z\). The attachment paths stay in their sides \(P\); the protector paths have radii at least \(5d/8-L\ell_c>3d/5\), and the connectors and crossbar are farther out. The path is therefore disjoint from the initial prefix \(\gamma_z([0,3d/5])\). It is a crosscut of the Jordan pocket. The side adjacent to the pure boundary arc containing \(z\) contains that prefix and no observed interface tip. A continuation reaching the prefix would have to cross the strict sign crosscut. Together with the tube screening and (UB1), this covers every point of every barrier. No random curve is identified with a deterministic cell rim.

The feasible-shift proposition gives a uniform positive probability for this image event. All fixed constants, \(\eta\), and \(H\) precede the limit \(R\to\infty\). At bounded scales the compatible finite sign fences lie in bounded patches at bounded distance from the anchor; Lemma 50 supplies a positive lower bound there. Take the smaller of the two bounds.

For the local-thickness hypothesis in the applications, external arms and adapted continuations are attached to the original exterior. An internal record is a connected incident strand through the sampling center, of diameter comparable to its record radius at positive quality. An endpoint testing square can be chosen not to contain that center. If a smaller internal record meets the square, its connection to the center crosses the square rim; otherwise its diameter is already comparable to the square scale. In the extra-excursion construction the endpoint squares lie near radius \(\rho\), have size at most \(c\rho\), and miss the center even when the inner record radius is smaller. The strand-swap comparison annulus is free of the inner observations. ◻

Circular-clearance layouts.

We use the one-sided circular construction in [SSdiscrete] with the following choices. In its wide case stop the circular middle at boundary distance \(b=\delta\rho/10\) and attach its ends to the two facing pure pieces by globally shortest segments of common length \(\ell_{\rm att}=b\). In its \(k\)-th narrow case put \(b=\delta^k\rho\); the output consists of two globally shortest segments from their common point to the facing pieces. If their common length is \(\ell_{\rm att}\), the internal separation \(\delta b\) of those pieces and the route through that point give \(\ell_{\rm att}\ge\delta b/2\). In either case choose the endpoint radius \(d=c_A\ell_{\rm att}\) with one fixed \(0<c_A\le1/(100A)\), where the fixed \(A\ge1\) absorbs the pocket and rectangle constants. Along a shortest segment from an endpoint \(z\), the distance of its radius-\(r\) point from the full boundary is exactly \(r\), by the triangle inequality at its other end. After deleting the portions \(r<3d/5\), the remaining segments have clearance at least \(3d/5\); the wide middle has clearance \(b\), and the narrow output has no other part. Successively exposed strands lie beyond the separated preceding annulus. Thus a fixed further shrink, followed by the bounded lattice error, gives (UB1) with \(a=1/2\) at every diverging output scale. These are single-sign layouts, so (UB2) is empty. Bounded outputs use insertion. This qualification applies separately to each pure access used below.

Lemma 56 (Exact-strand comparison). Fix concentric inner and outer disks with radii in a fixed ratio strictly greater than one. Consider two base conditioning systems whose domains contain the closed outer disk and have the same unconditioned lattice graph there. All vertices constrained by the original strand observations, additional walls, or Dirichlet data must be outside the outer disk in both systems. Thus the entire outer disk, not just its annulus, is free in the two base laws. Each system has anchored observed or Dirichlet pieces of comparable diameter and distance outside this disk. Let \(I\) specify a bounded collection of oriented strands all of whose adjacent sign-constrained vertices lie in the inner disk. Then \[C^{-1}\mathbb P_2(I)\leq\mathbb P_1(I)\leq C\mathbb P_2(I),\] with a constant depending only on the fixed ratios and number of strands. The graphs need agree only inside the outer disk. The assertion does not compare laws with different pre-existing inner observations.

Proof. Take two independent samples from these base laws, conditioning the first additionally on \(I\). The only observations inside the outer disk are now this additional event in the first replica, and their support lies inside the inner disk. Hence the annulus remains free in both replicas. Each corridor used there has an anchor at comparable distance under each law; an inner strand from \(I\) is also an allowed anchor for the first replica. Choose the two circuit supports in a closed middle subannulus and cover them by finitely many corridors whose fixed enlargements remain in that annulus. They satisfy the free-buffer hypothesis of Lemma 54 in both replicas. Lemmas 54 and 49 therefore give a uniformly positive probability of two nested circuits in the free annulus on which \(h_1-h_2\) has opposite strict signs. We use the cluster-swapping construction of Sheffield [SheffieldSurfaces], in the hard-constraint form described below; see also [CAP]. For each edge declare it a dependency edge when swapping the replicas at just one endpoint violates an edge constraint in one of the replicas. This graph depends only on the unordered height pairs. If the order of the replicas reverses across an edge, either partial swap is feasible: each mixed endpoint difference lies between differences of the original feasible samples. Hence a dependency path cannot change the sign of \(h_1-h_2\). No dependency component meeting the inner disk reaches outside the two opposite-order circuits.

Swap both replicas at every vertex in a dependency component meeting the inner disk. Every swapped component stays inside the outer disk. The base laws impose no vertex observations there; all their original observations therefore remain at untouched vertices. A graph edge across a swapped-component boundary is not a dependency edge, so the partial swap on that edge is feasible. This proves preservation of both base polytopes. All vertices tested by \(I\) are swapped, which transfers \(I\) from the first replica to the second; the first replica is not required to retain this additional event. The operation is an involution because the dependency graph and selected components are invariant under swaps. On each component-selection region it is a coordinate permutation, so it preserves Lebesgue measure. If \(V_i\) is the volume of the polytope with exterior conditioning \(i\), the uniform positive fraction of swappable pairs gives \[c\,V_1(I)V_2\leq V_1V_2(I).\] Reverse the experiments for the other inequality. ◻

The harmonic-landing records

Use rounded disks \(\mathfrak B_R\) equal to the union of the closed Voronoi hexagons which meet the Euclidean disk \(B(0,R)\). External records stop at their first entrance to this union and reversed inner records at their first exit. A hexagon has circumradius \(1/\sqrt3\) and diameter \(2/\sqrt3\). Fix the origin and an incident dual edge \(e_\sigma^*\). Let \(S\) be independent simple random walk from \(v\), let \(\tau_0\) be its first visit to zero, and reverse its portion up to \(\tau_0\) to obtain \(\breve S\). Let \(\tau\) be the first visit to a vertex adjacent to the completed chord or to exterior boundary. Define \[Z^\sigma=\{S_\tau=0,\ e_\sigma^*\subset\gamma\}.\] Let \(\operatorname{ext}_R\gamma\) consist of the two initial pieces grown from the marked endpoints until first entering \(\mathfrak B_R\); it is the whole chord if the disk is missed. Let \(\beta_R^\sigma\) be the part in \(\mathfrak B_R\) of the zero interface through \(e_\sigma^*\), connected to that edge, and put it equal to the empty path if there is no such interface. Let \(\operatorname{ext}_R S\) end at the first entrance to \(\mathfrak B_R\), and let \(\operatorname{int}_R\breve S\) end at its first exit. Set \[\Phi_R=(D,\partial_+,h_\partial,v, \operatorname{ext}_R\gamma,\operatorname{ext}_R S), \qquad \Theta_R=(\beta_R^\sigma,\operatorname{int}_R\breve S).\] The geometric path in \(\Theta_R\) is initially unoriented. Conditioning on its orientation means specifying the adjacent signs. Every subsequent field-law application below conditions on these exact signs, then averages over the orientations.

Let \(x,y\) be the two external strand tips and \(q\) the external walk tip at radius \(R\). When there has been no forbidden contact, define \[Q(\Phi_R)=\frac1{100}\wedge \frac{ d(x,\operatorname{ext}_R S)\wedge d(y,\operatorname{ext}_R S)\wedge d(q,\operatorname{ext}_R\gamma)\wedge |x-y|}{R}.\] Put \(Q=0\) if the disk is missed by the chord or the revealed walk hits a revealed strand. Define \(Q(\Theta_R)\) by the same formula using the two inner strand tips and reversed-walk tip; put it equal to zero for a closed inner interface or a forbidden walk contact.

Figure 2 depicts the two records and the unexposed annulus between them.

The two records leave an annulus available for separation and hookup. The inner walk arrow indicates reversal from the harmonic landing. The shaded annulus is unexposed; no interface connection there has yet been required.

Lemma 57 (Hookup probability). For \(9R/8<R'<5R\), with the observer and exterior boundary outside \(\mathfrak B_{6R}\), there is a universal upper bound for all \(R\geq R_0\), where \(R_0>1\) is fixed: \[\mathbb P(Z^\sigma\mid\Phi_{R'},\Theta_R)\leq C/\log R. \tag{G1}\] For every \(a>0\) there is \(c(a)>0\) such that the same probability is at least \(c(a)/\log R\) when \(Q(\Phi_{R'})\wedge Q(\Theta_R)\geq a\) and \(R\geq R_0(a)\).

Proof. The field part of \(\Phi_{R'}\) constrains only sites adjacent to the external arms, hence outside radius \(R'-O(1)\). The sites specifying \(\beta_R^\sigma\) lie inside radius \(R+O(1)\). Choose comparison disks between these two radii, with outer radius \((R+R')/2\) and inner radius \(R+(R'-R)/4\). For sufficiently large \(R\), they have a free intervening annulus of fixed relative width. The original base observations are all outside the outer disk, and the external arms give the required anchors. Thus Lemma 56 applies to the two orientations of the inner strand, comparing the exterior data with their global sign reversal. Together with sign symmetry it gives a uniformly positive probability that the two observed unoriented configurations have compatible signs on the side containing the walk. In that case join corresponding interface tips and the two walk tips by three polar centerlines. We may assume \(a\le1/100\), since otherwise the lower-bound hypothesis is empty. After rounding their same-radius angular gaps are at least \(a/2\). Put \(s=aR/(800\pi)\) and \(w=s/100\), reserve straight radial stems of length \(20w\) at both ends, and interpolate the angles linearly between the stems. Since \(R'-R\ge R/8\) and \(40w\le R/(200000\pi)\), the angular slopes are at most \(25\pi/R\). At a common radius the distance between centerlines is at least \(.49aR\). If two radii differ by at least \(s\), that gives the required separation directly; otherwise moving along one centerline to the common radius costs at most \((1+125\pi)s<.158aR\). Thus the mutual separation is at least \(s\). The observed external arms, the two free interface centerlines, and the inner strand complete to one prospective simple oriented chord \(\Gamma_0=K\cup J\), where \(K\) is the observed field system and \(J\) its free completion. The compatible orientation gives its two sides \(\Omega_+\) and \(\Omega_-\).

Offset a lane by \(w\) on each side of each interface centerline. At a tip the two offset lanes meet its radius-\(4w\) circle at transverse offsets \(\pm w\) and radial depth \(\sqrt{15}w\), up to bounded lattice error. Follow from the chosen lane the circular arc away from the radial stem. The long arc between the two lane points stays at distance at least \(w-O(1)\) from \(J\); the other connector is farther by the centerline separation. Its endpoints are on opposite ideal sides, so this arc must meet the old boundary arc at that end. At its start the full-boundary clearance is greater than \(3w\), since the old record is on the old side of its stopping circle and the other record is remote. Stop at the first point of full-boundary distance \(w/10\) and append a globally shortest segment to \(b\in\partial D(K)\). This segment remains in the selected side; its endpoint is on the appropriate old pure bank, even if that bank shadows the tip. Moreover \[\begin{aligned} d(b,J)&\ge .89w-O(1),\\ d(b,\hbox{all observed tips})&\ge3.8w-O(1),\\ d(b+tu,\partial D(K))&=t\quad(0\le t\le w/10). \end{aligned}\]

Take \(d=w/(200A)\), with one fixed sufficiently large \(A\). To check the endpoint pocket, in each ideal side join free collars of the two connectors \(J_1,J_2\) by the same-side arc on the middle-radius circle. This arc is free and has macroscopic clearance, since the annulus has no old observations. Delete the triangles meeting \(K\) and use the access-resolved component containing this connected reference set. The deleted triangles attach to its old boundary arcs, so its resolved completion is a disk. The radius-\(d\) crosscut met by the nearest prefix misses the reference set. The retained cap arc has clearance \(w/10>d\), and a short transverse segment at its lane end reaches the local radial stem with clearance greater than \(d\). Thus the tail and both connector collars are on the reference side of the crosscut. The other side is bounded by that crosscut and one pure old boundary arc, and contains the initial nearest prefix. This is the required pocket; the prefix crosses each smaller circle once. After the cap, a stem has radial depth at least \(\sqrt{15}w\), and the interpolating portion is at radial distance at least \(20w\) from either stopping layer before the offset. Subtracting the offset and curvature/lattice errors leaves clearance greater than \(w/10\); the retained cap itself has that clearance by its first-stop definition. Choose the tube width so that its enlargements are at most \(w/100\). Use barrier scale \(\bar R=12R\). All four barriers lie in \(B_{6R}\) and have radial span at least \(R/8-O(w)>d\), so their diameters are less than \(\bar R\) and greater than \(d\). Thus \[\theta=\frac{d}{\bar R} =\frac{a}{192\,000\,000\pi A}.\] The remaining lanes have clearance \(w/10\), so (UB1) holds with clearance constant \(1/2\) after lattice error. The full endpoint modules have radius at most \(d+L\ell_c\le w/100\). Hence the sign-\(\pm\) confined domains and prescription supports lie in \(\Omega_\pm\) and have distance at least \[w-w/10-w/100-w/100-O(1)\ge .85w\] from \(J\), including lattice error. A free path between opposite sides cannot cross the fixed \(K\), so it must cross \(J\). This verifies (UB2) at scale \(\bar R\) with \(\kappa=.85w/(12R)>0\). Proposition 55 applied to these four signed barriers forces the interface joins within the disjoint corridors with uniformly positive probability. Planarity forces the outer arms to merge with the corresponding inner arms; there is no other exit through the fences.

The remaining walk bridge must reach the joining vertex of the reversed inner piece. Its conditioning to reach this vertex before zero has probability bounded below. Harnack gives a positive probability to follow the free third corridor to a fixed relative neighborhood of that vertex; the two-dimensional point-hitting estimate gives probability comparable to \(1/\log R\) to hit it there. The loop portion between its first and last visits stays in that corridor with probability bounded below, by the last-exit decomposition. This proves the lower bound. Conditional on any completed field configuration, hitting the same vertex before a nearby interface continuum has probability at most \(C/\log R\); this proves the upper bound. These are precisely the walk hypotheses of [SSdiscrete]: radii in the specified compact ratio range, observer outside the larger disk, and two prescribed first/last walk pieces. All field estimates used in its corridor construction have been supplied above.

We record the two augmented upper bounds used below. First, the upper bound still holds after the whole field, hence \(\gamma\), is fixed; the middle walk bridge remains unexposed. Second, put \(H=(\Phi_{3r},\Theta_{2r})\), and expose that middle walk only until its first exit from a circle of radius \(\rho/3>10r\), if this occurs before its prescribed terminal piece. Call this stopped prefix \(S_{**}\). On this escape event, \[\mathbb P(Z^\sigma\mid H,S_{**},\hbox{escape}) \leq C/\log r. \tag{GK}\] For verification, let \(\hat q\) be the joining vertex of the fixed reversed inner piece. The first-hit/last-exit decomposition leaves a walk from the current exit vertex to \(\hat q\), conditioned to hit \(\hat q\) before zero, followed by its last-exit loop. Harnack bounds the conditioning probability below by a fixed constant, since the exit vertex is outside \(B_{10r}\) while \(|\hat q|=2r+O(1)\). To realize \(Z^\sigma\), this first part must hit \(\hat q\) before the connected inner interface. The same point-versus-continuum estimate as above is at most \(C/\log r\); the remaining loop can only reduce the probability. This argument holds for every completed field consistent with the records, and averaging gives (GK). It does not expose the later successful bridge. ◻

Lemma 58 (Separation under a harmonic landing). For every \(\varepsilon>0\) there is \(c(\varepsilon)>0\) such that, for all sufficiently large \(R\), \[\mathbb P\bigl(Q(\Phi_{3R})\wedge Q(\Theta_{2R})>c(\varepsilon) \mid\Phi_{4R},\Theta_R,Z^\sigma\bigr)>1-\varepsilon. \tag{G2}\] The estimate is uniform in admissible records for which the conditioning has positive probability. The observer and original boundary are outside \(\mathfrak B_{12R}\).

Proof. Write \({\cal F}_{r,s}=\sigma(\Phi_r,\Theta_s)\), and write \(\widehat q_{\rm o},\widehat q_{\rm i}\) for the two numerical quality formulas above, before the following common live test. An exact pair is called open if both pairs of strand tips exist, neither observed interface has closed or prematurely merged, and the observed walk has made no forbidden contact with any observed strand or with the original exterior; the prescribed terminal contact at zero is the sole exception. The raw qualities are zero if these conditions fail. A pair is called live when \(\mathbb P(Z^\sigma\mid{\cal F}_{r,s})>0\); its two qualities are the raw qualities when live and are set to zero otherwise. A live pair is open. We shall update only one of the two records at a time. For the outer record put \(\rho=r\) and \(e=-1\), and for the inner record put \(\rho=s\) and \(e=1\). If the selected record has quality \(q>0\), put \[L=q\rho,\qquad \rho_1=(1+10eq)\rho .\] Let \(q_1\) denote its quality after this update, including the live-pair test, with the other record held fixed. We first prove, uniformly for \[3.3R<r\le4R,\qquad R\le s<1.7R,\qquad 0<L<R/200,\qquad L\le\rho_{\rm other}q_{\rm other},\] where \(\rho_{\rm other}\) and \(q_{\rm other}\) are the radius and live quality of the unchanged record, that \[\mathbb P\bigl(q_1\ge2q\mid{\cal F}_{r,s}\bigr)\ge c_0>0. \tag{G3}\] Here \(q=L/\rho<1/200\), so the cap is inactive. The geometric, barrier, and walk construction will be proved in the wider layout buffer \[2.8R<r\le4R,\qquad R\le s<1.84R,\qquad 0<\widehat q\le1/100,\] for any jointly admissible open pair, using its selected raw quality \(\widehat q\), again denoted by \(q\) there. Only the positive-support step will use the smaller- physical-separation premise in (G3). For the low-quality updates used later we also prove the following joint form. Put \(F=\{q_1<2q\}\), and, on \(F\cap\{q_1>0\}\), make one further update of the same record to \(\rho_2=(1+10e q_1)\rho_1\), leaving the other record fixed. Put \(q_2=0\) on \(\{q_1=0\}\). If \(q<1/500\), \(r>3.25R\), and \(s<1.61R\), then \[\mathbb P(F,q_2=0\mid{\cal F}_{r,s}) \ge c_1\mathbb P(F\mid{\cal F}_{r,s}). \tag{G4}\] Both subsequent radii in (G4) remain in the wider layout buffer just displayed. The estimates condition on the stopped records, not on \(Z^\sigma\).

The three local centerlines.

The selected two strand tips and walk tip have pairwise distance at least \(L\). Each strand tip has distance at least \(L\) from the entire old walk, and the walk tip has distance at least \(L\) from the entire old strand. All those histories are on the old side of the rounded circle. Their deviation from the Euclidean circle is bounded by a lattice constant \(c_\triangle\). Below, fixed errors \(O(c_\triangle)\) include the short access from an actual tip to a circular polar coordinate. Such accesses can be chosen in the unobserved side: for an outer tip use the interior of an incident selected hexagon to reach the Euclidean circle; for an inner tip use the unselected-hexagon construction given below.

Cut the cyclic order of the three access angles at a largest gap and lift them to \(a_1<a_2<a_3<a_1+2\pi\). Write \(g_i=a_{i+1}-a_i\) for \(i=1,2\) and \(g_3=2\pi-a_3+a_1\ge2\pi/3\). Define \[\delta_i=(5q-g_i)_+,\qquad (\Delta_1,\Delta_2,\Delta_3) =\tfrac12(-\delta_1-\delta_2,\ \delta_1-\delta_2, \ \delta_1+\delta_2). \tag{G3a}\] Use a fixed tie rule in choosing the cut. Then \(|\Delta_i|\le5q\). During interpolation by a parameter \(t\in[0,1]\), the first two gaps are \(g_i+t\delta_i\); the cut gap is \(g_3-t(\delta_1+delta_2)\ge2\pi/3-10q>1.99\). Thus the cyclic order is preserved, no already larger gap is reduced except the largest one, and all three final circular gaps are at least \(5q\).

For the moment suppose \(L\ge L_0\), where the fixed threshold \(L_0\) will absorb all lattice errors. From the short circular access, retain a straight radial stem of length \(L/10\). Spread the angles linearly to \(a_i+\Delta_i\) by radial progress \(5L\), and keep these angles fixed for the final radial progress \(5L\), ending at radius \(\rho_1\). Continue the held rays to total radial progress \(11L\) for the barriers and to total progress \(13L\) only for a topological completion. The spread width is \(4.9L+O(c_\triangle)\). During spreading the radii stay between \(.95\rho\) and \(1.05\rho\); using the conservative factor \(1.1\), after increasing \(L_0\) the ratio of arclength speed to radial speed is at most \[v_* =\sqrt{1+(5.5/4.89)^2}<1.51. \tag{G3b}\] The total length of a barrier, including its held extension and the endpoint construction below, is at most \(11L+5.5L+O(L/2000)+O(c_\triangle)<17L\).

Here are the required uniform separation estimates. For \(L_0\) large, the circular access gaps are at least \(.98q\). Even through total progress \(13L\), the common radius is at least \(.87\rho-O(c_\triangle)\). The corresponding centerline points have distance at least \(2(.87\rho-O(c_\triangle))\sin(.49q)>.84L\). If two points have radial difference at least \(L/4\), their distance has that lower bound. Otherwise compare at a common radius and use (G3b), losing less than \(1.51L/4\); the remainder exceeds \(L/4\). The same argument applies to a stem, a spread piece, or a held extension. For a short access piece, use its bounded length and the following old-side estimate. If \(H\) is an opposite old history and a centerline point has radial progress \(u\), then \[d(z,H)\ge\max\{L-v_*u-O(c_\triangle),\ u-O(c_\triangle)\} \ge {L\over1+v_*}-O(c_\triangle)>.38L. \tag{G3c}\] This also proves the distance from each complete local centerline to the entire opposite old history. Consequently any two complete centerlines are separated by \(L/4\), after one further increase of \(L_0\).

Let \(t_i\) be the three target points at radius \(\rho_1\). Every piece of a different centerline before the held part is radially at least \(5L-O(c_\triangle)\) from \(t_i\). The distance from \(t_i\) to any ray whose circular angular distance is at least \(5q\) is at least \(\rho_1\sin(5q)\): for an angle at least \(\pi/2\) the lower bound is \(\rho_1\), and otherwise it is the perpendicular distance to the infinite ray. This covers the entire held piece and its extension. Since \(\rho_1\le1.1\rho\) and \(q\le.01\), it follows that \[d(t_i,\hbox{the entire other centerline}) \ge4.4q\rho_1. \tag{G3d}\] This bound includes the bounded access errors. It is the final held length \(5L\), rather than only the final angular gap, which controls the earlier spreading portions.

Four barriers with fixed parameters.

Put \(w=L/2000\), \(\ell=w/10\), and \(d=w/(200A)\), where \(A\) is a sufficiently large fixed constant. Smooth the two centerline corners in \(O(w)\) neighborhoods, preserving the initial radial stem, radial monotonicity, and all preceding estimates with a small fixed loss. The two sides of a regular radius-\(w\) tube about each strand centerline give its two side lanes. Such a tube is a strip: the stem and held pieces are radial, the middle piece is a graph over radius with slope bounded by (G3b), and the two corners can be rounded with curvature at most \(1/(10w)\). The strips for distinct centerlines are disjoint.

For an outer update, complete only the two outer observed arms by these two centerlines and a simple connector at radial progress \(13L\). This is a prospective oriented chord \(K_{\rm o}\cup J\). For an inner update, use the inner observed strand and the two outward centerlines, joining at radial progress \(13L\), to obtain a prospective oriented simple loop. Let \(K_0\) be the selected old field system, and denote the two ideal sign sides of \(K_0\cup J\) by \(\Omega_+\) and \(\Omega_-\). They are Jordan disks, with the unbounded side of an inner loop viewed on the sphere. For an actual attachment in side \(s\), delete from \(\Omega_s\) the closed lattice triangles meeting \(K_0\), take the component incident to the connected free collar of \(J\), and take its prime-end completion. The deleted triangles attach to the \(K_0\) boundary, so this component has connected complement and its resolved completion is a disk. Its non-\(J\) boundary incidences away from tips and marks are the pure sign-\(s\) bank. This is the attachment side; a raw pinched component of \(D(K)\) is not being called a Jordan disk. The connector is only a topological separator; no rectangle, shift, or barrier follows it. It stays at least \(2L-O(w)\) beyond the barrier endpoints. The other stopped field record is disjoint from the completion because \[(1-13q)r\ge.87(2.8R)>1.84R,\qquad (1+13q)s\le1.13(1.84R)<2.8R. \tag{G3e}\] No compatibility of the sampled inner orientation is assumed here.

We spell out the old-end attachment; it also handles a shadowing return of the other old arm. At an actual tip take the circle of radius \(4w\). The two side lanes meet it at transverse offsets \(\pm w\) and radial depth \(\sqrt{15}w\), up to \(O(c_\triangle)\). Follow the circle from the chosen lane away from the radial stem. The long arc between these two lane points stays at distance at least \(w-O(c_\triangle)\) from the local \(J\); the rest of \(J\) is farther by the stem length and the centerline separation. The two lane points are on different sides of \(K_{\rm o}\cup J\), or of the inner loop. Thus this arc, which avoids \(J\), must hit the old field boundary. At its starting point the full-boundary clearance exceeds \(3w\): the old record is on the old side of the rounded circle, and the curvature error is \(O(w^2/\rho)+O(c_\triangle)=o(w)\). Stop at its first point \(a\) of full-boundary distance \(\ell\), and append a globally shortest segment from \(a\) to \(b\in\partial D(K)\). The retained circular arc has clearance at least \(\ell\). The segment cannot cross \(J\), since its length is \(\ell<w-O(c_\triangle)\), and it cannot cross a different fixed boundary before its endpoint. It is therefore in the chosen actual side. Its endpoint lies on an old string, not on the remote record or exterior, and \[d(b,J)\ge .89w-O(c_\triangle),\qquad d(b,\hbox{every observed tip})\ge3.8w-O(c_\triangle). \tag{G3f}\] For later caging, identify this actual endpoint with the ideal bank as follows. In the incident deleted triangle selected by its nearest prefix and meeting \(K_0\), join \(b\) to the first \(K_0\)-hit. The link has diameter at most one and stays in the signed ideal side by (G3f). It is only an identification through forbidden material, inaccessible to a new dual continuation away from an active strand tip. Coincident links are retained as separate incidences in their boundary order. This link is not a free path and is not used to prove the pocket.

The nearest segment has exact clearance \(d(b+tu,\partial D(K))=t\) for \(0\le t\le\ell\).

This attachment has the pure pocket required by Proposition 55. Take the radius-\(d\) circular crosscut in the resolved attachment side which the nearest segment meets. The circle misses \(J\) by (G3f), so its two boundary incidences are on the pure bank. The retained circular arc has distance at least \(\ell>d\) from \(b\). From its lane endpoint a short transverse segment reaches the radial stem at depth about \(4w\); this segment also has full-boundary clearance greater than \(d\). It follows that the tail and a collar of \(J\) are on the same side of the crosscut, while the initial nearest prefix is on the other side. The crosscut theorem in the Jordan side makes that latter component a pocket bounded by the crosscut and the single pure boundary subarc which excludes \(J\). The nearest prefix crosses every smaller circle once. The remote record is on the \(J\)-side: in the outer case it lies in the connected region below radius \(r-L/20\), and in the inner case in the region above radius \(s+L/20\); these regions reach the stem and miss the radius-\(d\) crosscut. Removing the remote record cannot alter the pocket. This proof does not assert that the pure subarc or the pocket has small diameter.

After deleting only the nearest prefix of length \(3d/5\), its remainder has clearance at least \(3d/5\); the retained circular arc and lanes have clearance at least \(\ell\), and the free endpoint is remote from all pins. Thus (UB1) holds with \(a=1/2\), including the bounded lattice error. A point within \(d/5\) of the boundary lies on the nearest prefix at radius less than \(d/2\), proving the ordinary near-boundary barrier condition as well. The endpoint testing window is \(B(b,O(d))\). Every component of an old simple strand cut by its generous testing square meets the rim, since all strand tips and the remote record are outside that square by (G3f). The incident component also reaches the rim. This proves local thickness, even with arbitrarily many returns. All tested pure pins and the traced pin chain are string pins: these windows are near radius at most \(4R\), whereas the original exterior is outside \(12R\). A remote pure subarc may traverse exterior, but no exterior pin enters the quantitative attachment estimate; its constant is the interior-string constant of Proposition 55.

Use the four side barriers only through radial progress \(11L\). Their radial span exceeds \(d\), and their diameters are less than \(17L\). Take common barrier scale \(\bar R=32L\). Choose the fixed mesh and interpolation neighborhoods in the proposition so that every full endpoint module has radius at most \(w/100\) and every tube enlargement has width at most \(w/100\). The full domains \(C_\pm\) and all supports \(P_\pm\) lie in their corresponding \(\Omega_\pm\) at distance at least \(.8w\) from \(J\), by the lane offset, (G3f), and the two \(w/100\) losses. A free path between opposite sides cannot traverse fixed \(K\), hence must cross \(J\). This proves (UB2). For the ordinary internal distance, an access-labelled admissible path has its interior in \(U\). Under the preceding forbidden-material bank identifications it starts on opposite ideal sides of the continuous separator \(K_0\cup J\); it cannot meet \(K_0\), and therefore crosses \(J\cap U\). Its diameter is at least \(.8w>2d\). Thus the ordinary opposite-barrier separation also holds, with the fixed choices \[\theta={d\over32L}={1\over12\,800\,000A},\qquad m=4,\quad a=1/2,\quad \kappa={.8w\over32L}={1\over80\,000}. \tag{G3g}\] The observed component near an endpoint supplies the required anchor. There are a bounded number of smooth pieces and turns, and all rectangle counts in the proposition depend only on (G3g), not on \(q\). The probability of avoiding all four barriers is therefore at least a fixed \(p_{\rm b}>0\) under either actual inner orientation.

What the barriers force.

Add only for topology a transverse gate from each side barrier’s free endpoint to the corresponding centerline at radial progress \(11L\). The two gates for tip \(i\) end at the same point \(g_i\in J\), beyond the stopping circle. In the ideal \(\Omega_s\), adjoin the forbidden- material endpoint link; the side barrier plus this link and gate is a proper crosscut \(A_{i,s}\) from the pure bank \(B_s\) to \(J\). The two same-sign crosscuts are disjoint. Parametrize \(B_s\) and \(J\) from tip 1 to tip 2. Their \(J\)-endpoints have this order, so their \(B_s\)-endpoints have the same order: otherwise the four endpoints alternate and the crosscuts must meet. This conclusion permits both attachments to be on shadowing parts of the old strand.

Glue the two Jordan sides along \(J\), retaining distinct incidences on the two fixed banks. The union \(Y_i=A_{i,+}\cup A_{i,-}\) is a proper crosscut in this split-bank domain. The preceding nonalternation gives disjoint tip-1 and tip-2 end components and a central component. Extra fixed observations can only remove points. In the relative boundary of an end component the two virtual \(J\) portions cancel; its only exits are actual barriers, fixed boundary, and its beyond-stop gates. A fresh interface prefix which avoids the barriers and is stopped at the new circle therefore stays in its end component. The two prefixes cannot merge there. For an outer update the completed chord must connect the two old tips; for an inner update the complete component either joins the two continuations or reaches the original exterior, which is beyond the new circle. Thus neither case can lose a target tip before the stopping circle. On the new circle all cap and turning pieces are behind, and each held lane crosses in one bounded lattice block. The end component meets that circle precisely in the short interval between its two lane blocks. Each new strand tip is consequently within \(O(w+c_\triangle)\) of its target. No metric confinement of the rest of that prefix in a narrow tube is asserted.

Put \(\nu=L/1000\). Require the fresh walk to follow the width-\(\nu\) tube about its centerline through a terminal extension of length \(2\nu\), including a full entrance ball of radius \(L/100\) about its starting vertex and the radius-\(\nu\) terminal ball. The terminal ball extends at least \(\nu\) beyond the new circle. The entire corridor meets that circle only within \(\nu+O(c_\triangle)\) of the target: the entrance ball is \(10L\) away, the spreading pieces are at least \(5L\) away, and the remaining tube follows the held ray. Stop the successful walk at its first crossing of the new rounded circle in this window. The entrance ball is not clipped at the old circle and may meet the old walk. By (G3c) it misses the old field, and centerline separation makes the whole tube and ball miss the side barriers and their gates, including the hexagon error. They lie in \(B_{5R}\), so they also miss the original exterior outside \(\mathfrak B_{12R}\). Let \(X\) be the ideal ambient disk or sphere slit only along the selected old dual system \(K_0\), with its bank accesses retained and the short forbidden endpoint links included in \(Y_1\cup Y_2\). Let \(W\) be the union of the closed hexagons of every old and fresh visited walk vertex, not just the polygonal walk edges. Every cell interior avoids \(K_0\), which lies on hexagon edges. Consecutive visited cells share an edge not crossed by \(K_0\): for the old record this is the open no-prior-contact condition, including the reversed first step from zero, since otherwise its forward predecessor would already be adjacent to the interface; for the fresh part it is the tube clearance. Thus \(W\setminus K_0\) has a connected lift to \(X\), with the prescribed access along the old contacts of the origin cell. Those boundary contacts are not asserted to be in the open surface. The old walk misses the crosscuts because away from the \(O(w)\) tip caps they lie on the new side of the old circle, while the old quality protects the caps. Together with the tube separation, this makes \(W\) disjoint from \(Y_1\cup Y_2\), including their links and gates, after the hexagon error. The terminal cell meets the central circle interval. Hence the connected lift of \(W\setminus K_0\) lies in the central component of \(X\setminus(Y_1\cup Y_2)\), even if it crosses virtual \(J\). A fresh dual prefix stays in an end component, so it cannot meet \(W\) off \(K_0\). It cannot newly enter \(K_0\) away from an active strand tip; the pre-existing origin contact remains allowed.

Put a ball about the deterministic walk target of radius \(2q\rho_1+\nu+O(c_\triangle)\), including the full landing-window and hexagon errors. Equations (G3c)–(G3d), the \(5L\) radial hold, and the \(O(w)\) gates show that this ball misses both paired crosscuts \(Y_i\). It also misses the old field by the \(10L\) radial gap. It misses the remote stopped record by (G3e), including this ball radius. The ball is connected and contains the central target; its lift to the split-bank domain is wholly central even if it crosses virtual \(J\). Thus the actual walk tip is at distance at least \(2q\rho_1\) from the entire newly observed field. Conversely each new field tip is within \(O(w+c_\triangle)\) of its target; (G3d) bounds its distance to the entire new walk tube, and the radial gap bounds its distance to the entire old walk. Both exceed \(2q\rho_1\). Finally the two field targets have distance at least \(2\rho_1\sin(5q/2)\), which still exceeds \(2q\rho_1\) after the landing errors. Hence every term in the new quality numerator is at least \(2q\rho_1\), and no forbidden contact or premature merger has occurred.

The walk probability.

For \(x,y\ne0\), put \[G_0(x,y)=\sum_{n\ge0}\mathbb P_x(S_n=y,\ n<T_0).\] This killed Green function is finite and symmetric. If the exact outer and reversed inner walk records end at \(a\) and \(b\), the unexposed middle path has law \[\mathsf B_{a,b}(m)={6^{-|m|}\over G_0(a,b)},\qquad m:a\longrightarrow b,\quad m\cap\{0\}=\varnothing. \tag{GW1}\] The fixed prefix and suffix contribute a common factor to the walk weight; summing the remaining weights gives \(G_0(a,b)\). All revisits of either recorded history or circle are permitted. Reversal is exactly \(\mathsf B_{b,a}\), including all loops, and the field record does not change this law before conditioning on \(Z^\sigma\).

Let \(E\) be the successful entire-corridor first-crossing event specified above, stopped at \(\tau\). Summing the still unexposed remainder in (GW1) gives for an outer extension \[\mathsf B_{a,b}(E) ={\mathbb E_a[\mathbf1_EG_0(S_\tau,b)]\over G_0(a,b)}. \tag{GW2}\] The full entrance ball and width-\(\nu\) tube have length \(O(L)\) and are covered by a fixed number of overlapping balls of radius comparable to \(L\). Their entire corridor and a fixed relative enlargement containing the doubled Harnack balls stay between radii \(.89r\) and \(1.01r\) for an outer update, or between \(.99s\) and \(1.12s\) for an inner update. The remote-pole gaps are bounded below by \[.89(2.8R)-1.84R>.65R,\qquad 2.8R-1.12(1.84R)>.73R,\] and the enlargement is also a fixed positive distance from zero. Since \(L\le.04R\), these are uniform relative Harnack margins. Ordinary walk traverses the ball chain with a fixed positive probability. Positive harmonicity of \(G_0(\cdot,b)\) on its doubled balls compares its value on the landing window with \(G_0(a,b)\), so (GW2) is at least a fixed \(p_{\rm w}>0\). The full entrance ball permits the necessary old-circle recrossings. After any exact outer prefix ending at \(a'\), the remaining law is \(\mathsf B_{a',b}\); reversing it gives the inner estimate with \(G_0(\cdot,a')\). The current stopped layers remain strictly nested, and the same displayed pole margins hold for every current joining vertex in the buffer. Thus this also applies after an earlier one-record update, without an independence assertion. Field and walk are independent given their respective stopped records and the actual field orientation. The bound \(p_{\rm b}p_{\rm w}\) survives averaging over that orientation, and gives an open raw output of quality at least \((2q)\wedge1/100\) with this uniform probability for \(L\ge L_0\). This part has not used the live test.

Bounded lattice scales.

We use a simultaneous form of bounded insertion. Given a fixed number \(m\) of fixed-size patches near observed tips and compatible sign prescriptions on a bounded number of their free vertices, their joint probability under the original exact-strand conditioning has a positive uniform lower bound. Fix first the shell failure parameter \(1/(4m)\). For each fixed patch size choose the corresponding long-slack enlargement from the proof of Lemma 50, with this parameter and its required deficit. Merge clusters whenever their already chosen enlarged boxes, with one neighbor layer, intersect, recomputing the enclosing box with the same parameter after a merge. There are at most \(m-1\) merges, and overlap bounds each new diameter by a deterministic function of the previous ones. Thus the final boxes have uniformly bounded sizes and no edges between their interiors; there is no later enlargement. The arbitrary animal parameter in Corollary 12 makes each shell failure less than \(1/(4m)\). With probability at least \(3/4\) all shells are good. Construct the prescribed feasible filling separately inside every box, keeping all shells fixed. On their disjoint interiors perform one joint contraction toward these fillings. Its Jacobian is \(t^{\sum N_i}\), with \(t>0\) and \(\sum N_i\) bounded by the patch parameters. Integrating proves the joint bound. No first fence pattern is used as a new conditioning for a second invocation.

For \(L\le20\) use the deterministic triangular/hexagonal routing in [SSdiscrete]. It uses only the local rounded-circle geometry, the full-history quality inequalities, and positive completion support. Its longest boundary arc and extremal left/right dual continuations leave a bounded primal route avoiding all adjacent hexagons, with doubled quality and preserved completion support. The same construction with first exit in place of first entry gives the inner route; the fixed ratio \(r/s>1.52\) keeps the opposite record out of its bounded patches. The simultaneous insertion argument just proved replaces only the field probability input. A prescribed primal route of at most \(M\) steps has, under either Green transform in (GW2), probability at least \(6^{-2M}\): for the current remote pole \(b\), harmonicity gives \(G_0(v_{j+1},b)\ge G_0(v_j,b)/6\) at each step. Thus this branch has a uniform positive probability without drawing sublattice-width barriers.

For \(20<L<L_0\) we give a direct finite construction. Put \(h_{\mathrm{hex}}=1/\sqrt3\). For an outer strand tip, join it through an incident selected hexagon to a point of the Euclidean radius-\(r\) circle; this costs at most \(2h_{\mathrm{hex}}\) and avoids the old dual strand. For an inner tip choose an incident unselected hexagon with center \(v\), join the tip to \(v\) through its interior, and choose a lattice unit vector \(e_v\) with \(e_v\cdot v/|v|\ge\sqrt3/2\). An unselected hexagon has \(|v|\ge s+1/2\), since it contains the radius-\(1/2\) disk about its center, and boundary incidence gives \(|v|\le s+3h_{\mathrm{hex}}\). For every integer \(k\ge1\), \[|v+ke_v|\ge |v|+k\sqrt3/2>s+h_{\mathrm{hex}},\] so these successive hexagons are unselected. Their center segments remain in the unselected union. Follow them until the radius-\(s+7/4\) circle is first met. This occurs after center-path length at most \((7/4-1/2)/(\sqrt3/2)<1.444\); the whole tip access has length less than \(2.022\) and avoids the inner strand. Use the radial circular access for the walk, with its bounded first-entry or first-exit error.

The outer access points have pair distance at least \(L-4/\sqrt3>.88L\). Use (G3a) with its signed shifts bounded by \(4.12q\), an initial radial prefix to radius \(r-8\), spreading to \(r-5L\), and the final held piece to \(r-10L\). The spread width is at least \(4.6L\). Comparing spread parameters at threshold \(1/12\) gives either radial separation \(4.6L/12>.383L\), or angular gap at least \((.88-4.12/12)q>.536q\), whose chord exceeds \(.50L\). The same comparison handles a prefix against a spread or held piece. The short access pieces have length at most \(2/\sqrt3\) and stay within a bounded vanishing radial sagitta of the old circle. Against another prefix, either their radial gap is at least \(7.7\), or that prefix is within \(2/\sqrt3+7.7+o(1)\) of its own tip; the original separation then leaves more than \(20-4/\sqrt3-7.7-o(1)>9.9\). Against a spread piece the radial gap is at least \(8-o(1)>7.66\), and held pieces are farther. Thus the outer complete centerlines have mutual distance \(>7.66\). Their speed ratio is at most \(\sqrt{1+(4.12/4.6)^2}<1.35\), so the outer analogue of (G3c), with old histories outside radius \(r-1\), is \[d(z,H)\ge\max\{L-2/\sqrt3-1.35u,\ u-1\}>.36L>7.2. \tag{G3i}\]

For the inner access circle the pair distance is at least \(L-4.044>.797L\); since \(s\ge2000\), its angular gaps are at least \(.796q\). The centered shifts in (G3a) are at most \(4.204q\). Take the straight prefix to radius \(s+10\), spread to \(s+5L\), and hold to \(s+10L\). The spread width is at least \(4.5L\). At parameter threshold \(1/11\), the two alternatives give radial separation \(4.5L/11>.409L\) or angular gap \((.796-4.204/11)q>.413q\), whose chord exceeds \(.412L\). A short access has radius at most \(s+7/4\), whereas a spread piece has radius at least \(s+10\), giving gap \(8.25\). Against another prefix, either the radial gap is at least \(7.8\), or that prefix is within \(2.022+7.8\) of its own tip; the original tip separation then leaves more than \(20-2.022-(2.022+7.8)>8.15\). Hence all inner complete centerlines have mutual distance greater than \(7.8\). The old inner strand is inside radius \(s+2/\sqrt3\) and the whole old reversed walk inside radius \(s+1+1/\sqrt3\). The speed ratio after the access is less than \(1.41\). The counterpart of (G3c) is therefore greater than \(7.5\) for \(L\ge20\); explicitly, for radial depth \(u\ge7/4\), it is at least \[\max\{L-2.022-1.41(u-7/4),\ u-1-1/\sqrt3\}>7.5. \tag{G3j}\] The short access itself has distance at least \(L-2.022\) from the opposite old history.

Use finite side lanes of width \(w_b=3\) and first full-boundary stop distance \(\ell_b=4/3\). Near a tip take the appropriate one-sided outer boundary of the radius-three neighborhood of its short access and straight prefix, truncated at outer depth six or inner depth eight. The short access has diameter less than three, so its radius-three disks have a common interior core; adjoining the monotone radial prefix gives a local strip with an end cap. Its side frontier has distance three from the local \(J\). The future spread starts two radial units farther. Its tangential slope is at most \(.982\), so even in the direction of the offset point its distance there is at least \(\min_{t\ge0}\sqrt{(2+t)^2+(3-.982t)_+^2}>3.5\), up to a vanishing polar-curvature error; earlier points of the end collar are farther. Other centerlines are farther than \(7.66\). Thus this local frontier has distance three from the full \(J\), and it joins the side boundary of the full radius-three tube. Its deep point has full deleted-boundary clearance greater than \(6-1-o(1)>4\) in the outer case and \(8-2/\sqrt3-1-o(1)>5.8\) in the inner case.

The old strand must meet this frontier near the tip. For the outer case take its first point at distance ten from the tip. A \(J\)-point of inward depth at least four is at least four from the old strand; a shallower one is within \(4+2/\sqrt3<5.16\) of its own tip, giving distance greater than \(10-5.16>3\) from that old point, for either local \(J\). For the inner case a \(J\)-point of outward depth at least five is at least \(5-2/\sqrt3>3\) from the old strand; a shallower one is within \(2.022+(5-7/4)<5.273\) of its own tip, again leaving distance greater than \(10-5.273>3\). These old points exist because the relevant old strand continues a macroscopic distance to the exterior or to the incident-edge neighborhood. Its arc starts on \(J\) and exits the radius-three neighborhood. It cannot exit through the deep cross-section, which is strictly on the new side of the old radial bound. In each actual Jordan side the local strip frontier from the deep lane must therefore end on the old boundary; an earlier shadowing return only ends it sooner. Stop at the first clearance \(\ell_b\) and nearest-attach. Every point of this open finite barrier then has distance at least \[3-4/3=5/3>2/\sqrt3 \tag{G3k}\] from \(J\). Continue along the held lane to a free endpoint beyond the new circle and add the same virtual gate as above.

To identify the actual endpoint \(b\in\partial D(K)\) with its bank of the central chord or loop, choose the incident deleted triangle which meets \(K\), and join \(b\) inside that triangle to its first \(K\)-hit. The triangle has diameter one, less than \(d(b,J)\ge5/3\), so this link stays on the same bank. It is only an identification inside forbidden material, not a free path or a sign prescription. Coincident links are resolved in their boundary order. An actual dual continuation cannot use such a link or enter its endpoint away from an observed tip.

Perturb these finitely long barriers off dual vertices. Prescribe sign \(s\) at every free primal vertex whose closed hexagon meets an open sign-\(s\) barrier. An already fixed hexagon meeting it has sign \(s\): its interior lies on that bank of the prospective chord or loop, and by (G3k) it cannot also meet \(J\). Remote fixed observations miss these bounded lanes. No free hexagon meets opposite-sign barriers, for a path through that hexagon between the two sides would have to cross \(J\), requiring diameter at least \(5/3\), greater than the hexagon diameter. These are compatible prescriptions on at most \(M(L_0)\) vertices in at most two bounded patches near the old tips. The simultaneous insertion argument gives them a joint positive probability. At a transverse crossing of an open barrier, both hexagons adjacent to the crossed dual edge meet that barrier and have its strict sign. A zero interface cannot cross it, nor pass through its fixed endpoint away from a tip. The paired-crosscut caging proof above therefore applies literally.

For the walk, the cells successively met by its centerline give a primal nearest-neighbor route in its full radius-one tube; at a cell-vertex tie insert an incident neighboring cell. Include the full radius-one entrance ball and extend the route two units beyond the target circle. In the inner case the final crossed cell center has radius at least \(s+10L+2-1/\sqrt3>s+10L+1/\sqrt3\), so it is unselected and the route has exited. Stop at first exit; use first entry in the outer case. The route has at most \(M(L_0)\) steps and controls the whole new walk history, including revisits. The fixed radial buffer keeps every route vertex away from zero and stops it before the remote joining vertex. Equations (G3i)–(G3j) and the centerline separations leave fixed lattice room between this tube and the finite sign fences. The new field tips lie within five lattice units of their targets. The targets are at radial distance \(5L\) from all earlier pieces and at distance at least \(4.8q\rho_1\) from every other held ray; subtracting the target, lane, and hexagon errors (at most eight units) still leaves more than \(2q\rho_1\) for \(L>20\). Old histories are separated by the \(10L-O(1)\) radial gap. The expanded target-ball and central- component argument controls the entire fresh field, as before. The finite route probability is at least \(6^{-2M(L_0)}\) by (GW2). Thus the direct construction gives an open raw output of quality at least \((2q)\wedge1/100\) with a uniform positive probability on the remaining bounded range, before the live test. The same deterministic construction works with any fixed upper bound in place of \(L_0\); only the finite cell count and its probability constant change.

Positive support after direct steering.

The branch \(L\le20\) already includes the completion support in its cited discrete routing conclusion. Suppose now that \(L>20\) in (G3), and fix any exact output pair in the successful open raw event just constructed. The unchanged physical separation is at least \(L\), by the hypothesis of (G3), and the updated one is at least \(2(1-10q)L>1.9L\). Thus both raw physical separations exceed twenty. The input live pair has a compatible cyclic matching of its two strand accesses and its walk access, obtained from any completion witnessing \(Z^\sigma\). The target order and the landing error bounds show that direct steering preserves this matching. It is a geometric matching; the inner orientation sampled for the raw event is not retained.

Fix a sufficiently large absolute \(H\), to be specified below. From the fixed output pair prospectively update any raw physical separation \(\ell<H\), leaving the other record fixed, until both are at least \(H\). Use the direct finite sign-fence construction above with its fixed upper range enlarged to \(\max\{L_0,H\}\). All its deterministic inequalities hold for \(L>20\); only its finite cell count changes with this upper range. This construction and its finite walk route use only joint admissibility and openness, not the live test. In particular they give, with positive conditional probability, an open output with raw quality at least twice the input raw quality whenever the cap is inactive. The fresh walk remains inside \(B_{5R}\), so it creates no contact with the original exterior. After each such event forget its auxiliary sign prescriptions and orientation and retain an admissible exact output pair. There are countably many exact path outputs, so one has positive conditional probability. This is a prospective positive-support construction, not a uniform lower bound.

For \(R\ge1000H\), every selected raw quality in this continuation is at most \(H/R\le10^{-3}\). Each successful update therefore multiplies its physical separation by at least \(1.8\). For either record the sum of its own starting physical separations before reaching \(H\) is less than \(1.8H/(1.8-1)=2.25H\); its total radial change is less than \(22.5H\). The original (G3) output has \(r>3.135R\) and \(s<1.785R\). Hence the whole prospective continuation remains in the wider \(2.8R,1.84R\) layout buffer. It ends after finitely many updates, and retains openness, the cyclic matching, and the absence of every forbidden strand or exterior contact.

At this final raw pair use only the deterministic centerlines and capped side curves from the proof of Lemma 57, not its quantitative probability assertion. Take \(a=H/(4R)\). Both normalized raw qualities are at least \(a\); the rounded-circle errors are absorbed by choosing \(H\) large. The deterministic estimates there give centerline separation at least \(cH\) and lane width at least \(w_H=c'H\), for fixed absolute \(c,c'>0\). Fix \(H\) so large that \(w_H\) exceeds one hundred times every absolute cell error below. The compatible cyclic matching chooses the orientation of the inner strand and the side \(s_0\) containing both walk accesses. Write \(\Gamma=K\cup J\) for the resulting simple ideal chord, with its two sign sides \(\Omega_\pm\). Here \(J\) consists of the two free connectors in the unobserved annulus, with the radial end stems just specified in that proof.

Use the sign-\(+\) and sign-\(-\) side curves along just one of these connectors. At an endpoint concatenate the open curve with a link through the selected same-side sector of its incident deleted triangle, ending in the interior of a pure strand-adjacent hexagon. If necessary the link uses at most two old hexagons of that same sign. It does not include the actual \(K\) endpoint: at a tiling vertex use the specified access and end in a pure edge-side cell. Perturb the concatenated curve within its side so that it crosses tiling edges transversely and misses tiling vertices. The list of crossed hexagons is then an edge-connected primal chain from the outer sign bank to the inner sign bank. Every old sign site on this chain has the indicated sign, because its hexagon interior lies in \(\Omega_\pm\). No hexagon belongs to both chains: its interior avoids \(K\), and a path inside it between the two sides would have to cross \(J\), contradicting the distance of each open side curve and endpoint link from \(J\), which is greater than the hexagon diameter.

Join the two walk accesses by the third deterministic centerline, including its actual walk-tip access pieces, and list the hexagons it crosses after a generic perturbation. Their centers give a finite primal route between the exact walk-tip vertices; its full neighbor layer stays in the free third corridor by the choice of \(H\). Concatenate it with the outer record and the reversal of the inner record to obtain a candidate path \(\Pi\) ending at zero. For every nonzero vertex of \(\Pi\), request sign \(s_0\) on that vertex and all its lattice neighbors. These requests are compatible with all old signs. Indeed the old walked hexagons cannot cross \(J\): their histories are on the old sides of the stopping circles, and the only end neighborhoods of \(J\) are separated from those histories by the physical gap \(H\), including one neighbor layer. They cannot cross \(K\) by openness. Their accesses and the middle route are in \(\Omega_{s_0}\), so all their nonzero hexagons lie on that side. If a neighboring old sign hexagon were on the opposite side, the common primal edge would meet \(\Gamma\). A \(K\) edge there is exactly a forbidden prior adjacency, and a \(J\) crossing is excluded by the preceding clearance. An exterior neighbor on the opposite sign arc would likewise make the common primal edge cross \(K\) or \(J\), contrary to observed no-contact or the same clearance; a same-side Dirichlet neighbor is retained unchanged. The same side and hexagon-diameter argument excludes an overlap with the opposite sign chain. Requests of sign \(s_0\) cause no conflict with the other chain. The origin may occur in a neighbor layer and then has the compatible sign \(s_0\); only the star centered at the origin is omitted.

Choose \(0<b<1/4\). Give every requested free sign site, including all old string sites, the value \(+b\) or \(-b\), give all other free sites value zero, and retain the original Dirichlet pins. No site has received opposite requests. The retained old signs include the literal tail signs through each crossing triangle and first edge on the other side of its rounded stopping layer; these preserve the specified first entrance or exit and the exact in-disk component. Each free–free edge has height difference at most \(2b<1\), and each free–pin edge has difference at most \(b+1/2<1\); the pin–pin constraints were already feasible. A relative-open neighborhood therefore satisfies all old exact strand signs, the two chains, the nonzero walk stars, and the hard Lipschitz constraints. It has positive volume in this finite domain, and in particular proves positive probability for the chosen inner orientation.

Along a simple zero strand the consecutive same-side hexagons are equal or edge-adjacent. Each of the two forced chains consequently joins the corresponding sign next to \(e_\sigma^*\), through the inner bank and outer bank, to its corresponding exterior sign arc. The zero component through \(e_\sigma^*\) cannot be a closed cycle, since a cycle would separate one of these two sign clusters from the exterior. Interior zero vertices have degree two and the only boundary sign changes are the two marks, so this component is the boundary chord. At every nonzero vertex of \(\Pi\), all neighbors have its one strict sign; no zero edge is incident to its hexagon. Thus \(\Pi\) meets the chord first at its allowed endpoint zero. It has no earlier exterior contact by the same raw openness and corridor clearance. The finite middle walk route has positive conditional Green-bridge probability. The strict field event and this route therefore give \(Z^\sigma\) positive conditional probability at the terminal \(H\)-pair. Each of the finitely many raw success transitions leading there had positive conditional probability, with its auxiliary orientation and fences forgotten at the retained exact record. Applying the tower property successively along this finite continuation gives positive hookup probability at the original fixed direct output pair. Every direct successful output in (G3) is live. Combining this with the uniform raw steering bound and the already supported \(L\le20\) branch proves (G3).

The one-record collapse estimate.

For the outer update the proof of (G4) follows the stopped first-approach decomposition in [SSdiscrete]; we record the exact conditioning because it is needed below. Reveal the new two field arms first, but not the whole intervening walk. Write \(x,y\) for their tips, \(z\) for the eventual new walk tip, and \(S^\dagger\) for the newly exposed walk portion. The failure event \(F\) is covered, including ties, by the following events: \[\begin{split} M_0&=\{q_1=0\},\\ M_1&=\{d(S^\dagger,\{x,y\})<(2q\rho_1)\wedge|x-y|\},\\ M_2&=F\cap\{\rho_1q_1=d(z,\hbox{new whole strand history})\},\\ M_3&=F\cap\{0<\rho_1q_1=|x-y|\}. \end{split} \tag{G4a}\] Events involving missing tips are empty, that case being in \(M_0\). The cap is inactive because \(2q<1/100\). The old opposite histories cannot make the new quality insufficient: their radial gap is \(10L\), whereas \(2q\rho_1\le2.2L\). At the bounded lattice scales this is understood with the exact first-entry/first-exit version of the cited discrete construction.

For \(M_1\), stop \(S^\dagger\) at its first visit within \(a=(2q\rho_1)\wedge|x-y|\) of either new strand tip. Condition only on the new field arms and this stopped walk prefix, and call the approached tip \(x\). The other tip is at least \(a\) away. The preceding annular width is \(10q\rho\), whereas \(a\le2q\rho_1\); for either direction their ratio is at least \(5/(1+10q)>250/51\). At diverging scales the rounded-circle error therefore still leaves width at least \(4.8a\). The approached strand crosses the annulus about \(x\) from radius \(a/4\) to radius \(2a\). Starting at this first approach, stop a local trial at a field hit, entry to either radius-\(a/4\) tip ball, or exit from \(B(x,2a)\). The source’s planar stopped-walk estimate gives a fixed probability of the field-hit alternative. Its fixed relative enlargement avoids the remote joining vertex and zero in the present buffer, so Harnack and (GW2) give the same assertion for the Green bridge.

The trial need not finish before the first crossing of the \(\rho_1\)-circle. If that crossing occurs first at \(z\) with \(d(z,H)<a/4\), where \(H\) is the whole new strand history, interrupt the trial there. Before that time the walk has stayed outside the two radius-\(a/4\) tip balls, and before its first approach it stayed at distance at least \(a\) from both tips. Since \(|x-y|\ge a\) and the cap is larger than \(a/4\), either the pair is already dead or \(\rho_1q_1=d(z,H)\). The direct \(M_2\) hitting estimate at this complete first record, with scale \(d(z,H)\), then kills hookup during the next update with a fixed probability. If instead the crossing has \(d(z,H)\ge a/4\), every quality term at that crossing is at least \(a/4\), unless hookup is already dead. Its next radial displacement is therefore at least \(10(a/4)=2.5a\). A field hit in the local trial, which stays in \(B(x,2a)\), occurs before that next circle; the strict \(0.5a\) margin absorbs the rounded-circle error at diverging scales. A trial hit before the first crossing also kills hookup. Thus the union of a local hit before interruption and an interruption contains the un-interrupted local-hit event, so it has a fixed lower probability. On the interruption event, condition on the record at interruption, not on whether the trial would later hit; the direct estimate then supplies a fixed conditional death probability. Conditioning there and integrating proves \[\mathbb P(q_2=0,M_1\mid{\cal F}_{r,s}) \ge c\mathbb P(M_1\mid{\cal F}_{r,s}). \tag{G4b}\] This is not asserted after fixing the later escaping part of the failed walk. On \(M_2\) the same direct hitting estimate starts at the new walk tip at scale \(\rho_1q_1\), and may be used after that full new record is fixed. Its next radial displacement is ten times this scale. At bounded scales the exact discrete first-approach and finite routing argument of the source, with bounded insertion, gives the same fixed lower bounds. On \(M_3\), one single-sign circular-clearance barrier around the midpoint of \([x,y]\) forces the strands to join before the next circle, whose radial gap is \(10|x-y|\). Its nearest endpoints, pure pockets, and local thickness are those proved above for the circular construction, and the remote record is outside its annulus. Proposition 55 applies at diverging scales and bounded insertion at bounded scales. \(M_0\) is immediate. Thus (G4b) holds for all four \(M_i\) with one \(c>0\). Summing the possibly overlapping events gives (G4) with \(c_1=c/4\).

For an inner update use the same decomposition for the reversed first-exit walk and the outward-growing strand. The entire old histories now lie inside the old rounded circle, so the radial-gap calculation reverses without changing its constants. Reverse the whole Green bridge as in (GW1)–(GW2); its local first-approach law has the remote outer joining vertex as pole. The same first-approach hitting argument and the reflected single-sign circular barrier apply. The quantitative buffers ensure these local regions miss the fixed outer record. This proves the joint form (G4) for either selected record, without claiming a hazard bound conditional on a complete failed intermediate record. We now iterate the one-record estimates at the smaller physical separation. Write \[\ell_{\rm o}=r q_{\rm o},\qquad \ell_{\rm i}=s q_{\rm i},\qquad p={\ell_{\rm o}\wedge\ell_{\rm i}\over R},\qquad \beta={3\over2},\] where both live qualities are zero at death. Fix \(a_0=\beta^{-N}\le10^{-3}\), to be chosen below, and put \[{\cal B}=\{(r,s):7R/2\le r\le4R,\ R\le s\le3R/2\}.\] Starting from \((r,s)=(4R,R)\), stop at death, when \(p\ge a_0\), or when the radii leave \({\cal B}\). Stopping is checked only at round boundaries; let \(\tau\) be the first terminal boundary.

At a live round boundary choose a record with smaller physical separation \(\ell=pR\), using a deterministic tie rule. Its quality is \(q=\ell/\rho\le p<a_0\), so the cap in (G3) is inactive. Attempt its (G3) update, leaving the other record fixed. On success its new physical separation satisfies \[\ell_1=\rho_1q_1\ge2(1+10eq)\ell\ge1.8\ell. \tag{G5a}\] On failure \(q_1<2q\), flag the round and immediately execute the same record’s (G4) update. If \(q_1=0\), end dead without another radial update. Otherwise use \(q_1\) to set the collapse radius and then end the round. After a first success, let \(U\ge\ell\) be the unchanged physical separation. If \(U\ge\beta\ell\), end the round. If \(U<\beta\ell\), it is now the smaller separation by (G5a); attempt its (G3) update. Its quality is at most \(U/R<\beta p<.0015\), so its cap is also inactive and (G4) applies on failure. Flag and immediately collapse that same record on failure, again making no further update if its failed quality is zero. End the round after this second attempt or its collapse. A flag-free round has \(p_{k+1}\ge\beta p_k\).

A failed growth and its following collapse are one transition for the round filtration: the intervening full record is not added before (G4) is used. The final nested records determine that restriction, the chosen radii, and the flag, without observing any still unexposed bridge. Let \(\mathcal F_k\) be the exact pair at the start of round \(k\), let \(J_k\) indicate its flag, and let \(A_k\) mean that the state is live. Decrease \(c_1\), if necessary, so \(0<c_1<1\), and put \(\varrho=1-c_1\). The joint form of (G4) says that for either failed attempt \(F\), \[\mathbb P(F,\text{ survival after the immediate collapse}\mid \mathcal F_{\rm pre}) \le\varrho\mathbb P(F\mid\mathcal F_{\rm pre}).\] For the second failure apply this after the first success and integrate its exact record. The two failure branches are disjoint, so \[\mathbb P(J_k=1,A_{k+1}\mid\mathcal F_k) \le\varrho\mathbb P(J_k=1\mid\mathcal F_k),\qquad \mathbb P(J_k=0\mid\mathcal F_k)\ge c_0^2. \tag{G5b}\] The second bound uses at most two (G3) successes. No hazard bound is asserted after specifying the complete failed intermediate record.

For later division, consider any reachable nondead exact pair with radii in \({\cal B}\), including a pair where \(p\ge a_0\) has just been attained. In a separate prospective continuation update the smaller physical separation until both are at least \(p_*R\), where \(p_*=1/200\). Provisionally stop also at the first exit from the (G3) input buffer \(r>3.3R\), \(s<1.7R\). At every prospective update before that exit, the selected quality is less than \(p_*R/\rho\le p_*=.005\). Thus the cap is inactive and each success multiplies that record’s physical separation by at least \(1.8>\beta\). Between its own updates its radius and intrinsic quality stay fixed, since the all-success pair remains live. For either record every prefix of its own starting-separation sequence therefore has sum less than \[{\beta\over\beta-1}p_*R=.015R.\] An elementary radius changes by exactly ten times that starting physical separation. Hence every prospective prefix has \[r_{\rm f}>3.35R,\qquad s_{\rm f}<1.65R. \tag{G5c}\] This contradicts the proposed first exit from the (G3) input buffer, so the continuation reaches its quality target within that buffer. At the end both normalized qualities are at least \(p_*/4\), the ratio lies in \((9/8,5)\), and \(6s_{\rm f}<9.9R<12R\). Lemma 57 applies. There are at most \(2\max\{0,\lceil\log_\beta(p_*/p)\rceil\}\) successful updates. With \(\alpha=2\log_\beta(c_0^{-1})\), this proves \[\mathbb P(Z^\sigma\mid\mathcal F) \ge {c(p\wedge p_*)^\alpha\over\log R}. \tag{G5}\] The prospective continuation is used only for this lower bound and may leave \({\cal B}\); (G5c) supplies its larger buffer.

Set all flags after \(\tau\) to zero. Freeze the state after a nondeath stop, and keep its live indicator zero after death. Let \(N_k=\sum_{j<k}J_j\). By (G5b), \[W_k=\mathbf1_{A_k}\varrho^{-N_k}\] is a nonnegative supermartingale. For \(I_n=(\beta^{-n},\beta^{1-n}]\), put \[M_n=\sum_{k<\tau}\mathbf1_{\{A_k,\ p_k\in I_n\}},\] and let \(T_{n,m}\) be the \(m\)-th counted start. Between two visits to a band there is a completed flagged round: without a flag each transition multiplies \(p\) by at least \(\beta\), so it cannot return. The flag may occur in another band. Optional stopping at bounded times, followed by monotone convergence of the hitting indicators, gives on \(S=T_{n,1}<\infty\) \[\mathbb P(T_{n,m}<\infty\mid\mathcal F_S)\le\varrho^{m-1}. \tag{G5d}\] Here \(\mathcal F_S\) is the stopped sigma-field on the first-visit event. At a live start in \({\cal B}\), the ratio \(r/s\) lies in \([7/3,4]\) and \(s\in[R,3R/2]\), so the upper bound in Lemma 57 is \(C/\log R\). Apply it at \(T_{n,m}\), use (G5d), and divide by (G5) at the first visit, where \(\beta^{-n}<p<a_0<p_*\). Integrating that first-visit record yields \[\mathbb P(M_n\ge m\mid\Phi_{4R},\Theta_R,Z^\sigma) \le C\beta^{\alpha n}\varrho^{m-1}. \tag{G6}\]

Choose \(A>\alpha\log\beta/(-\log\varrho)\). For some \(\xi<1\), (G6) gives \(\mathbb P(M_n>\lceil An\rceil\mid\Phi_{4R},\Theta_R,Z^\sigma) \le C\xi^n\). A failed physical separation satisfies \(\ell_1=\rho_1q_1<2(1+10eq)\ell\le2.2\ell\). The sums of elementary physical inputs in the three possible round types are consequently less than \(3.2\ell\), \(2.5\ell\), and \(\ell+1.5\ell+2.2(1.5\ell)=5.8\ell\), respectively. Thus the sum of outer loss and inner gain in one round is less than \(58pR\). For \(p<a_0\le10^{-3}\), a complete round begun in \({\cal B}\) has intermediate radii \[r>3.442R>3.25R,\qquad s<1.558R<1.61R,\] even when its endpoint triggers stopping. These are the strong (G4) buffers; the selected normalized qualities before their growth attempts were already shown to be less than \(1/500\), as (G4) requires. Its failed output need not remain the smaller physical separation.

Low-quality rounds have \(n\ge N+1\). Outside the exceptional events, \[\sum_{k<\tau}p_k \le (A+1)\sum_{n\ge N+1}n\beta^{1-n} =3(A+1)(N+3)\beta^{-N}.\] Choose \(N\) so large that the resulting radial movement is less than \(R/2\) and \(C\sum_{n\ge N+1}\xi^n<\varepsilon/3\). The radii cannot then leave \({\cal B}\) while \(p<a_0\). An infinite live low-quality run would contain infinitely many flags, since after a last flag repeated multiplication by \(\beta\) reaches \(a_0\). The supermartingale shows that survival through infinitely many flags has probability zero. Conditional on \(Z^\sigma\), therefore, \(p\ge a_0\) is attained before buffer exit with probability at least \(1-\varepsilon/3\).

On that attainment event condition on the exact transcript \(H\). Since its radii lie in \({\cal B}\), \[q_{\rm o}\wedge q_{\rm i}\ge a_0/4,\qquad p\wedge p_*\ge a_0.\] Apply the one-record late-collapse argument to the outer record down to \(3R\), keeping the attained inner record fixed; apply its outward version to the inner record up to \(2R\), keeping the attained outer record fixed. These are two estimates under the same \(H\), not estimates conditioned on the other final record. The argument in [SSdiscrete] applies with these fixed buffers. A pair of close strand tips is screened at dyadic circles about its midpoint by the single-sign circular-clearance barriers proved above. Each required breach costs a fixed factor, giving \(C_{a_0}t^{\zeta_{\rm s}}\) for separation \(tR\). For a walk–strand approach, expose the walk only to its first \(tR\)-approach and use Beurling up to the next fixed intermediate circle, giving \(C_{a_0}t^{\zeta_{\rm w}}\). Leave the remaining bridge unexposed in both cases. The augmented upper bound in (G1) then gives the joint-with-hookup bound \(C_{a_0}(t^{\zeta_{\rm s}}+t^{\zeta_{\rm w}})/\log R\). No (G3) call is made in this late step. The field-radius pairs for the augmented (G1) factors are \((3R,s_H)\) and \((r_H,2R)\), with respective ratios in \([2,3]\) and \([7/4,2]\). Their clearance requirements are \(6s_H\le9R\) and \(6(2R)=12R\); the intermediate walk prefix is covered by the augmented upper bound. Divide by (G5), which at the attained pair is at least \(c a_0^\alpha/\log R\). Choose \(0<t<.03\) so small that, under the same \(H,Z^\sigma\), the union bound for the two late-collapse events is less than \(2\varepsilon/3\). The bad events here mean that a defining physical separation is at most \(tR\). Either final normalized quality at most \(t/3\) implies its corresponding bad event. Taking \(c(\varepsilon)=t/3\), together with attainment, proves (G2). ◻

Proposition 59 (Comparison of sampled configurations). There are \(C<\infty\) and \(R_0<\infty\) such that the following holds for \(R\geq R_0\). Take two domains containing \(\mathfrak B_{12R}\), with observers outside that disk, and any two external records \(\phi,\phi'\) at radius \(4R\) having positive hookup probability. For every event \(H\) determined by the initially unoriented \(\Theta_R\), with the same specified geometric incident-edge label in the two experiments and no conditioning on the landing side, \[C^{-1}\mathbb P'(H\mid\Phi'_{4R}=\phi',Z'^\sigma) \leq \mathbb P(H\mid\Phi_{4R}=\phi,Z^\sigma) \leq C\mathbb P'(H\mid\Phi'_{4R}=\phi',Z'^\sigma). \tag{G7}\] The constant is independent of \(R\) and of additional unused annuli outside radius \(4R\).

Proof. Before hookup conditioning, the field observations in each \(\Phi_{3R}\) are only the signs adjacent to its two external arms, supported outside radius \(3R-O(1)\). The event specifying an oriented \(\beta_{2R}^\sigma\) tests vertices inside radius \(2R+O(1)\). Apply Lemma 56 with inner disk of radius \(9R/4\) and outer disk of radius \(5R/2\). Both base laws have no observations in this outer disk, their graphs agree there, and their external arms connect scale \(3R\) to the original boundary outside scale \(6R\), providing the anchors. Thus the inner oriented-strand laws are comparable by a fixed factor under these different external records. Summing this comparison over the two possible orientation lifts gives the same bound for the unoriented inner record; no landing side is added to that record or conditioned on. At this step no \(\Theta\)-record has already been imposed in either base law: the inner record is precisely the additional event being compared. The reversed-walk law is also comparable by a fixed factor: a walk from either entrance point has probability bounded below to visit the other before reaching zero. Apply the strong Markov property at that visit. The field and walk factors are independent before hookup. Thus there is a reference weight \(p_{2R}(\theta)\) for inner records such that their probabilities given a record at radius \(3R\) are comparable to this weight.

Choose the quality threshold in Lemma 58 with error \(1/2\), and let \(X\) be the inner records at \(2R\) exceeding it. Let \(\mathcal Q\) be the event that both the \(2R\) inner and \(3R\) outer records exceed it. Separation holds even conditional on a specified \(\Theta_R=\vartheta\). Hence conditioning further on \(\mathcal Q\) changes the probability of this specified inner record by at most a fixed factor. On \(\mathcal Q\), apply Lemma 57 with inner radius \(2R\) and outer radius \(3R\). Its ratio condition holds, and its clearance requirement is precisely \(\mathfrak B_{12R}\), as assumed. Bayes’ formula and the reference-weight comparison give \[\mathbb P(\Theta_{2R}=\theta\mid\mathcal Q,Z^\sigma,\Phi_{3R}) \asymp \frac{p_{2R}(\theta)}{\sum_{\xi\in X}p_{2R}(\xi)} \quad(\theta\in X).\] Indeed the numerator before normalization is comparable to \(p_{2R}(\theta)/\log R\), and summing determines its normalization. Average over \(\Phi_{3R}\), then sum over all \(\theta\in X\) whose restriction to radius \(R\) is \(\vartheta\). The resulting reference ratio is independent of the external experiment, proving (G7) first for single records, then for events. Conditioning on data farther out and averaging over the radius \(4R\) records preserves the same constant. ◻

Lemma 60 (No additional sampled excursions). Let \(\mathcal J(r,R)\) be the event that more than two disjoint interface arcs cross from \(\mathfrak B_r\) to \(\partial\mathfrak B_R\), or that the walk exits \(\mathfrak B_R\) after first entering \(\mathfrak B_r\) and before its landing at zero. For every \(\varepsilon>0\) there are \(A(\varepsilon)<\infty\) and \(r_0(\varepsilon)<\infty\) such that \[\mathbb P(\mathcal J(r,R)\mid\Phi_R,\Theta_r,Z^\sigma)<\varepsilon \tag{G8}\] when \(r\geq r_0(\varepsilon)\), \(R>A(\varepsilon)r\), the observer and boundary are outside \(\mathfrak B_{4R}\), and the conditioning has positive probability. The same holds, with a harmless change of \(\varepsilon\), conditioned only on \(\Phi_R\) and \(Z=\{S_\tau=0\}\).

Proof. Apply Lemma 58 in the outer buffer with base radius \(R/4\); its clearance requirement is \(3R<4R\). In the inner buffer the base radius is \(r\), and its requirement \(12r<4R\) holds after increasing \(A(\varepsilon)\) so that \(A(\varepsilon)>4\). Separation in these buffers makes all four records at scales \(2r,3r,R/2,3R/4\) have quality at least \(c(\varepsilon)\), except with probability \(O(\varepsilon)\). Put \(\rho\asymp\sqrt{rR}\). Let \(H=(\Phi_{3r},\Theta_{2r})\). The walk portion \(S_*\) from its first radius-\(3r\) entrance to the last visit, before zero, to the endpoint of its radius-\(r\) reversed piece is unlikely to leave \(\mathfrak B_{\rho/3}\) without hitting the external arms. The ordinary Beurling estimate and first-hit/last-exit decomposition bound this probability, conditional on \(H\), by \(b(R/r)\to0\). If it escapes, reveal only its prefix \(S_{**}\) up to first exit. The augmented bound (GK), not a bound conditioned on the completed walk, gives \[\mathbb P(S_*\not\subset\mathfrak B_{\rho/3},Z^\sigma\mid H) \leq C b(R/r)/\log r.\] Divide by the lower bound \(c(\varepsilon)/\log r\) on separated records and average over them. This proves confinement under the landing law.

For the outer construction, use only \(\operatorname{ext}_{3r}S\). Let \(S'\) be its terminal path from its last exit of \(\mathfrak B_{R/3}\) to its endpoint at radius \(3r\). Choose measurably from \(S'\) an arc on the circle of radius \(\rho\) whose union with \(S'\) separates the inner and outer circles. Intersect this open circular arc with \(D(\operatorname{ext}_{3r}\gamma)\). Its two components next to \(S'\) have other endpoints on the boundary of this deleted-triangle domain, not on the interface itself; call them \(\alpha_1,\alpha_2\). Thus an endpoint attachment does not already count as an interface intersection. They are \(\Phi_{3r}\)-measurable. For each \(i=1,2\) separately, in the component on that side place nested barriers separating \(\alpha_i\) from the inner circle. The deterministic construction is the clearance construction in [SSdiscrete]: take a separating circular arc; if its middle has adequate boundary clearance, attach shortest endpoint segments, and otherwise repeat at the smaller distance between its two facing pure boundary pieces. The procedure terminates because the two boundary pieces are disjoint. Use the shortest endpoint segments and fixed relative endpoint radius of the circular-clearance layout above. Thus each output satisfies (UB1), although its lattice diameter may be small. Barriers selected in distinct dyadic annuli remain separated.

For a fixed \(i\), after exposing the two interface arms to one barrier, the next single-sign barrier satisfies Proposition 55, including its bounded-scale case. Thus crossing \(N\) barriers in that access has probability at most \((1-c)^N\), conditional on \(H\) but not on the landing. Apply this separately to the two accesses, without conditioning on the other shielding event; their union costs a factor of two. For \(F=\{\gamma\cap(\alpha_1\cup\alpha_2)\ne\varnothing\}\), fix the completed field while retaining the unexposed walk bridge. The first augmented upper bound following (G1) gives \[\mathbb P(F,Z^\sigma\mid H) =\mathbb E[1_F\mathbb P(Z^\sigma\mid H,\gamma)\mid H] \leq \frac{C}{\log r}\mathbb P(F\mid H).\] The same lower normalization gives \(C(\varepsilon)(1-c)^N\) under the landing law, where \(N\to\infty\) with \(R/r\). Repeat the whole construction from the inner reversed record \(\Theta_{R/3}\), without also revealing the forward intermediate bridge.

Outside these exceptional events, confinement identifies the terminal forward path \(S'\) with the corresponding portion of the reversed inner record. The same deterministic circular-arc selection then makes the two crosscuts from the separate descriptions coincide. Their boundary endpoints therefore attach to lattice edges incident to both the inner incident strand and the two external arms. These strand attachments are on opposite sides of the incident edge: the other possibility contradicts the winding number of the circular separator completed along the common walk path. This is the deterministic Jordan-curve conclusion in [SSdiscrete]; its hypotheses are the two coinciding crosscuts, a simple interface, and the common walk avoiding it before zero, all obtained above. Thus each external arm has merged with a distinct inner arm, and there can be no additional annular interface crossing.

The total error is \(C\varepsilon+o_{R/r}(1)+C(\varepsilon)(1-c)^N\). Choose the buffer error first and then \(R/r\) large. Average over \(\Theta_r\) and the six possible incident edges for the external-only statement. ◻

Boundary clearance, survival, and nonreturn

The survival and nonreturn arguments adapt [SSdiscrete], using the barrier and sampled-excursion estimates proved above. For the boundary-attaching arguments in this subsection, fix \(\lambda_*>0\) and assume the exterior Dobrushin data satisfy \[h_\partial\in[\lambda_*,1/2]\text{ on }\partial_+, \qquad h_\partial\in[-1/2,-\lambda_*]\text{ on }\partial_-. \tag{GB}\] All constants may depend on \(\lambda_*\). This includes the reference data \(\pm1/2\), and the candidate matched data \(\pm l\) with \(l\geq c\) from the completed-reference use of Lemma 52 in Proposition 72. The boundary-landing argument itself uses the prescribed exterior lower bound in \((\mathrm{GB})\), not a new application of the string comparison on an open sector. No uniform assertion as \(l\downarrow0\) is required. The source’s boundary condition [SSdiscrete] is more permissive, allowing small wrong-sign heights; we do not need or invoke that additional Gaussian statement.

Lemma 61 (Clearance from the original boundary). Let \(S\) be an independent full walk from \(v\), stopped only on the original boundary at \(\tau_D\), and let \(\gamma\) be the completed interface. Put \(d=\operatorname{dist}(v,\partial D)\) and \[M=\{S_j:j<\tau_D,\ S_j\text{ is adjacent to }\gamma\}.\] Under \((\mathrm{GB})\), uniformly over domains, observers, and the indicated exterior data, \[\lim_{\eta\downarrow0}\limsup_{d\to\infty} \mathbb P\bigl(\operatorname{dist}(M,\partial D)<\eta d\bigr)=0. \tag{GB1}\] The distance of the empty set is infinity. In particular the assertion holds for a terminal harmonic landing, or simultaneously for every old-prefix landing of this walk that is not on \(\partial D\).

Proof. We adapt the full-walk argument of [SSdiscrete]. We first establish pure-arc repulsion. For \(y\in\partial_+\), choose any deterministic lower bound \(b\leq d_D(y,\partial_-)\). Start the fixed-ratio iteration at \(\rho\le b/8\), losing only \(O(1)\) outer scales. Take the component of \(B(y,\rho)\cap D\) accessible from \(y\), and its circular crosscut separating \(y\) from \(\partial_-\). Use the clearance construction of Lemma 60, with \(\delta\le1/100\) and \(c_A\le\delta/100\) in the circular-clearance layout. Write \(\beta_1,\beta_2\) for the two components of \(\partial_+\setminus\{y\}\). Its endpoint \(z_j\) is accessible from \(y\) by a path of diameter at most \(2(1+2\delta)\rho+O(1)\). Its internal separation \(\sigma_j\) from \(\beta_{3-j}\) is greater than \(\ell_{\rm att}\) in the wide case, and in the narrow case is at least \(\delta\,\delta^k\rho\), with \(\ell_{\rm att}\le\delta^k\rho\). For the endpoint radius \(d_{\rm e}=c_A\ell_{\rm att}\le\delta\rho/100\), in both cases \(\sigma_j>3d_{\rm e}\).

Let \(\chi_j\) be the first circular crosscut at radius \(d_{\rm e}\) met by the initial segment from \(z_j\). Each endpoint of \(\chi_j\) joins \(z_j\) along that segment and \(\chi_j\) by a route of diameter at most \(2d_{\rm e}\). It cannot lie on \(\beta_{3-j}\), by \(\sigma_j>3d_{\rm e}\). It cannot lie on \(\partial_-\), since concatenating with the preceding access from \(y\) gives diameter at most \[2(1+2\delta)\rho+2d_{\rm e}+O(1)<b\] at diverging scales, contrary to \(b\le d_D(y,\partial_-)\). Prior exposed arms stay outside by the annular separation. Thus both endpoints of \(\chi_j\) lie on \(\beta_j\). The barrier tail avoids \(\chi_j\): its own nearest segment crosses the circle once, and the wide middle has clearance \(\ell_{\rm att}>d_{\rm e}\). If the other nearest segment met \(\chi_j\), its remaining length to \(\beta_{3-j}\) would be at most \(d_{\rm e}\); together with the preceding \(2d_{\rm e}\) route this would contradict \(\sigma_j>3d_{\rm e}\). Hence \(\chi_j\) and the intervening \(\beta_j\) subarc cut off the pure side containing the initial prefix. This is its endpoint pocket \(A_{z_j}\). At each stage this is one positive barrier, so no mixed layout is used. Explore the interface only up to the next outer crosscut. Its exact sign transcript leaves the inner barrier compatible, so Proposition 55 gives a fixed conditional chance of avoiding this crosscut and every smaller access to \(y\). Iterating, then reflecting for \(y\in\partial_-\), gives constants \(C,\zeta>0\) such that \[\mathbb P\{d_D(y,\gamma)<r\} \leq C(r/b)^\zeta+o_d(1), \tag{GB2}\] when \(r,b\) are fixed positive multiples of \(d\) and \(r<b\). The lattice error is uniform for these fixed multiples. This is the deterministic crosscut argument of [SSdiscrete], with its field input replaced by our exterior version of Proposition 55.

Fix \(r=\eta d\), and condition on \(\gamma\). At the first walk visit to \(M\) at distance less than \(r\) from \(\partial D\), the strong Markov property and the planar walk estimate give a fixed probability of exiting \(D\) in the ball of radius \(2r+O(1)\) about a closest boundary point. One can force the walk to surround that point inside this ball, which forces the exit. Its continuation and the adjacent interface edge then give an internal path of diameter at most \(4r+O(1)\) from the exit \(Y=S_{\tau_D}\) to \(\gamma\). Consequently \[\mathbb P\{\operatorname{dist}(M,\partial D)<r\} \leq C\mathbb P\{d_D(Y,\gamma)<4r+O(1)\}. \tag{GB3}\] Here \(Y\), unlike the interface landing, is independent of \(\gamma\). Conditional on \(Y\), apply (GB2) whenever its internal distance to the opposite arc exceeds \(s=\sqrt\eta\,d\), using the deterministic lower bound \(b=s\) in that estimate. This gives \(C\eta^{\zeta/2}+o_d(1)\).

It remains to bound exits within internal distance \(s\) of both sign arcs. Delete all paths of diameter at most \(2s\) joining the two arcs and retain the component of \(v\). Its new boundary lies in two balls of radius \(4s\). To verify this elementary fact, classify each deleted crosscut by which marked sign-change endpoint it separates from \(v\). Any two crosscuts in the same class which touch the retained component intersect: otherwise their separation order prevents one of them from touching that component. Their diameter bound puts the whole class in one ball. There are two classes. An exit near both arcs is beyond this new boundary. The walk hitting estimate for these two balls gives \(C(s/d)^{1/2}=C\eta^{1/4}\). Combining with (GB3) proves (GB1).

Every nonexterior old-prefix landing is a vertex of \(M\), pathwise, because the prefix is contained in \(\gamma\) and the full walk has not yet exited \(D\). This proves the simultaneous assertion without conditioning on any landing event or on any stopping time. ◻

Lemma 62 (Clearance from the observer). Uniformly over the same bounded-data experiments, \[\lim_{\eta\downarrow0}\limsup_{d\to\infty} \mathbb P\{\operatorname{dist}(v,\gamma)<\eta d\}=0. \tag{GB4}\] This assertion does not require the lower bound in \((\mathrm{GB})\).

Proof. The nested shielding argument follows [SSdiscrete], using Proposition 55. Expose the first interface approach to the circles centered at \(v\) of radii \(2^{-j-1}d\). After the first approach to radius \(\rho\), use the free closed circle of radius \(3\rho/4\) as one single-sign barrier. It has no endpoints, and has fixed relative clearance from both the observed strands and the original boundary. Thus (UB1) holds without an attachment module. Proposition 55 gives a fixed chance of protecting the next smaller disk. Failure through \(N\) scales has probability at most \((1-p)^N\). Fix \(N\) first and let \(d\to\infty\), so every used scale diverges; then let \(N\to\infty\). This proves (GB4). It also excludes all terminal and old-prefix landings within \(\eta d\) of \(v\), up to one lattice spacing. ◻

Lemma 63 (Survival of a stopped harmonic landing). Let \(T\) be any stopping time for the filtration generated by oriented initial interface pieces, \(K=\gamma[0,T]\), and \(d=\operatorname{dist}(v,\partial D)\). Let \(X_T\) be the first landing of an independent full walk \(S\) on \(\partial D(K)\); let \(Y\) be its landing for the completed interface. For every \(\varepsilon>0\) there are \(p>0\), \(d_0<\infty\) such that \[\mathbb P\bigl(\mathbb P(Y=X_T\mid K,S)<p\bigr)<\varepsilon \qquad(d>d_0), \tag{G9}\] uniformly over the domains, observers, and stopping times under \((\mathrm{GB})\).

Proof. Conditional on an exact stopped prefix \(K\), the field has the ordinary strand-conditioned law: whether the rule stopped at this prefix is already decided by that prefix. The independent walk adds no field conditioning. Put \(U=D(K)\). For small fixed \(\delta>0\), except on an event tending uniformly to zero with \(\delta\), the following four conditions hold: \[\begin{split} &d_U(X_T,\hbox{opposite-sign side})\geq2\delta d,\\ &\operatorname{diam} S[0,\tau_T]<\delta^{-1}d,\\ &\operatorname{diam} S[t_*,\tau_T]<\delta d/4, \quad t_*=\inf\{t:d(S_t,\partial U)\leq\delta^2d\},\\ &d(v,K)\geq\delta^{1/2}d. \end{split} \tag{G10}\] The middle two statements are the planar walk hitting estimate uniform in \(U\). The last statement follows from Lemma 62 and \(K\subset\gamma\). For the observer-separated stopping times needed in the driving argument, the last condition can instead be imposed deterministically.

For the first condition delete all crosscuts of diameter at most \(4\delta d\) joining the two sign sides. The new boundary of the component containing \(v\) lies in two balls of radius \(8\delta d\). Indeed each deleted crosscut separates \(v\) from one of the two sign-change points; any two crosscuts for the same point which touch the retained component must intersect. All such crosscuts are consequently within twice their diameter of a fixed one. Apply the walk hitting estimate to those two balls, using the last condition. This also explains why arbitrary narrowing of \(U\) does not invalidate (G10).

Fix records satisfying (G10), and suppose the landing is positive. The deterministic clearance construction used in Lemma 60 gives a compatible crosscut \(\Upsilon_0\) in \(B(X_T,\delta d)\setminus B(X_T,\delta d/2)\), joining the positive boundary pieces on either side of \(X_T\) and separating it from the negative side. If no hexagon centered at a vertex of the stopped walk meets this crosscut, avoidance of this crosscut protects the entire walk. Otherwise add the boundaries of the walk hexagons on its unprotected side and take the boundary facing the negative side. Its diameter is at most \(2\delta^{-1}d\); its new part is at distance at least \(\delta^2d/2\) from \(\partial U\), by the terminal-walk condition. Indeed a contacting walk hexagon occurs before \(t_*\), since the terminal walk piece lies in \(B(X_T,\delta d/4)\), whereas the crosscut lies outside \(B(X_T,\delta d/2)\). That contact is at distance at least \(\delta^2d-O(1)\) from \(\partial U\); therefore the boundary-attached original crosscut has diameter at least \(\delta^2d-O(1)\) as well. The old endpoints retain their pure pockets and their shortest initial segments. In the contacting case choose their endpoint radius \(d_{\rm e}\) also below \(\delta^2d/(100A)\). The fixed relative circular construction and the preceding diameter bound make this a fixed further shrink depending only on \(\delta\). The added part cannot enter \(B(z,d_{\rm e})\) and has clearance much larger than \(d_{\rm e}\). Together with the circular-clearance qualification this proves (UB1) for the modified crosscut. It is one landing-sign barrier with parameter \(c\delta^3\) after a fixed shrink, at scale \(2\delta^{-1}d\).

Proposition 55 gives probability at least \(p_\delta>0\) that the future interface avoids the resulting barrier. On this event it is adjacent to no vertex of the stopped walk, so \(Y=X_T\). In the first branch \(\Upsilon_0\) can have bounded lattice diameter; this is covered by the all-scale part of that proposition. Reflect signs for a negative landing. Choose \(\delta\) to make the failure probability of (G10) smaller than \(\varepsilon\), and then take \(d\) sufficiently large. ◻

Proposition 64 (Nonreturn at stopped harmonic landings). For every \(\varepsilon>0\) there are \(s>0\) and \(d_0<\infty\) such that \[\mathbb P\bigl(d(X_T,\gamma\setminus\gamma[0,T])<s d,\, X_T\notin\partial D\bigr)<\varepsilon \qquad(d>d_0), \tag{G11}\] uniformly over all sign-filtration stopping times \(T\), with \(d=\operatorname{dist}(v,\partial D)\), under \((\mathrm{GB})\).

Proof. Let \(\mathcal G=\sigma(K,S)\), \(A=\{Y=X_T\}\), and \(q=\mathbb P(A\mid\mathcal G)\). Lemma 63 implies, for every \(\mathcal G\)-measurable event \(E\), \[\mathbb P(E)\leq\varepsilon_1+p^{-1}\mathbb P(E\cap A). \tag{G12}\] Take \(E\) to be the event that the old prefix has more than two crossings of an annulus about its walk landing. On \(A\), this implies the corresponding event for the completed interface at its completed harmonic landing. Lemma 60, with error smaller than \(p\varepsilon_1\), therefore removes all additional old excursions from a small comparison window.

Exclude landings close to the old tip using the walk hitting bound. Lemmas 61 and 62 exclude landings close to the original boundary or observer, uniformly over all prefixes. Choose the largest comparison window smaller than one tenth of this retained clearance. This verifies the original boundary and observer exclusions when Lemma 60 is applied after recentering at the landing.

In the remaining window exactly two incident old arms reach the outer circle, and the old tip lies outside it. There are two relevant complementary components. For each component separately, under the same conditioning \((K,S)\), select nested single-sign circular-clearance barriers attached to its pure old side, with the shortest endpoint segments and fixed relative endpoint radii specified above. After each failed shield, reveal the future arms up to that barrier; the conditional field law is again an exact-strand law, so the next shield succeeds with probability at least a fixed \(c>0\). Failure through \(N\) scales in that access has probability at most \((1-c)^N\). We do not condition one access estimate on the other shielding event; the union bound costs two. When neither complementary component is traversed, the future cannot enter the innermost Euclidean ball. The removal of additional old excursions is what converts this internal-access conclusion to Euclidean nonreturn.

Choose \(\varepsilon_1\), obtain \(p\) from survival, choose the completed excursion error below \(p\varepsilon_1\), choose \(N\), and then let all the finitely many retained scales tend to infinity in lattice units. Finally choose their innermost relative radius \(s\). The sum of the discarded probabilities can be made less than \(\varepsilon\), proving (G11). ◻

Remark 65 (What the geometric result supplies). The random mass of old-boundary accesses revisited by the future is the conditional harmonic probability of the event in (G11). Its expectation tends to zero, uniformly over stopping rules. Consequently bounded harmonic boundary tests may discard this mass. This is the estimate needed before a tower-property argument for a stopped observable. Absolute continuity of access in each fixed domain alone would not give its uniform form.

Height Gap and Curve Identification

The field results identify harmonic conditional means away from prescribed strands. To identify the curve, we must determine their boundary traces on the strand and retain those traces when the strand is stopped. This section separates the corresponding implications. Every application below requires the uniform versions of the preceding field and geometric estimates; a statement for one fixed conditioning would not suffice.

Conditional means viewed from harmonic landings

Throughout this section \(\gamma_n\) denotes the ordered dual sign strand, rather than the affine zero segments. Write \(\mathcal F^n_t\) for the sigma-field generated by its oriented prefix up to time \(t\). It reveals adjacent signs, rather than the height ratios encoded by affine crossing positions. Let \(T\) be a stopping time for this filtration. For a deterministic smooth test \(f\) define \[X_n(f)=\int_{D_n}f(z)h_n(z)\,\mathrm dz,\qquad M^n_T(f)=\mathbb E[X_n(f)\mid\mathcal F^n_T].\] Thus \(M^n_t(f)\) is an exact martingale. A test chosen afresh after \(T\) does not define this martingale and will not be used in the driving argument. For a complete strand, write \(m_n(z)=\mathbb E[h_n(z)\mid\gamma_n]\). The same notation with a superscript \(T\) denotes the stopped conditional mean. Comparisons with bounded pinned data bound these profiles uniformly. Their subsequential limits are harmonic on the complementary open sets: Proposition 30 supplies the interior weak equation, Proposition 31 gives \(A>0\), and the common-wall comparison supplies compactness.

Let \(v_n\) be an interior observer vertex, with a fixed positive physical distance from the original boundary. An independent walk from \(v_n\) samples the harmonic measure of the complete strand and the original boundary. A landing on the positive side is understood as an oriented access; two prime ends with the same Euclidean location need not have the same sign. We retain this side as a label, but the two-reading comparison below does not condition on it. That comparison conditions only on the presence of a specified geometric incident edge and leaves the two landing signs averaged. Each realized profile \(m_n\) is still the mean conditioned on its oriented complete strand. All boundary samples use this harmonic sampling law, with original-boundary landings kept separate. Lemma 60 is needed to exclude additional excursions near the incident strand.

For the global boundary-sampling statements, an experiment means a Dobrushin domain with sign-compatible exterior heights \(+\lambda\) and \(-\lambda\), where \(\lambda\) is fixed as \(n\to\infty\). For any finite collection of experiments fix \(0<\lambda_0\le\min\lambda\le1/2\). Constants in estimates whose barriers attach to original boundary may depend on \(\lambda_0\). The artificial bounded-data conditionings used for local comparison are not additional global experiments to which boundary avoidance is asserted.

Here is the exclusion required before using the interior records of (G7)–(G8). Let \(\xi_n\) be the walk landing and let \(d_n=\operatorname{dist}(v_n,\partial D_n)\) in lattice units. Lemmas 61 and 62 give \[ \lim_{\eta\downarrow0}\limsup_{n\to\infty} \mathbb P\left(\xi_n\hbox{ lies on a strand side},\ \operatorname{dist}(\xi_n,\partial D_n\cup\{v_n\})<\eta d_n \right)=0. \tag{74}\] The boundary estimate is the consequence of exterior-attaching barriers and the independent full-walk exit comparison proved there; it does not use SLE or a matched height gap. Its stronger full-walk form also applies to landings on an arbitrary stopped prefix.

Number the six sides of the dual hexagon at a primal vertex by \(\sigma\in\{1,\ldots,6\}\), and put \[E_{n,\sigma} =\{\xi_n\hbox{ is a strand landing and } e_\sigma^*(\xi_n)\subset\gamma_n\}.\] These events cover the strand landings but need not partition them. For any finite collection of samples, first pass to a subsequence on which all their probabilities converge. A branch with zero limiting probability has vanishing contribution to every bounded harmonic test. Every other branch has probability bounded below; dividing the unnormalized exclusion error in (74) by this lower bound gives the same exclusion under its conditional law. Conditional on \(E_{n,\sigma}\) and on \(\xi_n=x\), translation by \(-x\) gives exactly the law conditioned on \(Z^\sigma\) from Section 9. Thus the branch law is a mixture of these translated laws. We do not choose a unique incident edge, which could impose an additional inner event, and never condition on the landing sign in this comparison.

Lemma 66 (Harmonic sampling in the physical slit). Let the original Jordan lattice domains be contained in one fixed bounded set. Let \(U_n\) be the component containing an observer \(z_n\) after removing a simple dual prefix, or after cutting along a complete simple dual crosscut. Suppose \(\operatorname{dist}(z_n,\partial U_n)\ge\rho>0\) in physical units. Label its prime-end boundary by the original positive and negative arcs and the two oriented strand sides; empty arcs are allowed. There are at most four cyclic arcs before completion and at most two in a completed component.

Kill triangular-lattice walk on its first visit to the original boundary or to a vertex adjacent to the explored strand. Original boundary values take priority at a vertex of both types. Let \(\xi_n\) denote this landing with its incident-side label. There is a coupling with Brownian exit \(\xi_n^{\rm B}\) from \(U_n\) such that, for every \(a>0\), \[\sup_{U_n,z_n} \mathbb P\{|\xi_n-\xi_n^{\rm B}|>a \text{ or their labels differ}\}\longrightarrow0 . \tag{H2}\] The supremum includes all such prefixes, hence all stopping rules. Repeated Euclidean boundary points are distinguished by their incident accesses.

Proof. We first recall the required deterministic screening argument. For a simply connected polygonal slit \(U\), two complementary prime-end arcs, and \(R>0\), let \(L_R\) be the union of internal paths of diameter at most \(R\) joining those arcs. The frontier of the observer component of \(U\setminus L_R\) is contained in two balls of radius \(2R\). Indeed, classify a crosscut by which of the two arc endpoints it separates from the observer. Two crosscuts in one class touching the observer component must intersect, and their diameter bound then puts that entire class in one ball. The argument uses prime ends on a slit, not an identification of its two sides. This is the planar argument in [SSdiscrete]. Beurling’s estimate therefore gives \[\mathbb P_z\{\text{Brownian motion enters }L_R\} \le C(R/\rho)^\alpha .\] Apply this to each arc against its complementary arc. For a partition into \(m\) cyclic arcs, entrance into the union of short paths joining different labels has probability at most \(Cm(R/\rho)^\alpha\), for a fixed \(\alpha>0\).

The lattice walk has the required physical incidence. Every primal edge crossed by an explored dual edge has both endpoints observed and absorbing. Thus the interpolated walk cannot cross the dual strand before it is killed. An interior killing vertex has a connector of diameter \(C/n\) through its own dual hexagon to an incident strand edge, on the side bearing its sign. If several strand edges are incident, every such access has that same sign. At original boundary the connector is trivial and the incoming edge specifies its access. Consecutive explored dual edges cross primal edges belonging to a common triangle; their absorbing endpoints form a connected set attached to the original absorbing boundary. This set lies within \(C/n\) of the physical boundary and reaches across the annuli used below. It supplies the connected obstacle for the discrete Beurling estimate, including at the last explored dual vertex.

Fix \(n^{-1}\ll r\ll R\ll\rho\). Couple the unrestricted interpolated walk, with its diffusive clock, and Brownian motion so that their distance up to a fixed time cutoff is less than \(r/4\), except with probability \(o_n(1)\). The ordinary planar invariance principle gives this coupling independently of the slit; the triangular walk is isotropic. Both exit-time tails at the cutoff are bounded by those for a fixed enclosing ball. For each process use its own first entrance into the \(2r\) boundary layer. Beurling’s estimate at these two marginal stopping times confines each remaining tail to diameter \(R\), except with total probability \(C((r+n^{-1})/R)^\alpha\). No Markov assertion about the joint coupling filtration is made.

Let \(\theta\) be the first time either coupled path is within \(r\) of the physical boundary. On successful coupling both paths are still alive, both of their \(2r\) layer times have occurred, and their positions at \(\theta\) can be joined by a segment inside \(U_n\). If the exit labels differ, their confined tails, this segment, and the lattice terminal connector give an internal path of diameter \(CR\) joining different labels. The Brownian path has therefore entered the corresponding mixed-access set. The preceding screening bound gives \[\mathbb P\{\text{label mismatch or exit distance}>CR\} \le o_n(1)+C(r/R)^\alpha+Cm(R/\rho)^\alpha +\text{cutoff error}. \tag{H3}\] Take the time cutoff large, then \(R\) small, then \(r/R\) small, and finally \(n\) large. This proves (H2). In particular the proof compares the walk directly with the physical dual slit, not with an unmarked Hausdorff approximation or a thickened domain with possibly many label changes. ◻

Lemma 67 (Marked limits and local access). In the setting of Lemma 66, let the observers converge, \(z_n\to z\), and take a Hausdorff subsequence of the closed removed sets consisting of the explored slit and the original exterior. Retain the conformal maps from the disk to the observer components, normalized by \(f_n(0)=z_n\) and \(f_n'(0)>0\), and the inverse images of all boundary-label transition accesses. After a further subsequence on which these marks converge, bounded harmonic functions with the prescribed finite label values converge on compact subsets to the Poisson extension of the limiting marked arc data. Their harmonic boundary samples converge with these marks. At a surviving common local boundary piece of two such domains, the limit preserves the incident-side identification.

Proof. The protected observer and the common enclosing ball make the normalized inverse maps a nondegenerate normal family. Kernel convergence identifies their limit with the observer component. Extract also all transition angles on the unit circle, preserving their cyclic order. The associated bounded step functions converge at every angle except the finitely many limiting transitions. Poisson integration proves compact convergence; normalized arclength gives zero mass to those transitions. Colliding transitions merely delete an arc of vanishing harmonic mass. This retains the boundary marks rather than reconstructing them from the limiting closed set.

For approach samples, use a free Brownian path independent of all domain and field records. At fixed positive distance from the boundary, kernel convergence and compact harmonic convergence give convergence of its smoothed readings. The boundary-layer tail estimate in the preceding proof lets that distance decrease to zero after taking the mesh limit. Equivalently, the normalized conformal maps give the limiting Brownian exit angle.

Finally suppose the two finite domains and their labels agree on the component of a ball of radius \(R\) next to a common oriented strand. Their bounded label-Poisson extensions differ, at a point in the concentric ball of radius \(R/2\) and at distance \(r\ll R\) from that strand, by at most \(CM(r/R)^\alpha\): the difference is zero on the common local boundary, and Beurling bounds escape from the ball. The same bound holds if the common boundary is an original arc. It is uniform in the domains, so it persists in marked kernel limits. The mixed-access screening in the preceding proof excludes conflating distinct sides in this procedure. This proves the asserted local identification, without claiming continuity of prime-end labels from closed sets alone. ◻

For the global experiments, the original domain approximations supply the common bounded enclosure. Before applying these lemmas to complete-strand samples, fix \(\rho>0\) below the observer’s original boundary clearance and discard the bounded contribution from configurations whose observer-to-strand distance is less than \(\rho\) in physical units. Lemma 62 makes this contribution vanish as \(\rho\downarrow0\) after the mesh limit. On the retained configurations both lemmas apply with this fixed clearance. For a nonvanishing geometric incident-edge branch, divide the discarded probability by its lower bound as above. This localization estimates reading errors under the sampling law with the landing sign still averaged; the lower comparison in (G7) remains on all its admissible unoriented records.

For a bounded harmonic limiting profile \(m\) and an independent Brownian motion \(W\) in its component, \(m(W_t)\) has an almost sure limit as \(W\) approaches its exit. Denote that limit by \(Y\). It is a random boundary value, not yet a deterministic height gap. We first determine its absolute value \(|Y|\) on strand landings, without conditioning on its side label. The following elementary lemma will be applied to these nonnegative absolute readings.

Lemma 68 (A common lower bound for two-scale readings). For \(1\le i\le k\), let \(U^i_n,V^i_n\) take values in \([-M,M]\), with \(U^i_n\) measurable with respect to a sigma-field \(\mathcal A^i_n\). Suppose that \[\mathbb E|U^i_n-V^i_n|\longrightarrow0.\] Suppose there are probability measures \(\nu_n\) on \([-M,M]\), a constant \(c>0\), and events \(G^i_n\in\mathcal A^i_n\) of probability tending to one, such that, on \(G^i_n\), \[\mathbb P(V^i_n\in B\mid\mathcal A^i_n)\ge c\,\nu_n(B) \quad\text{for every Borel set }B.\] Then every subsequence has a further subsequence on which all the \(U^i_n,V^i_n\) converge in probability to the same deterministic constant.

Proof. Pass to a subsequence on which \(\nu_n\) and the laws of all \(U^i_n\) converge. Conditional integration gives \[\mathbb E|U^i_n-V^i_n| \ge c\,\mathbb E\left[\mathbf1_{G^i_n} \int|U^i_n-y|\,\nu_n(\,\mathrm dy)\right].\] The lost contribution outside \(G^i_n\) is at most \(2M\mathbb P((G^i_n)^c)\). If \(\mu_i\) and \(\nu\) are the limiting laws, bounded continuity yields \(\int|x-y|\,\mu_i(\,\mathrm dx)\nu(\,\mathrm dy)=0\). A product of two probability measures supported on the diagonal must consist of the same point mass in each coordinate. The point is common to all \(i\) because \(\nu\) is common. Agreement of the readings completes the proof. ◻

The constant \(c\) in this lemma need not approach one. It must, however, stay positive as unused scale buffers grow. A different reference law for each external configuration would not provide the stated conclusion.

Lemma 69 (Locality of bounded conditional means). Assume the sequentially uniform comparison and trace estimates of Theorem 15 and Theorem 40, and the local weak equation of Proposition 30. Consider two conditioning systems with uniformly bounded mean profiles and the same lattice domain and original fixed data inside a ball of radius \(R\). Suppose they share a connected oriented strand across that ball and all sign observations inside it. For averaged observations at distance of order \(r\) from that strand, supported in the concentric ball of radius \(R/2\), where \(r\to\infty\) in lattice units and \(r/R\to0\), the two conditional means differ by a quantity tending to zero.

There is also an exterior version. If the two systems agree outside a ball of radius \(\rho\), their original exterior data agree, and their unchanged strands connect that ball to radius \(R\), then at distance of order \(r\) from its center, with \(\rho\ll r\ll R\), the limiting mean difference is at most \(CM(\rho/r)^{1/2}\). Here \(M\) bounds the individual profiles. In both assertions use translates and dilates of the fixed radial probability kernel from Section 6. A sampling ball centered at \(y\) has radius \(s\) less than one tenth of both \(r\) and the distance from \(y\) to the boundary of the common free region. For each fixed \(a>0\), retain \(s\ge ar\) while taking the mesh limit in coordinates rescaled by \(r\); the cutoff may then decrease to zero.

Proof. For the first assertion compare the two fields with common reflecting sign walls. On shared strands their limiting mean difference has zero Brownian-tested trace by the comparison and trace estimates. The common original fixed data give zero differences at the corresponding pins, so the same trace argument gives zero trace on the common original boundary pieces. Away from these observed boundaries the difference is harmonic by the weak equation and \(A>0\). Its absolute value on the other boundary pieces is at most \(2M\). The maximum principle therefore bounds it by \(2M\) times the probability of escaping the common ball before hitting the connected common strand. Beurling bounds that probability by \(C(r/R)^{1/2}\). For arbitrary sequences with \(r\to\infty\) and \(r/R\to0\), rescale by \(r\) and first restrict to a common ball of radius \(Lr\) about a nearest strand point, with \(L\) fixed. Centrality puts this ball inside the shared region for all sufficiently large scales. Local \(L^1\) compactness transfers its \(CM L^{-1/2}\) bound to the fixed-cutoff averages. First take the mesh limit, then \(L\to\infty\), and finally remove the averaging cutoff. Sequential uniformity gives the assertion for every admissible conditioning sequence.

For the second assertion apply the identical argument in the common exterior region, with the small changed window as the only uncontrolled boundary. The probability of reaching that window from distance \(r\) before hitting a connected common arm is at most \(C(\rho/r)^{1/2}\). The bounds persist under averaging in a sufficiently small ball about the observation point. In both assertions the zero trace is a conclusion of the common-wall comparison, not an equality of the sampled wall heights. ◻

Proposition 70 (The two absolute readings required for the height gap). Assume the harmonic-mean compactness and common-sign trace comparison of Proposition 30, Theorem 15, and Theorem 40. Assume also the landing exclusions (74) and the sampled-configuration estimates of Proposition 59 and Lemma 60. Then, along any joint subsequence of finitely many experiments, after extracting their geometric incident-edge branch probabilities as above, the following construction gives the hypotheses of Lemma 68 simultaneously for all nonvanishing branches. Its readings take values in \([0,M]\), and their limiting variables are the absolute values \(|Y|\) of the Brownian strand-boundary samples of the conditional mean profiles. No landing-side sign is conditioned upon.

Proof. Regard each nonvanishing event \(E_{n,\sigma}\) as one member of the finite collection; independence between these members is not needed. If none remain, the assertion about strand samples is vacuous. Work under each branch’s conditional law, disintegrated over the landing location and translated as above. We use the resulting \(Z^\sigma\) notation, always with the landing sign still averaged. The actual orientation remains part of each signed conditional mean. We construct auxiliary signed inner and outer readings \(\widetilde V_n,\widetilde U_n\) which approximate the same signed boundary sample. Their absolute values will be the readings \(V_n,U_n\). The inner absolute reading, unlike its signed auxiliary version, will be a function of the unoriented record and so will admit the common lower comparison from (G7).

For a target error, first use (74) to discard strand landings within distance \(\eta d_n\) of the original boundary or observer, choosing \(\eta>0\) so that their probability is small. Recenter a retained landing at zero. Choose the lattice radii \[1\ll r_{\rm in}\ll R_{\rm core}\ll R_{\rm in}\ll R_{\rm mid} \ll R_{\rm conn}\ll r_{\rm out}\ll n. \tag{H1}\] Require also \(r_{\rm out}<\eta d_n/20\). Thus the disk \(\mathfrak B_{12R_{\rm in}}\) used by (G7) and the disks \(\mathfrak B_{4R_{\rm in}}\), \(\mathfrak B_{4R_{\rm conn}}\) used by (G8) lie inside the original domain and exclude the observer. Clearance is measurable in the outer record, which includes the domain and observer; retaining it imposes no additional condition on the inner strand. Write \(\mathcal A_n=\sigma(\Phi_{R_{\rm mid}})\) under this side-unconditioned \(Z^\sigma\) mixture, and let \(G_n\in\mathcal A_n\) be the retained clearance event. The diagonal choices below make \(\mathbb P(G_n)\to1\).

Agreement of complete-profile readings. First take mesh limits at fixed positive physical approach distances. In each limiting component the bounded harmonic martingale has a boundary limit. Its values at first entrances into balls of radii tending to zero about the eventual landing have that same limit: these entrance times approach the exit time pathwise. They need not be stopping times after the future-dependent center is specified.

At an interior approach point use a radial smooth average in a ball smaller than one tenth of its distance to the strand and of the approach radius, with the fixed probability kernel defining \(P_s\) in Section 6. The limiting harmonic average equals the value at its center. Impose a positive lower cutoff on the averaging radius before taking the mesh limit, then remove it. At each fixed positive physical approach scale the sampling point is interior almost surely, so this cutoff loses arbitrarily little probability. The comparison compactness and the vanishing original–filled \(L^1\) error give convergence of the conditional means in \(L^1\) on every compact subset of the limiting free regions, on a joint subsequential realization. At a fixed radius cutoff \(a>0\), the sampling supports have distance at least \(9a\) from the strand; the retained landing clearance and (H1) also keep them a fixed positive distance from the original exterior. Hausdorff convergence therefore places all these supports in one compact subset \(C_a\) of the limiting free regions. Since the kernels have supremum norm at most \(\|\varphi\|_\infty a^{-2}\), the discrepancy of their readings is bounded uniformly by \(\|\varphi\|_\infty a^{-2}\|m_n-m\|_{L^1(C_a)}\), which tends to zero. This transfers both readings to the lattice, including for kernels selected from the records. Denote the signed complete-profile readings at \(r_{\rm in}\) and \(r_{\rm out}\) by \(B_n^{\rm in}\) and \(B_n^{\rm out}\), assigning zero when their kernel cutoff fails. Such failures have vanishing probability. A diagonal choice of the radii in (H1) makes both readings converge in \(L^1\) to \(Y\) on the joint subsequential realization, and in particular \(\mathbb E|B_n^{\rm in}-B_n^{\rm out}|\to0\). These statements hold under the side-unconditioned branch law: the bounded errors under the original sampling law are divided only by the branch’s positive probability lower bound. The scales are chosen slowly; no convergence rate is asserted.

The reading determined by the inner record. Write \(\theta=(\beta,w)\) for the unoriented record \(\Theta_{R_{\rm in}}\). An admissible connected incident strand through \(e_\sigma^*\) has exactly two lifts to adjacent sign observations: choosing the sign at the landing vertex \(0\) propagates the signs along the nonbranching strand. Denote by \(o_+(\theta)\) the lift for which \(0\) is positive, and by \(o_-(\theta)\) its sign reversal. This deterministic choice of a lift only defines an auxiliary function of \(\theta\); it does not condition the sampled field on that sign.

For \(o\in\{o_+,o_-\}\), let \(m^{\rm can}_{\theta,o}\) be the conditional mean in the centered rounded disk of radius \(2R_{\rm in}\), with zero exterior heights and precisely the strand signs in \(o\). Choose the rounding equivariantly under the six lattice rotations. These polytopes have positive volume: assign small heights \(+b\) and \(-b\) to their respective string sites and zero to the other free sites, with \(0<b<1/2\). All free edge inequalities and sign inequalities are then strict. The volume-preserving map \(h\mapsto-h\) exchanges the two canonical polytopes and fixes the zero exterior data. Consequently \[m^{\rm can}_{\theta,o_-}(z)=-m^{\rm can}_{\theta,o_+}(z) \quad\text{at every }z. \tag{H1a}\]

Apply (G8) at \((R_{\rm core},R_{\rm in})\) and average its conditional bound. Except on an event of vanishing probability under \(Z^\sigma\), the walk does not leave \(R_{\rm in}\) after its first entrance at \(R_{\rm core}\). Its first entrance at \(r_{\rm in}\) therefore belongs to the recorded terminal piece, and reversing that piece determines the sampling point. Any complete-chord piece in \(B(0,R_{\rm core})\) other than the incident strand \(\beta_{R_{\rm in}}^\sigma\) would give two additional crossings of the same annulus. Outside the same type of exceptional event, the canonical conditioning with the actual oriented lift and the complete conditioning thus agree throughout \(B(0,R_{\rm core})\).

Choose the inner radial kernel using the distance to the recorded geometric strand and the cutoff just described; denote it by \(\kappa_\theta\). Both its center and its radius are functions only of \(\theta\). For a valid approach point and cutoff put \[v_{n,o}(\theta) =\int\kappa_\theta(z)m^{\rm can}_{\theta,o}(z)\,\mathrm dz, \qquad F_n(\theta)=|v_{n,o_+}(\theta)|.\] If the record has no admissible incident strand, does not contain the required approach point, or fails the kernel cutoff, set both \(v_{n,o}\) and \(F_n\) equal to zero. These fallback rules are geometric. Equation (H1a) gives \(v_{n,o_-}=-v_{n,o_+}\), including the fallback cases. Thus \[V_n:=F_n(\Theta_{R_{\rm in}}) =|\widetilde V_n|, \qquad \widetilde V_n:=v_{n,o_{\rm actual}}(\Theta_{R_{\rm in}}). \tag{H1b}\] The inner record space is countable, and the lift, kernel, and fallback choices are deterministic. Hence \(V_n\) is one bounded measurable function of the unoriented record, the same in every experiment, and does not use \(G_n\). The absolute value is taken after testing an oriented canonical mean; averaging the two orientations before taking the absolute value would instead give zero and is not the construction.

Apply Lemma 69 to each actual oriented conditioning, with \(r_{\rm in}/R_{\rm core}\to0\). Its sequential uniformity allows these errors to be averaged over the actual orientations under \(Z^\sigma\). The extra-excursion estimate supplies both the common strand neighborhood and the presence of the chosen approach point in the recorded walk. Boundedness absorbs its exceptional events and the cutoff failures, so \[\mathbb E|B_n^{\rm in}-\widetilde V_n|\longrightarrow0.\] No landing sign has been conditioned on in this expectation.

The reading determined by the outer record. Retain the external arms and initial walk in \(\Phi_{R_{\rm mid}}\). Delete every oriented dual-edge observation whose adjacent primal sign pair meets \(B(0,R_{\rm conn})\); retain the remaining external-arm edge observations and both vertices of each pair. Every retained sign vertex still has an oppositely constrained neighbor.

Apply (G8) at \((R_{\rm mid},R_{\rm conn})\) and average its bound. Except on an event of vanishing probability under \(Z^\sigma\), the unrecorded connection of the two external arms stays inside \(B(0,R_{\rm conn})\): the arms already supply two disjoint annular crossings, and an excursion of their connection would supply two more. Hence the modified and complete conditionings agree outside \(B(0,R_{\rm conn}+C)\), with an absolute lattice constant \(C\). All retained observations are determined by \(\Phi_{R_{\rm mid}}\). The first walk entrance at \(r_{\rm out}\) is also in that record, since it precedes the first entrance at \(R_{\rm mid}\).

Use a radial kernel smaller than one tenth of \(r_{\rm out}\) and of the distance to the recorded external strands, with a positive lower cutoff as above. Its support stays outside the changed window. The mean under the modified conditioning, tested with this kernel, is \(\mathcal A_n\)-measurable, since that record includes the oriented external-arm observations; denote this signed reading by \(\widetilde U_n\). Set \(\widetilde U_n=0\) when its required outer clearance or kernel cutoff fails, and put \(U_n=|\widetilde U_n|\). In the common exterior component, limiting mean differences are bounded harmonic functions with zero trace on the unchanged strands and original boundary. The only uncontrolled boundary is the deleted window, where the difference has absolute value at most \(2M\). A connected common arm crosses the intervening annulus. The maximum principle and Beurling’s estimate therefore bound the influence of this window at the sampling ball by \[C M(R_{\rm conn}/r_{\rm out})^{1/2}.\] The bounded enlargement by \(C\) is negligible at these scales. Sequentially uniform compactness and trace comparison transfer the bound to the lattice with an error tending to zero. After including the bounded exceptional contributions, this gives \(\mathbb E|\widetilde U_n-B_n^{\rm out}|\to0\). The inequality \(\bigl||a|-|b|\bigr|\le |a-b|\) now gives \[\mathbb E|U_n-V_n| \le \mathbb E|\widetilde U_n-B_n^{\rm out}| +\mathbb E|B_n^{\rm out}-B_n^{\rm in}| +\mathbb E|B_n^{\rm in}-\widetilde V_n| \longrightarrow0. \tag{H1c}\] All three errors are integrated under the side-unconditioned branch law. In particular the absolute value is taken only after the signed locality and harmonic-mean arguments.

One common lower kernel and the order of limits. Fix a geometric edge label \(\sigma_0\). Write \(F_{n,\sigma}\) for the function just constructed in branch \(\sigma\), and let \(T_\sigma\) be the lattice rotation fixing \(0\) and carrying \(e_\sigma^*\) to \(e_{\sigma_0}^*\). The zero exterior canonical disk, the lift making \(0\) positive, the radial kernel, and every fallback rule commute with this rotation. A spatial change of variables therefore gives \[F_{n,\sigma}(\theta) =F_{n,\sigma_0}(T_\sigma\theta). \tag{H1d}\] For each sufficiently large \(n\), choose one admissible reference external record \(\phi_n^*\) at radius \(4R_{\rm in}\) with label \(\sigma_0\) and positive hookup probability. Such a record can be taken from any nonvanishing branch after its outer clearance and a rotation: the clearance probability tends to one, and the discrete record space is countable. Let \(\nu_n\) be the law on \([0,M]\) obtained by pushing \[\operatorname{Law}_*(\Theta_{R_{\rm in}}\mid \Phi_{4R_{\rm in}}=\phi_n^*,Z^{\sigma_0})\] through \(F_{n,\sigma_0}\).

For any fine external record \(\phi\) in branch \(\sigma\) with positive hookup probability and satisfying the disk hypotheses of (G7), rotate the experiment by \(T_\sigma\) and apply the orientation-averaged (G7) to the event \(\{F_{n,\sigma_0}(\Theta_{R_{\rm in}})\in B\}\). Equation (H1d) yields \[\mathbb P(F_{n,\sigma}(\Theta_{R_{\rm in}})\in B \mid\Phi_{4R_{\rm in}}=\phi,Z^\sigma) \ge C^{-1}\nu_n(B) \tag{H1e}\] for every Borel set \(B\). No landing-side sign is present in this conditioning. On \(G_n\), the translated domain and observer meet the disk hypotheses of (G7) for every compatible fine record, because that clearance is already in the outer record.

Since \(R_{\rm mid}>4R_{\rm in}\), the record at \(R_{\rm mid}\) is a restriction of the record at \(4R_{\rm in}\). Disintegrate also over the original landing location in the branch mixture. Conditional integration of (H1e) over that location and the fine record, given \(\mathcal A_n\), gives on \(G_n\) \[\mathbb P(V_n\in B\mid\mathcal A_n)\ge C^{-1}\nu_n(B).\] The reference pushforward includes all geometric fallback records. Neither the extra-excursion events nor successful kernel cutoffs restrict this lower comparison. Edge-branch normalization was used only for the averaged errors, and no factor is paid here for labels or unused annuli.

Here is the scale order for a finite collection of limiting Brownian boundary readings and a requested error less than \(\varepsilon>0\). First extract the edge-branch probabilities; the finitely many nonvanishing branches then have a common positive probability lower bound. Choose the clearance exclusion before any physical buffers. Choose the outer physical approach scale for both the boundary-reading error and the retained clearance. Next choose \(R_{\rm conn}/r_{\rm out}\) for exterior locality and \(R_{\rm mid}/R_{\rm conn}\) for its excursion error. Choose \(R_{\rm in}\ll R_{\rm mid}\), then \(R_{\rm core}/R_{\rm in}\) for the inner excursion error, and finally \(r_{\rm in}/R_{\rm core}\) for inner locality and the inner boundary reading. These choices are in physical units before the mesh limit, so every retained lattice scale diverges. Hold the scales and kernel cutoffs fixed while taking that limit, and then remove the cutoffs. Repeat for \(\varepsilon\downarrow0\) and take a diagonal subsequence. The comparison constant in (G7) is independent of all these unused buffers. Lemma 68 now applies to \(U_n,V_n\). Equation (H1c) and the convergence of the complete readings identify their common limiting variable with \(|Y|\), not with a side-conditioned signed value. ◻

Lemma 71 (The sign of a terminal conditional mean). For a complete crosscut in a sign-compatible Dobrushin experiment, the conditional mean at every positive-side primal vertex is nonnegative, and at every negative-side primal vertex it is nonpositive. Every limiting harmonic conditional mean has the same sign in its respective component. If \(s\in\{+1,-1\}\) is the incident-side label of a Brownian strand-boundary sample \(Y\), then \(sY\ge0\).

Proof. Freeze the full vector \(A\) of strand-adjacent heights in the exact complete-strand kernel. On almost every positive-volume fiber the remaining conditional laws are the pinned Gibbs kernels of their free primal components, as in Section 3. Every primal edge crossed by the dual crosscut has both endpoints among the frozen string vertices. Removing these vertices therefore disconnects the positive and negative free graphs. A pin incident to a positive free component is either a positive string pin or a pin on the positive original arc: an edge from a positive free vertex to a negative pin would cross the dual strand and would make that free vertex a frozen string vertex. At a mark the two endpoints of the marked boundary edge are fixed, and the crossed edge in its incident triangle has frozen string endpoints. The exterior is fixed as well, so there is no free route around either end of the crosscut. This also verifies the asserted incidence at the marks.

All pins incident to a positive free component are consequently nonnegative. Compare its conditional Gibbs kernel with the kernel on the same component having all these pins set to zero. The monotone single-site heat-bath coupling used in Lemma 9 orders the two kernels, and the zero-pinned kernel has mean zero by \(h\mapsto-h\). Thus \(\mathbb E[h(x)\mid\gamma_n,A]\ge0\) at each positive free vertex. Integrating over \(A\) preserves this inequality; it already holds at positive string vertices by their observed sign. Reflection gives the negative inequality.

These assertions are literal at primal vertices. Affine triangles mixing the two sides lie within \(O(n^{-1})\) of the dual slit. Every compact subset of a limiting component avoids them for large \(n\), so the compact-interior convergence of the means preserves the sign throughout that harmonic component. Its Brownian martingale and its boundary limit preserve the same weak inequality. Lemmas 66 and 67 identify that component sign with the incident-side label of the sampled access. ◻

Proposition 72 (Subsequential universal height gap). Assume the uniform inputs of Proposition 70 and the trace bounds of Lemmas 52 and 53. Every mesh subsequence has a further subsequence and a deterministic \(l\in(0,1/2]\) such that all terminal conditional mean profiles in any prescribed finite collection of the sign-compatible Dobrushin experiments specified above have Brownian boundary trace \(+l\) on a positive strand side and \(-l\) on a negative strand side.

Proof. Include a fixed reference Dobrushin experiment with original boundary heights \(\pm1/2\) and a fixed interior observer. Choose compact subarcs \(J_+\Subset A_+\) and \(J_-\Subset A_-\) of positive length. Let \(p_n^\pm\) be the probabilities that the independent full walk, stopped only on the original boundary, exits on their lattice approximations. Full-domain walk convergence gives \(p_n^\pm\to\omega_D(v,J_\pm)>0\). Conditional on any completed chord, an observer not already adjacent to it lies in one of its two components. A full walk exiting on the opposite \(J_\pm\) must cross the chord first. The absorbing-incidence fact in Lemma 66 makes it visit a strand-adjacent vertex before that exit. Since \(J_\pm\) avoid the marks, this forced crossing cannot be the marked boundary edge; if a crossed edge has a boundary endpoint, its interior endpoint is already absorbing before boundary priority can apply. An already adjacent observer has a strand landing at time zero. Hence, for some fixed \(\delta>0\) and all large \(n\), \[\mathbb P(\xi_n\hbox{ is a strand landing}\mid\gamma_n) \ge \min(p_n^+,p_n^-)\ge\delta. \tag{H1f}\] This is a deterministic separation argument for each chord and does not use a barrier estimate.

Compactness supplies joint mean profiles and harmonic samples. Proposition 70 and Lemma 68 make their absolute strand-boundary samples equal to one deterministic constant \(l\ge0\) on every nonvanishing geometric edge branch, shared by all included experiments and labels. To pass back to all strand landings, for every error event \(D_n\) use the finite-union bound \[\mathbb P(D_n,\ \xi_n\hbox{ is a strand landing}) \le\sum_{\sigma=1}^6\mathbb P(D_n\cap E_{n,\sigma}).\] Zero-limit branches have vanishing unnormalized mass, and on every other branch the magnitude error tends to zero. The overlaps between the \(E_{n,\sigma}\) cause no problem. Lemma 71 now gives \(Y=s|Y|=sl\) on a strand access with label \(s\).

For strict positivity, (H1f) and the finite cover give a reference edge branch with positive limiting probability. Choose the unnormalized landing-exclusion errors smaller than a fixed fraction of that probability, and then choose the conditional (G8) errors small. A positive limiting mass of accesses remains away from the original boundary and observer, with only the incident strand in the inner core and with the recorded walk approaching its accessed side. In particular the marks, which lie on the original boundary, and the ends of this local strand sector are outside the smaller testing scale.

Here is the access condition for applying Lemma 52 on these reference sectors. In a positive completed component, freeze all strand-adjacent heights \(A\) and take the positive portion in that lemma’s Bernoulli coupling to be all positive string pins incident to the component. For this mixed sector take \(\lambda_*=1/2\) and \(c_*=(d/2)\wedge1/2\) as in that lemma. Its pins \(B_x\in\{0,2c_*\}\) satisfy \(B_x\le A_x\), and every original-arc pin there is \(+1/2\ge c_*\), the remaining comparison boundary value. All incident pins therefore satisfy the lower-tail inequality. By the free-graph separation in Lemma 71, the retained graph \(G\) is a union of full common unqueried components: no free–free edge is deleted, all string walls have been frozen, and no negative pin is incident, including at the marks. Thus \(P_{\rm u}=\varnothing\) in Lemma 51. With fixed vertices terminal as in (SC1), every test \(x\in G\) satisfies \(\delta_G(x,P_{\rm u})=\infty\), which exceeds every required fixed-multiple access margin. The negative case follows by reflection. This is a graph-access assertion, not a Euclidean separation from the nearby opposite string pins.

At fixed kernel cutoff the support stays a positive fraction of the diverging testing scale from the dual strand, so it avoids the bounded lattice layer of frozen string vertices and lies in this unqueried component. The exclusions and (G8) give the isolated local access at diverging scales. Fix the oriented complete strand and the independent walk record defining the test before sampling the auxiliary pin transcript \((A,B)\). Given the strand, this walk record carries no additional height information. The square cover in Lemma 51 can therefore be fixed before that transcript, as required. Apply the pure-side trace bound of Lemma 52 directly to the completed-component original/comparison pair just described, for each actual orientation. Its original marginal is the complete-strand kernel after averaging the frozen heights, so this bounds the complete-profile trace itself; the canonical open-strand pair is not used in this positivity step. The sequentially uniform bound may then be averaged over the two signs; it gives \(sY\ge c_*>0\) on the retained positive-mass reference accesses. This pure-access trace bound is the strict positivity input. Since \(|Y|=l\), it yields \(l\ge c_*>0\). Finally Lemma 53, applied to the completed reference profile together with Lemma 71, gives \(|Y|\le1/2\) and hence \(l\le1/2\). No upper bound for the canonical open-strand system is used.

Apply this argument to a countable collection of interior balls, with a diagonal subsequence. If a terminal profile had a set of incorrect signed strand-boundary values of positive harmonic measure from any ball in that collection, its sampled value would have positive probability of differing from \(sl\) on its label-\(s\) access. The finite edge cover would detect that discrepancy on a nonvanishing branch, contrary to the preceding conclusion. Thus the statement holds almost surely in every component seen from that exhaustion. Original boundary arcs retain their prescribed values by the boundary comparison, rather than by the height-gap argument. ◻

Passing to a stopped strand

For an independent walk from \(z\), let \(\mu^z_{n,T}\) be harmonic measure on the boundary of the component of \(D_n\setminus\gamma_n[0,T]\) containing \(z\). The nonreturn input needed here is the following consequence of Proposition 64: for each compact set of protected observers, \[ \lim_{s\downarrow0}\limsup_{n\to\infty}\sup_T \mathbb E\int_{\gamma_n[0,T]} \mathbf1_{\{\operatorname{dist}(x,\gamma_n(T,\mathrm{end}])<s\}} \,\mu^z_{n,T}(\,\mathrm dx)=0. \tag{75}\] This is an annealed harmonic-mass estimate, uniformly in the stopping rule. It does not assert that every realized stopped prefix has a small conditional return probability.

Proposition 73 (Stopped harmonic observable). Fix a subsequence furnished by Proposition 72 and its deterministic height gap \(l\). In this proposition \(n\) tends to infinity only along that subsequence. Assume (75), the survival bound of Lemma 63, and the sequentially uniform field comparisons. Harmonic sampling and boundary marks are as in Lemmas 66 and 67. Let \(H^l_{n,T}\) be the continuum harmonic function in the stopped physical domain with the original exterior values and values \(+l,-l\) on the new sides. For every deterministic smooth test \(f\) supported in a protected interior ball, \[ \sup_T\mathbb E\left|M^n_T(f)-\int f(z)H^l_{n,T}(z)\,\mathrm dz\right| \longrightarrow0. \tag{76}\] The supremum is over stopping rules before a fixed neighborhood of that ball is reached, and the assertion holds in either direction of exploration.

Proof. It suffices to treat an arbitrary sequence \(T_n\), since failure of the supremum would select a counterexample sequence. Use one independent full walk \(S\). Write \(\xi\) for its old-prefix landing, \(\upsilon\) for its completed-strand landing, and set \[\mathcal G_n=\sigma(\gamma_n[0,T_n],S),\qquad A_n=\{\xi=\upsilon\},\qquad q_n=\mathbb P(A_n\mid\mathcal G_n).\] For any \(\mathcal G_n\)-measurable \(Z_n\in[0,2M]\), \[ \mathbb EZ_n\le 2M\mathbb P(q_n<p)+p^{-1}\mathbb E[Z_n\mathbf1_{A_n}]. \tag{77}\] Indeed, on \(\{q_n\ge p\}\) integrate the identity \(\mathbb E[Z_n\mathbf1_{A_n}\mid\mathcal G_n]=Z_nq_n\). Lemma 63 makes the first term arbitrarily small with a fixed \(p>0\), uniformly in \(T_n\). This is the required change of sampling law; mere absolute continuity is not used.

At physical radius \(r\) let \(V^{\rm old}_{n,r}\) be a small radial average of the stopped conditional mean at the first walk entrance into \(B(\xi,r)\). Its averaging radius is less than one tenth of the distance to the observed strand and one tenth of \(r\). Define \(V^{\rm end}_{n,r}\) in the same way with the complete strand and \(\upsilon\). Positive cutoffs on the averaging radius are removed after the mesh limit, as in Proposition 70. Let \(b(\xi)\) be \(+l\) or \(-l\) according to the old oriented side, and put \[Z_n=|V^{\rm old}_{n,r}-b(\xi)| \mathbf1_{\{\xi\notin\partial D_n\}} .\] This is measurable with respect to \(\mathcal G_n\). By Proposition 72 and Lemmas 66–67, \[\lim_{r\downarrow0}\limsup_n \mathbb E\!\left[|V^{\rm end}_{n,r}-b(\upsilon)| \mathbf1_{\{\upsilon\notin\partial D_n\}}\right]=0. \tag{H4}\] This is the bounded harmonic martingale boundary limit in the completed component, sampled by the lattice walk through (H2). First discard arbitrarily small completed-observer clearances using Lemma 62; (H2) then applies with a fixed protected observer. The first entrance around its eventual landing need not itself be a stopping time: these approach points tend to the exit pathwise, which is all that this boundary-limit assertion uses.

Discard old-side landings within distance \(2R\) of the original boundary and those within distance \(2R\) of the future strand. Their total probability, denoted \(e_n(R)\), satisfies \(\lim_{R\downarrow0}\limsup_n e_n(R)=0\) by (74) and (75). On the remaining event, and on \(A_n\), the two readings use the same walk segment, the same label, and the same averaging kernel when \(r<R/10\). The prefix extends across this common ball: its starting point is on the distant original boundary and its tip belongs to the distant future, or to the original boundary if exploration is complete. The stopped and completed conditionings have exactly the same sign observations there. Lemma 69 therefore bounds their mean difference by \(CM(r/R)^\alpha+o_n(1)\) at fixed \(r,R\). Consequently \[\mathbb E[Z_n\mathbf1_{A_n}] \le \mathbb E\!\left[|V^{\rm end}_{n,r}-b(\upsilon)| \mathbf1_{\{\upsilon\notin\partial D_n\}}\right] +CM(r/R)^\alpha+2M e_n(R)+o_n(1). \tag{H5}\] First choose the survival error in (77), obtaining \(p>0\). Choose \(R\) so that the discarded mass is small compared with \(p\) times the desired final error. Then choose \(r\ll R\) to make both (H4) and the locality error equally small. Keep these physical scales and the kernel cutoffs fixed while taking \(n\to\infty\). This order proves that the old-side boundary reading equals its prescribed label in \(L^1\), uniformly in the chosen sequence of stopping rules.

Original boundary accesses retain their original values. For clarity, the argument proving (GB2)–(GB3) also yields \[\lim_{R\downarrow0}\limsup_n \mathbb P\{d_{D_n}(S_{\tau_{D_n}},\gamma_n)<R\}=0 \tag{H6}\] in physical units: condition on the independent original-boundary exit, apply pure-arc repulsion away from the opposite arc, and use the two-ball bound at the two sign-change accesses. On the complementary event the final approach has a neighborhood, in its original-domain component, free of the completed strand. The original-boundary comparison gives the prescribed trace there. The pathwise coupling used for (H2), including confinement of the terminal tails, transfers this internal-access assertion to Brownian motion. Thus (H6) applies also on the event that the old landing lies on the original boundary. No boundary avoidance deduced from SLE is used.

Finally extract jointly the stopped closed sets, bounded conditional profiles, normalized conformal maps, and their boundary marks. The limiting stopped profile is harmonic by the weak equation. The preceding readings give its boundary values at Brownian-almost every marked access. Bounded harmonic uniqueness and Lemma 67 identify this profile with the limit of \(H^l_{n,T_n}\). The comparison compactness and original–filled \(L^1\) estimate give convergence of the lattice conditional means against the fixed smooth test \(f\). The harmonic functions \(H^l_{n,T_n}\) converge uniformly on its protected support. Integration against \(f\) and boundedness therefore prove (76). Proposition 2 supplies the moments of the underlying field averages if those averages are retained in the joint limit.

Reverse exploration reveals the same kind of sign prefixes and satisfies the same comparisons and nonreturn estimate. Repeating the proof gives the reverse assertion. ◻

Remark 74 (No transfer from absolute continuity alone). A sequence of equivalent measures can give vanishing mass to a set whose mass stays positive under another access law. For example, on \([0,1]\) let \(\nu\) be Lebesgue measure and give \(\mu_n\) density \(2/n\) on \([0,1/2]\) and \(2(1-1/n)\) on its complement. Then \(\mu_n([0,1/2])\to0\) while \(\nu([0,1/2])=1/2\). The survival reweighting and nonreturn estimate supply the uniform local transfer in the preceding proof. The exact tower identity for conditional means does not replace either estimate.

Driving convergence and the uniform curve metric

First obtain the deterministic \(l\) on a subsequence using the reference experiment with exterior heights \(\pm1/2\). Now add the experiment with exterior heights \(\pm l\) and apply Proposition 72 to these two experiments on that subsequence. Any further extracted height gap must still equal \(l\), since the reference absolute readings already converge to \(l\). This yields the stopped observable for the matched experiment without assuming its existence before \(l\) was fixed.

On this height-gap subsequence we use original boundary heights \(\pm l\), matching the value on the new sides. Map the marked domain to the upper half-plane, with the starting point at zero and the target at infinity. If \(g_t\) is its capacity-parametrized Loewner map and \(U_t\) its driver, the harmonic observable is, with a fixed choice of side orientation, \[ H^l_t(z)=l-\frac{2l}{\pi}\arg(g_t(z)-U_t). \tag{78}\] There is no boundary force-point term because the old and new heights match.

Lemma 75 (The observable input for driving convergence). For simple lattice crosscuts in marked Jordan domains, suppose that the exact conditional-mean martingales of deterministic protected interior averages satisfy (76), uniformly over the stopping rules of the driving argument, with matched exterior heights \(\pm l\), where \(l>0\). Suppose the comparison is to the continuum slit-domain function (78). Then the forward chordal drivers converge, locally uniformly in capacity time in law, to \(2B\).

Proof. We specify which part of the harmonic-observable criterion is used. Let \(x_t<y_t\) be the two images of the starting point under \(g_t\). For \(t>0\) introduce the bounded-driver coordinates \[s=\log(y_t-x_t),\qquad G_s(z)=\frac{2g_t(z)-x_t-y_t}{y_t-x_t},\qquad \widetilde U_s=\frac{2U_t-x_t-y_t}{y_t-x_t}\in[-1,1].\] Let \(\mathcal F_s\) be the sign-prefix filtration at the corresponding time, equivalently the filtration of the explored dual curve after this deterministic coordinate change. In these coordinates, as in [SSdiscrete], fix a finite interval \([-S,S]\) and the two deterministic interior probes protected throughout that interval. Replace each point probe by a radial smooth average in a sufficiently small protected disk. The harmonic mean-value property makes the average of the continuum observable equal to its value at the center. Thus (76) supplies the same two approximate martingales as the point probes.

For stopping times \(s_0\le s_1\) with \(s_1-s_0\le\varepsilon^2\) and driver oscillation at most \(\varepsilon\), the two-probe Taylor calculation gives, outside an event of arbitrarily small prescribed probability, \[\begin{align*} \left|\mathbb E[\Delta\widetilde U+ 2\widetilde U_{s_0}\Delta s\mid\mathcal F_{s_0}]\right| &\le C_S\varepsilon^3, \tag{79}\\ \left|\mathbb E[(\Delta\widetilde U)^2- 2(1-\widetilde U_{s_0}^{\,2})\Delta s \mid\mathcal F_{s_0}]\right| &\le C_S\varepsilon^3. \tag{80}\end{align*}\] Here \(\Delta s=s_1-s_0\) and \(\Delta\widetilde U=\widetilde U_{s_1}-\widetilde U_{s_0}\). To obtain these estimates from qualitative convergence, fix \(S,\varepsilon\) and the exceptional probability first, and only then take the mesh sufficiently fine. Conditional Markov inequality converts the \(L^1\) observable errors into the needed conditional errors. No predetermined rate is required.

To apply the approximate-diffusion criterion, start the comparison diffusion at the same bounded-driver value as the discrete process. For a fixed comparison horizon \(S\), choose the exceptional tolerance \(\eta<\delta^5/S^2\), where \(\delta\) is the criterion’s approximation parameter, before choosing the mesh; Proposition 4.5 of [SSdiscrete] then gives its comparison on \([0,S-1]\). For a limiting window \([-S,S]\), start instead at \(-S'\) and let \(S'\to\infty\) after the mesh limit. The coupling argument in the proof of Theorem 4.1 of [SSdiscrete], pp. 115–116, removes the initial value and identifies the stationary whole-line bounded-coordinate diffusion. Thus an arbitrary initial Jacobi law is not substituted for the chordal limit.

The deterministic Taylor argument and the approximate-diffusion argument of [SSdiscrete] use precisely these martingale and harmonic-observable inputs; no Gaussian conditional law enters these steps. They identify the bounded-coordinate diffusion with squared diffusion coefficient \(2(1-u^2)\) and drift \(-2u\). The inverse coordinate change [SSdiscrete] gives the chordal driver \(2B\). The discrete harmonic-measure comparison in that source is replaced here by the explicit continuum comparison assumed in (76). ◻

For completeness, the normalization of this identification can also be seen directly in any continuous Loewner subsequential limit. If the angle at one protected point is a continuous martingale, the identity \[U_t=\operatorname{Re}g_t(z)- \operatorname{Im}g_t(z)\cot\arg(g_t(z)-U_t)\] makes the driver a semimartingale after localization. Writing \(U=V+N\), where \(V\) has finite variation and \(N\) is a continuous local martingale, and \(Z_t=g_t(z)-U_t\), Itô’s formula gives the finite-variation part of its angle as \[-\operatorname{Im}(Z_t^{-1})\,\mathrm dV_t+ \operatorname{Im}(Z_t^{-2}) \left(2\,\mathrm dt-\tfrac12\,\mathrm d[N]_t\right).\] Two protected points with different \(\operatorname{Re}(Z_t^{-1})\) force \(\,\mathrm dV_t=0\) and \(\,\mathrm d[N]_t=4\,\mathrm dt\). A dense set of probes provides such a pair locally. Lévy’s characterization then gives \(U=2B\). This calculation identifies a continuous limit; the approximate-diffusion argument is still needed to obtain driving tightness.

Proposition 76 (Uniform convergence of the whole curve). Consider the matched height-gap subsequence above, with exterior heights \(\pm l\). Assume the stopped-observable conclusion of Proposition 73 in both directions, observer avoidance (GB4), harmonic-mass nonreturn (75), and the harmonic sampling conclusion of Lemma 66. Then the interfaces converge to chordal \(\mathrm{SLE}_4\) in uniform Euclidean distance modulo increasing reparametrization.

Proof. The argument uses more than convergence of the two endpoint drivers. The stopped observable identifies their limiting side labels in the same coupling. Harmonic-mass nonreturn then excludes macroscopic backtracking. All the estimates invoked here precede this proposition.

Coupling the drivers and finite prefixes.

Let \(\Phi_n:\mathbb H\to D_n\) take \(0\) to the starting mark and \(\infty\) to the target. Normalize at a third converging boundary mark. Radó’s theorem [Rado], applied first in disk coordinates, gives uniform convergence of these maps on the compactified closed half-plane to \(\Phi:\mathbb H\to D\). The hypothesis here is uniform convergence of marked Jordan boundary parametrizations. It is stronger than kernel convergence alone. Use the corresponding normalization for the reverse exploration.

Write \(c_n(t)\) for the forward strand in physical coordinates at half-plane capacity \(2t\), and \(\widehat c_n(t)\) for its reversal with its own capacity clock. Both clocks range over \([0,\infty]\). Indeed the final half-edge approaches its mark non-tangentially through the polygon; reflection at that straight boundary edge makes its image approach infinity non-tangentially. A bounded-capacity hull has bounded height, so the capacity tends to infinity. Put, for \(t>0\), \[K_{n,t}=c_n([0,t]),\qquad F_{n,t}=c_n([t,\infty]),\qquad L_{n,t}=\widehat c_n([0,t]).\] Fix a countable dense set \(\mathcal Z\subset D\). Let \(S_n(z)\in\{-1,1\}\) record the side of the completed crosscut containing \(z\), with \(+1\) for the side adjacent to the positive original arc. Assign either sign when the classification is undefined. These are component labels, not field signs at \(z\).

Lemma 75 gives both marginal driver limits \(2B\). Consequently their joint laws are tight. From every subsequence extract further and use a Skorokhod coupling on which the two drivers converge locally uniformly, \(F_{n,t}\to F_t\) in Hausdorff distance for every positive rational \(t\), and \(S_n(z)\to S(z)\) for every \(z\in\mathcal Z\). The extra records lie in countable products of compact spaces; the finite-mesh strands can be retained with their conditional laws. Denote the two limiting traces in physical coordinates by \(c\) and \(\widehat c\). Each is marginally chordal \(\mathrm{SLE}_4\): it is simple, meets the boundary only at its endpoints, and is continuous up to the target [RohdeSchramm]. No assertion about their joint law has yet been made.

Almost surely, for every positive rational \(t\), \[ K_{n,t}\longrightarrow K_t:=c([0,t]),\qquad L_{n,t}\longrightarrow L_t:=\widehat c([0,t]) \quad\hbox{in Hausdorff distance}. \tag{81}\] Here is the required deterministic consequence of driving convergence. In half-plane coordinates, the limiting Loewner ODE is regular through time \(t\) in a neighborhood of each point outside the simple limiting slit. The same holds at every real point other than zero. For \(\mathrm{SLE}_4\), the absolute difference between the flowed real point and the driver, divided by two, is a Bessel process of dimension two, which does not hit zero. First apply this to rational starting points; real ODE order then gives the assertion for every other nonzero real point. Continuity of the ODE in its initial point and driver excludes prelimit hulls from small neighborhoods of all these points. For nearby points in \(\mathbb H\), the imaginary-part equation keeps the solution in \(\mathbb H\) through time \(t\). Moreover, a hull at time \(t\) has height at most \(2\sqrt t\), and its real projection is bounded by the driver range. Thus every subsequential limit of prefixes is contained in the limiting slit.

Conversely, suppose a ball about an interior point of that slit were missed by prefixes along a subsequence. Their time-\(t\) conformal maps would be holomorphic on the ball with values in \(\mathbb H\). After mapping the range to the disk, normal-family compactness and ODE convergence off the slit give an extension of the limiting map across the ball with values in \(\mathbb H\). Its conformal inverse would then send an interior half-plane point to the slit: approach the slit point through the ball off the slit and use continuity of the inverse. This is impossible. The starting point is already common to all slits. Uniform convergence of \(\Phi_n\) proves (81) in physical coordinates. The reverse proof is identical.

To obtain lattice stopping rules, round time \(t\) up to the first completed exploration step of capacity at least \(2t\), and denote the rule by \(T_n(t)\) and its capacity time by \(t'_n\). Its prefix and closed future differ from \(K_{n,t}\) and \(F_{n,t}\) by at most \(C/n\) in Hausdorff distance. Also \[ t'_n\longrightarrow t\quad\hbox{almost surely}. \tag{82}\] Otherwise choose a rational \(u>t\) below an overshoot occurring infinitely often. Along those indices \(K_{n,u}\) is still within one step of \(K_{n,t}\), contradicting (81), since the simple capacity-parametrized limit strictly extends between \(t\) and \(u\). These rules are stopping times for the sign-prefix filtration.

By (GB4), no point of \(\mathcal Z\) lies on either limiting trace almost surely. Indeed a hit occurs in a finite prefix and, by (81), forces the discrete complete strand arbitrarily close to the observer. Fatou’s lemma and (GB4) exclude this event. All subsequent assertions can therefore be made simultaneously for \(z\in\mathcal Z\) and rational times.

The terminal side identifies the common limiting arc.

For the forward limiting driver \(U\), define \[H_t(z)=e\left(l-\frac{2l}{\pi} \arg\bigl(g_t(\Phi^{-1}(z))-U_t\bigr)\right),\] where \(e=1\) or \(-1\) according to which original arc maps to the positive real half-line. This is the harmonic observable determined by the forward driver, with the original and new side values matched. Equations (81)–(82) and ODE continuity give \[ H^l_{n,T_n(t)}(z)\longrightarrow H_t(z). \tag{83}\] Assign arbitrary values of absolute value at most \(l\) before \(z\) is in the evaluation domain; eventually it has positive clearance from the rounded prefix. The same statement holds in reverse.

We claim that the limiting terminal side satisfies \[ \mathbb E[lS(z)\mid U|_{[0,t]}]=H_t(z). \tag{84}\] Fix a small \(r>0\) with \(B(z,6r)\Subset D\), and take a radial smooth averaging test \(f\) of total mass one supported in \(B(z,r)\). Let \(R_n\) explore to completion unless it first reaches \(\overline B(z,4r)\), when it stops, and put \(P_n=T_n(t)\wedge R_n\). Both rules protect \(B(z,3r)\) for large \(n\). If \(\Psi\) is a bounded continuous function of a driver on \([0,t]\), with \(|\Psi|\le1\), use at \(P_n\) the multiplier \(\Psi_n^*\) equal to \(\Psi(U_n|_{[0,t]})\) when capacity time \(t\) has been reached, and zero otherwise. This multiplier is \(\mathcal F^n_{P_n}\)-measurable. The exact conditional means obey \[\mathbb E[M^n_{R_n}(f)\Psi_n^*]=\mathbb E[M^n_{P_n}(f)\Psi_n^*].\] Proposition 73 replaces both conditional means by their harmonic averages with \(o_n(1)\) error, with \(r\) fixed. The mean-value property makes these averages the values at \(z\). If the complete strand avoids \(\overline B(z,4r)\), the value at \(R_n\) is exactly \(lS_n(z)\): the completed component has only the corresponding matched boundary value. The other value is \(H^l_{n,T_n(t)}(z)\) and the multiplier is \(\Psi(U_n|_{[0,t]})\). All harmonic values are bounded by \(l\). Consequently \[\left|\mathbb E\left[(lS_n(z)-H^l_{n,T_n(t)}(z)) \Psi(U_n|_{[0,t]})\right]\right| \le o_n(1)+4l\mathbb P\{\mathop{\mathrm{dist}}(z,\gamma_n)\le4r\}.\] Take the coupled limit, then \(r\downarrow0\), and use (GB4). Bounded continuous tests determine the conditional expectation, proving (84). Its reverse counterpart uses the same \(S(z)\). The argument applies the stopped estimate with fixed protection; it never needs an estimate uniform as the test radius tends to zero.

For a simple limiting crosscut and \(z\) off it, \(H_t(z)\) tends to \(+l\) or \(-l\) according to the terminal side of \(z\). To see this using harmonic measure, the tail of the crosscut eventually lies in any prescribed neighborhood of the target. Brownian motion from \(z\) exits the completed side with its constant label unless it first reaches that neighborhood. The probability of the latter event tends to zero, since a single boundary point has zero planar Brownian hitting probability. Along the slit the two accesses are kept distinct; Jordan crosscuts give precisely the two prime-end sides used by the harmonic observable.

Bounded martingale convergence in (84), along integer \(t\to\infty\), now identifies \(\mathbb E[lS(z)\mid U]\) with that terminal value. A variable taking only the values \(\pm l\) whose conditional expectation is one of these two extremes equals that extreme almost surely. Thus \(S(z)\) is the side label of \(c\), and also of \(\widehat c\). A Jordan crosscut is determined by its side labels on a dense set: they determine the relative closures in \(D\) of its two open sides, whose intersection is the interior crosscut. Hence \(c\) and \(\widehat c\) have the same image, traversed in opposite directions.

Harmonic-mass nonreturn excludes overlapping futures.

For every positive rational \(t\), we next show that almost surely \[ F_t\cap K_t\text{ contains no nondegenerate subarc of }K_t. \tag{85}\] Fix one \(z\in\mathcal Z\), choose observer vertices \(v_n\to z\), and let \(\nu_n\) be their independent-walk landing law at the rounded prefix \(T_n(t)\), conditional on the strand. Equations (81)–(82) and Lemma 66 imply, almost surely, \[ \nu_n\Longrightarrow\nu, \qquad\nu=\text{Brownian exit law from }D\setminus K_t\text{ at }z. \tag{86}\] For clarity, the remaining Brownian domain-continuity step uses only landing locations. Couple Brownian motions from the converging observers by translation. Until the limiting motion approaches within \(q\) of the limiting boundary, the varying-domain paths remain inside for large \(n\). At that time their boundary distances are at most \(2q\). Beurling’s estimate bounds the chance of either remaining path moving distance \(R\) before exit by \(C(q/R)^\alpha\). The boundaries are connected and have diameter bounded below, so the bound is uniform for small \(R\). Let \(q/R\to0\) and then \(R\to0\). This proves convergence of exit locations and, with the slit-sampling lemma, (86).

Write \(F'_n\) for the closed future after \(T_n(t)\), including its current point, so that \(F'_n\to F_t\). For an open set \(B\Subset D\) and fixed \(s>0\), weak convergence and Hausdorff convergence give \[\liminf_n\nu_n\{x\in B:\mathop{\mathrm{dist}}(x,F'_n)<s\} \ge\nu\{x\in B:\mathop{\mathrm{dist}}(x,F_t)<s/2\} \ge\nu(B\cap K_t\cap F_t).\] For large \(n\) these landings are off the original boundary. Including the current point does not change distance to the future before completion; completion has probability tending to zero by (82). Proposition 64, equivalently (75) after harmonic sampling, makes the expectations of the left-hand probabilities tend to zero as \(s\downarrow0\), uniformly in the stopping rule. Fatou’s lemma and a countable exhaustion by \(B\Subset D\) give \[\nu(D\cap K_t\cap F_t)=0\quad\hbox{almost surely}.\] Every nondegenerate subarc of the simple slit has positive harmonic measure from \(z\): a smaller subarc away from its endpoints contains a nonempty open arc on either prime-end side, and harmonic measure has full support on the prime-end circle. This proves (85).

From the common arc to ordered uniform convergence.

Work pathwise with the preceding simultaneous conclusions. Choose positive rational \(t,p\) so large that \(K_t\) and \(L_p\) overlap in a nondegenerate subarc of their common limiting arc. If, infinitely often, the forward prefix to \(t\) ended no later in strand order than the beginning of the reverse prefix to \(p\), then \(L_{n,p}\subset F_{n,t}\) on those indices. Passing to the limit would give \(L_p\subset F_t\), contradicting (85). Thus the two prefixes eventually cover the entire discrete strand. By (81), the complete images converge in Hausdorff distance to the common limiting arc.

For every rational \(t>0\), \(F_t\) is consequently a connected compact subset of that arc, and \(K_t\cup F_t\) covers it. Hence \(F_t\) contains \(c([t,\infty])\). If it extended any earlier in the arc’s order, connectedness would force a nondegenerate overlap with \(K_t\), again contrary to (85). Therefore \[ F_t=c([t,\infty]). \tag{87}\] These prefix and future identifications give uniform convergence of \(c_n\) to \(c\) on compactified time \([0,\infty]\). Indeed, for any \(u_n\to u\in(0,\infty)\), every limit point of \(c_n(u_n)\) belongs to \(K_t\) for every rational \(t>u\) and to \(F_t\) for every rational \(0<t<u\). Their intersection is \(\{c(u)\}\). At \(0\) and \(\infty\) the one-sided constraint suffices. Compactness and continuity upgrade this sequential assertion to uniform convergence.

Every subsequence thus has a further coupled subsequence converging in the required curve metric to chordal \(\mathrm{SLE}_4\). Finally the affine zero chord and the dual sign strand visit the same ordered faces and differ, after increasing reparametrization, by at most \(C/n\). This transfers the conclusion to the interface of Theorem 1. ◻

The variance normalization

The height-gap argument so far allows \(l\) to depend on the extracted subsequence. The conditional covariance identifies it.

Proposition 77 (Identification of the gap). Assume the joint conclusions of Proposition 73, Theorem 42, and the field limit Theorem 32, with the uniform moments needed to pass conditional second moments. Then every subsequential height gap satisfies \[l^2=\frac{\pi\sigma^2}{8}.\]

Proof. Use the matched experiment with original heights \(\pm l\) and the coupled finite-prefix convergence (81). Fix a nonzero nonnegative smooth test \(f\) supported in an interior ball. Choose a positive rational \(t\) such that a fixed neighborhood of this ball is deterministically protected through capacity time \(t\). This is possible: its preimages under \(\Phi_n\) have imaginary part bounded below, and a hull of capacity \(2t\) has height at most \(2\sqrt t\). Leave a fixed clearance so that the one-edge physical overshoot in \(T_n(t)\) also preserves protection.

Conditioning on \(\mathcal F^n_{T_n(t)}\) gives exactly the sign-string kernel of the realized oriented prefix. Whether the rule stopped there is already decided by that prefix; no unobserved height values are frozen. The absorbing vertices along crossed primal edges connect to each other and to the exterior. The observed set, including the exterior in a fixed ambient box, therefore has a connected component of uniformly positive macroscopic diameter and satisfies the common thickness condition in Theorem 42. It converges in Hausdorff distance to the exterior with \(K_t\) adjoined. That theorem and Corollary 44 consequently give \[ \mathbb E\operatorname{Var}(X_n(f)\mid\mathcal F^n_{T_n(t)}) \longrightarrow\sigma^2\mathbb E\langle f,G_{D\setminus K_t}f\rangle. \tag{88}\] Here brackets denote Euclidean area pairing. The Riemann-to-affine pairing error from Theorem 32 tends deterministically to zero; the fixed-test moment bounds transfer both second moments and conditional-mean second moments between the two pairings.

Proposition 73 approximates \(M^n_{T_n(t)}(f)\) in \(L^1\) by the harmonic average. ODE continuity and the protected support identify its limit as \(\int fH_t\). The exponential moments of Proposition 2, and conditional Jensen’s inequality, make the squares of these conditional means uniformly integrable. Thus their variances converge to \(\operatorname{Var}(\int fH_t)\). The unconditional field limit also has convergent second moments. The law of total variance and (88) yield \[ \operatorname{Var}\left(\int fH_t\right) =\sigma^2\mathbb E\langle f,(G_D-G_{D\setminus K_t})f\rangle. \tag{89}\]

For \(0\le s\le t\) set \(Z_s(z)=g_s(\Phi^{-1}(z))-2B_s\). The imaginary part of \(Z_s\) on the test support is bounded below, since its square decreases by at most \(4s\). Itô’s formula gives \[\,\mathrm d\log Z_s(z)=-\frac{2}{Z_s(z)}\,\mathrm dB_s.\] The cross variation of the harmonic observables is therefore \[ \frac{16l^2}{\pi^2} \operatorname{Im}\frac1{Z_s(z)} \operatorname{Im}\frac1{Z_s(w)}\,\mathrm ds. \tag{90}\] For covariance \((-\Delta)^{-1}\) the half-plane Green function is \[G_{\mathbb H}(z,w)=\frac1{2\pi} \log\left|\frac{z-\overline w}{z-w}\right|.\] Differentiating its conformal pullback gives \[ -\partial_sG_{D\setminus K_s}(z,w)=\frac2\pi \operatorname{Im}\frac1{Z_s(z)} \operatorname{Im}\frac1{Z_s(w)}. \tag{91}\] These normalizations agree with [SScontinuum]. Only this calculation is used; the stronger conditional coupling in that work is not an input.

Integrate both identities against \(f\) twice and over \(0\le s\le t\). The integrands are bounded on the protected support, and the Green singularity is integrable for area pairing. No pointwise value of the limiting field is used. Equation (89) becomes \[\frac{16l^2}{\pi^2}\, \mathbb E\int_0^t\left(\int f(z)\operatorname{Im}(1/Z_s(z))\,\mathrm dz\right)^2\,\mathrm ds = \frac{2\sigma^2}{\pi}\, \mathbb E\int_0^t\left(\int f(z)\operatorname{Im}(1/Z_s(z))\,\mathrm dz\right)^2\,\mathrm ds.\] The common factor is finite and strictly positive because \(f\ge0\) is nonzero and \(Z_s(z)\in\mathbb H\). Cancelling it proves the formula. ◻

Corollary 78 (Universality). For the model of Section 1, the constant \[\lambda_*=\sigma\sqrt{\pi/8}\] belongs to \((0,1/2]\), is independent of the marked domain, and gives the curve conclusion of Theorem 1. The field stiffness is \(vA=\sigma^{-2}\), and its limiting mean is the harmonic extension of the prescribed exterior values.

Proof. Apply the reference height-gap extraction to every subsequence. Proposition 77 gives the same value \(\lambda_*\) on each extraction; its membership in \((0,1/2]\) comes from the reference complete-crosscut bounds. Include, in each finite comparison, the fixed experiment with exterior heights \(\pm\lambda_*\). Every subsequence then has a further subsequence to which the driving and uniform-path conclusions apply with the same matched value. This proves full convergence. The field assertions are the identifications in Theorem 32 and Proposition 31. ◻

Proof of the Main Theorem

Proof of Theorem 1. The ordinary fixed-boundary domains satisfy the hypotheses of Proposition 2, Theorem 15, and Lemma 21. Proposition 31 therefore defines a positive, domain-independent scalar \(A\), identifies the mean, and supplies the small-tilt response. Theorem 32 gives the distributional field limit with \(\sigma^2=(vA)^{-1}\).

All interface observations used here are dual sign prefixes, complete crosscuts, or the explicitly separated inner and outer records. Field estimates are applied to their sign-conditioned kernels before the harmonic-landing reweighting. The prefix and crosscut kernels used for conditional covariance satisfy the connected-set thickness condition of Theorem 42. Local barrier estimates use Corollary 46, with the endpoint-window condition checked in Proposition 55, including for the two-sided records. Extra exact values occur only in the annealed comparison experiments of Lemma 16. Thus no uniform quenched assertion about arbitrary frozen values is needed.

Propositions 59 and 64, together with Lemma 63, give the two-scale and stopped sampling estimates. Lemmas 66 and 67 retain the oriented harmonic accesses. The resulting height gap and stopped observable are Propositions 72 and 73. In each finite collection of experiments the positive exterior heights have a positive lower bound, as required by the exterior barriers.

The reference-first extraction in Section 10 then permits matching the exterior height to the extracted gap. Proposition 76 combines the two driver limits with terminal-side identification and harmonic-mass nonreturn to prove the stated uniform curve limit. Proposition 77 identifies every extracted gap as \(\sigma\sqrt{\pi/8}\); Corollary 78 removes the subsequences and places this constant in \((0,1/2]\). This proves all assertions, including (2) and (3). ◻

  1. 99 R. F. Bass and P. Hsu, The semimartingale structure of reflecting Brownian motion, Proceedings of the American Mathematical Society 108 (1990), 1007–1010, Theorem 1. S. Buchholz, C. Cotar and F. Schweiger, Gradient Gibbs measures with non-convex potentials and the universality class of the Gaussian Free Field, arXiv:2608.14526v1 (2026). https://arxiv.org/abs/2608.14526v1. O. Cohen-Alloro and R. Peled, Rarity of extremal edges in random surfaces and other theoretical applications of cluster algorithms, Annals of Applied Probability 30 (2020), 2439–2464. Theorem 1.1 in arXiv:1711.00259v2. https://doi.org/10.1214/20-AAP1562. https://arxiv.org/abs/1711.00259v2. G. Giacomin, S. Olla and H. Spohn, Equilibrium fluctuations for \(\nabla\varphi\) interface model, Annals of Probability 29 (2001), 1138–1172. https://doi.org/10.1214/aop/1015345600. T. J. Lyons and W. Zheng, A crossing estimate for the canonical process on a Dirichlet space and a tightness result, Asterisque 157–158 (1988), 249–271, Section 1, equations (1.2)–(1.5). https://www.numdam.org/item/AST_1988__157-158__249_0.pdf. J. Miller, Universality for SLE(4), arXiv:1010.1356v1 (2010). https://arxiv.org/abs/1010.1356v1. J. Miller, Fluctuations for the Ginzburg–Landau \(\nabla\phi\) interface model on a bounded domain, Communications in Mathematical Physics 308 (2011), 591–639. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-011-1315-9. https://arxiv.org/abs/1002.0381v2. P. Miłoś and R. Peled, Delocalization of two-dimensional random surfaces with hard-core constraints, Communications in Mathematical Physics 340 (2015), 1–46. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-015-2419-4. https://arxiv.org/abs/1404.5895v3. A. Naddaf and T. Spencer, On homogenization and scaling limit of some gradient perturbations of a massless free field, Communications in Mathematical Physics 183 (1997), 55–84. https://doi.org/10.1007/BF02509796. A. Prékopa, On logarithmic concave measures and functions, Acta Scientiarum Mathematicarum (Szeged) 34 (1973), 335–343, Theorems 3 and 6. https://acta.bibl.u-szeged.hu/14411/1/math_034_335-343.pdf. T. Radó, Sur la représentation conforme de domaines variables, Acta Scientiarum Mathematicarum (Szeged) 1 (1923), 180–186, Section 1, theorem on p. 182. https://acta.bibl.u-szeged.hu/13291/. T. Richthammer, Translation-invariance of two-dimensional Gibbsian point processes, Communications in Mathematical Physics 274 (2007), 81–122. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00220-007-0274-7. https://arxiv.org/abs/0706.3637v1. S. Rohde and O. Schramm, Basic properties of SLE, Annals of Mathematics 161 (2005), 883–924. https://doi.org/10.4007/annals.2005.161.883. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0106036. O. Schramm, Conformally invariant scaling limits (an overview and a collection of problems), International Congress of Mathematicians, Vol. I, European Mathematical Society (2007), 513–543, Problem 2.3, p. 528. https://doi.org/10.4171/022-1/20. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0602151. O. Schramm and S. Sheffield, Contour lines of the two-dimensional discrete Gaussian free field, Acta Mathematica 202 (2009), 21–137. Detailed locators refer to arXiv:math/0605337v3 (2008). https://doi.org/10.1007/s11511-009-0034-y. https://arxiv.org/abs/math/0605337v3. O. Schramm and S. Sheffield, A contour line of the continuum Gaussian free field, Probability Theory and Related Fields 157 (2013), 47–80. https://doi.org/10.1007/s00440-012-0449-9. https://arxiv.org/abs/1008.2447v1. S. Sheffield, Random surfaces, Astérisque 304 (2005), vi+175 pp. https://numdam.org/item/AST_2005__304__R1_0/. L. Słomiński, On existence, uniqueness and stability of solutions of multidimensional SDE’s with reflecting boundary conditions, Annales de l’Institut Henri Poincare, Probabilites et Statistiques 29 (1993), 163–198, Section 2, Corollaries 3–4. https://www.numdam.org/item/AIHPB_1993__29_2_163_0.pdf.
LEVEL 3 COMPLETE!
You read 62,355 words and 3,996 formulas. Your math teacher would be proud.
Converted from the LaTeX source. Something look off? The original PDF is the real thing.

Cool Links: openai/math   Lean   Mathlib   arXiv   the real Coolmath Games